Physical Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) …...Physical Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband...

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

Version 1.0

Date: April 5, 2007

Physical Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification

COPYRIGHT 3GPP2 and its Organizational Partners claim copyright in this document and individual Organizational Partners may copyright and issue documents or standards publications in individual Organizational Partner’s name based on this document. Requests for reproduction of this document should be directed to the 3GPP2 Secretariat at mailto:[email protected]. Requests to reproduce individual Organizational Partner’s documents should be directed to that Organizational Partner. See http://www.3gpp2.org/ for more information.

ii

No text.

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

iii

FOREWORD.................................................................................................................... xxv 1

NOTES............................................................................................................................ xxvi 2

REFERENCES ............................................................................................................... xxvii 3

1 Basic Physical Layer Protocol........................................................................................1-1 4

1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................1-1 5

1.1.1 General Overview ..............................................................................................1-1 6

1.1.2 Primitives and Public Data................................................................................1-1 7

1.1.2.1 Commands ..................................................................................................1-1 8

1.1.2.2 Return Indications ......................................................................................1-1 9

1.1.2.3 Public Data..................................................................................................1-1 10

1.2 Protocol Initialization ..............................................................................................1-1 11

1.2.1 Protocol Initialization for the InConfiguration Protocol Instance ......................1-1 12

1.2.2 Protocol Initialization for the InUse Protocol Instance ......................................1-1 13

1.3 Procedures and Messages for the InConfiguration Instance of the Protocol...........1-1 14

1.3.1 Procedures ........................................................................................................1-1 15

1.3.2 Message Formats ..............................................................................................1-1 16

1.4 Procedures and Messages for the InUse Instance of the Protocol...........................1-1 17

1.4.1 Hard Commit Procedures ..................................................................................1-1 18

1.4.2 Soft Commit Procedures....................................................................................1-2 19

1.4.3 Main Procedures ...............................................................................................1-2 20

1.4.4 Interface to Other Protocols ..............................................................................1-2 21

1.4.4.1 Commands ..................................................................................................1-2 22

1.4.4.2 Indications ..................................................................................................1-2 23

1.5 Configuration Attributes .........................................................................................1-2 24

1.6 Session State Information.......................................................................................1-2 25

2 GENERAL......................................................................................................................2-1 26

2.1 Terms ......................................................................................................................2-1 27

2.2 Numeric Information...............................................................................................2-8 28

2.3 System Time..........................................................................................................2-11 29

2.3.1 Synchronization Modes and Sector Identifiers................................................2-12 30

2.3.1.1 Synchronization Modes.............................................................................2-12 31

2.3.1.1.1 Synchronous Mode..............................................................................2-12 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

iv

2.3.1.1.2 Asynchronous Mode............................................................................2-12 1

2.3.1.2 PilotPN and PilotPhase ..............................................................................2-12 2

2.3.1.3 SectorSeed ................................................................................................2-13 3

2.4 Tolerances.............................................................................................................2-13 4

2.5 Reserved Bits ........................................................................................................2-13 5

2.6 Common Physical Layer Algorithms and Definitions............................................2-13 6

2.6.1 Common Permutation Generation Algorithm..................................................2-13 7

2.6.2 Pruned Bit Reversal Interleaver ......................................................................2-15 8

2.6.3 Common Real and Complex Scrambling Algorithms.......................................2-15 9

2.6.3.1 Pseudo-random Bit Sequence Generation For Scrambling.......................2-15 10

2.6.4 Common PHY Hash Function .........................................................................2-16 11

2.6.5 Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) ...................................................................2-16 12

2.6.6 Walsh Sequence..............................................................................................2-16 13

2.7 Coding and Modulation ........................................................................................2-17 14

2.7.1 Coding and Modulation Structures.................................................................2-17 15

2.7.2 Error Detection ...............................................................................................2-18 16

2.7.2.1 Generation of the CRC Bits.......................................................................2-19 17

2.7.3 Forward Error Correction................................................................................2-20 18

2.7.3.1 Convolutional Encoding............................................................................2-21 19

2.7.3.2 Rate-1/3 Concatenated Encoding.............................................................2-22 20

2.7.3.2.1 Cyclic Code Generation.......................................................................2-22 21

2.7.3.2.2 Tail Biting Convolutional Code Generation.........................................2-23 22

2.7.3.2.3 Block Code Description.......................................................................2-24 23

2.7.3.3 Turbo Encoding.........................................................................................2-25 24

2.7.3.3.1 Turbo Encoder.....................................................................................2-25 25

2.7.3.3.2 Turbo Interleavers...............................................................................2-27 26

2.7.4 Channel Interleaving ......................................................................................2-29 27

2.7.4.1 Bit Demultiplexing....................................................................................2-29 28

2.7.4.1.1 Bit Permuting......................................................................................2-30 29

2.7.4.1.1.1 Pruned Bit Reversal Interleaver ....................................................2-30 30

2.7.4.1.1.2 Bit Permuting for Turbo Code .......................................................2-30 31

2.7.4.1.1.3 Bit Permuting for Convolutional Code...........................................2-31 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

v

2.7.5 Sequence Repetition .......................................................................................2-31 1

2.7.5.1 Inverted Sequence Repetition ...................................................................2-31 2

2.7.6 Data Scrambling..............................................................................................2-31 3

2.7.7 Modulation......................................................................................................2-32 4

2.7.7.1 QPSK Modulation......................................................................................2-32 5

2.7.7.2 8-PSK Modulation .....................................................................................2-33 6

2.7.7.3 16-QAM Modulation..................................................................................2-34 7

2.7.7.4 64-QAM Modulation..................................................................................2-36 8

2.7.7.5 Hierarchical Modulation............................................................................2-39 9

2.7.7.5.1 Modulation with QPSK Base Layer and QPSK Enhancement Layer....2-39 10

2.7.7.5.2 Modulation with 16QAM Base Layer and QPSK Enhancement 11

Layer.............................................................................................................2-41 12

2.8 OFDM Structure and Modulation Parameters ......................................................2-45 13

2.8.1 Forward Link Structure and Modulation Parameters......................................2-45 14

2.8.1.1 Superframe Structure ...............................................................................2-45 15

2.8.1.2 OFDM Symbol Structure...........................................................................2-45 16

2.8.1.3 OFDM Symbol Start Time..........................................................................2-47 17

2.8.1.4 Superframe Preamble Structure................................................................2-47 18

2.8.1.5 Forward Link PHY Frame Structure ..........................................................2-48 19

2.8.2 Reverse Link Structure and Modulation Parameters ......................................2-48 20

2.8.2.1 Superframe Structure ...............................................................................2-48 21

2.8.2.2 OFDM Symbol Structure...........................................................................2-49 22

2.8.2.3 OFDM Symbol Start Time..........................................................................2-51 23

2.8.3 Time-Domain Processing.................................................................................2-51 24

2.8.3.1 Inverse Fourier Transform Operation........................................................2-52 25

2.8.3.2 Windowing Operation................................................................................2-52 26

2.8.3.3 Overlap-and-Add Operation ......................................................................2-52 27

2.9 Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Procedures.........................................................2-53 28

2.9.1 Multiple Transmit Antennas ...........................................................................2-53 29

2.9.2 Precoding ........................................................................................................2-54 30

2.9.2.1 Use of Precoding Matrices .........................................................................2-54 31

2.9.2.2 Codebook Types ........................................................................................2-54 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

vi

2.9.2.3 Knockdown Codebook...............................................................................2-54 1

2.9.2.4 Default Precoder .......................................................................................2-55 2

2.9.2.4.1 Binary Unitary Codebook....................................................................2-55 3

2.9.2.4.2 Fourier Matrix Based Codebook..........................................................2-55 4

2.9.2.5 Readymade Codebook...............................................................................2-55 5

2.9.2.6 Downloadable Codebook...........................................................................2-56 6

2.9.3 Permutation Matrices for Multi-Code Word Multiple Input Multiple 7

Output................................................................................................................2-56 8

2.9.3.1 Permutation Matrices of Order 1...............................................................2-56 9




2.10 Rotational OFDM ................................................................................................2-58 13

2.11 Subcarrier Allocation for Reverse Link CDMA Subsegments and Reverse 14

OFDMA Data Channel ..........................................................................................2-58 15

2.11.1 Hop-Port Definition and Indexing .................................................................2-58 16

2.11.2 Reverse Link Hop Pattern Generation...........................................................2-59 17

2.11.3 CDMA Subsegments .....................................................................................2-59 18

2.11.3.1 CDMA Hopping Zones.............................................................................2-59 19

2.11.3.1.1 Nominal Location of CDMA Subsegments.........................................2-60 20

2.11.3.1.2 Nominally Available Subcarriers .......................................................2-60 21

2.11.4 Subzones and Usable Hop-Ports...................................................................2-61 22

2.11.4.1 Partition of Subcarriers and Hop-Ports into Subzones ...........................2-61 23

2.11.4.2 Usable and Unusable Hop-Ports .............................................................2-61 24

2.11.4.3 Reverse Link Resource Channel Structures ...........................................2-62 25

2.11.5 Nominal Hop Sequence Generation for GHB Hop-Ports ...............................2-62 26

2.11.5.1 Allocation of Hop-Ports to the GHB ........................................................2-63 27

2.11.5.2 Alternate Indexing Scheme for GHB Hop-Ports ......................................2-63 28

2.11.5.3 Hop-Port to Subcarrier Mapping for GHB ...............................................2-63 29

2.11.5.4 Generation of HijGLOBAL, GHB ......................................................................2-63 30

2.11.5.5 Generation of HijqsSECTOR, GHB ....................................................................2-64 31

2.11.6 Nominal Hop Sequence Generation for LHB Hop-Ports ................................2-64 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

vii

2.11.6.1 Alternate Indexing Scheme for LHB Hop-Ports .......................................2-64 1

2.11.6.2 Available Subcarrier Indexing for LHB Subcarriers ................................2-64 2

2.11.6.3 Nominal Hop-port to Subcarrier Mapping for LHB Hop-ports .................2-65 3

2.11.7 Inter-interlace Multiplexing of GHB and LHB...............................................2-65 4

2.11.8 CDMA Subsegment Hopping.........................................................................2-66 5

2.11.9 Impact of CDMA Subsegment Hopping on Data Hopping .............................2-66 6

2.12 Subcarrier Allocation for Reverse Acknowledgment Channel and Reverse 7

OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel .....................................................................2-68 8

2.12.1 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Subcarrier Allocation .............2-68 9

2.12.2 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Resource Indexing .................2-69 10

2.12.3 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Half-Tile Definition................................2-70 11

2.12.4 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Half-Tile Selection .................................2-70 12

2.12.5 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource Indexing.................................2-71 13

2.13 Reverse Link Silence Interval..............................................................................2-72 14

2.14 Forward Link Resource Channel Structures and Hop Sequence Generation .....2-72 15

2.14.1 Hop-Port Indexing .........................................................................................2-72 16

2.14.2 Forward Link Resource Channel Structures.................................................2-73 17

2.14.2.1 Distributed Resource Channel (DRCH) Structure...................................2-73 18

2.14.2.2 Block Resource Channel (BRCH) Structure ............................................2-73 19

2.14.3 Multiplexing Resource Channel Structures..................................................2-74 20

2.14.4 Hop-Port and Subcarrier Partitioning ...........................................................2-76 21

2.14.4.1 Partition of Subcarriers into Subzones ...................................................2-76 22

2.14.4.2 Reserved Subzones .................................................................................2-76 23

2.14.4.3 Alternate Indexing of Hop-Ports ..............................................................2-77 24

2.14.4.4 Usable and Unusable Hop-Ports .............................................................2-77 25

2.14.5 Hop Sequence Generation for PHY Frames...................................................2-78 26

2.14.5.1 BRCH Hop-Port to Subcarrier Mapping...................................................2-80 27

2.14.5.2 DRCH Hop-Port to Subcarrier Mapping ..................................................2-81 28

2.14.5.2.1 DRCH Available Subcarrier Indexing ................................................2-81 29

2.14.5.2.2 DRCH Hop-Port to Subcarrier Mapping ............................................2-82 30

2.15 Forward Link Control Segment Resource Allocation and Indexing.....................2-82 31

2.15.1 Allocation of Blocks to the Forward Link Control Segment...........................2-83 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

viii

2.15.2 Nominal Location of Forward Link Control Segment ....................................2-85 1

2.15.3 Nominally Available Subcarriers ...................................................................2-85 2

2.15.4 Impact of Forward Link Control Segment hopping on Data hopping............2-85 3

2.15.5 Forward Link Control Segment Resource Definition and Indexing...............2-86 4

2.15.5.1.1 Forward Link Control Segment Partitioning......................................2-86 5

2.15.5.1.2 Forward Link Control Segment Resource Indexing...........................2-87 6

2.15.5.2 Forward Link Control Segment Resource Indexing when 7

UseDRCHForFLCS = 1 ....................................................................................2-88 8

3 REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS TERMINAL OPERATION .............................................3-1 9

3.1 Transmitter .............................................................................................................3-1 10

3.1.1 Frequency Parameters ......................................................................................3-1 11

3.1.1.1 Channel Spacing and Designation..............................................................3-1 12

3.1.1.2 Frequency Tolerance...................................................................................3-1 13

3.1.2 Power Output Characteristics...........................................................................3-1 14

3.1.2.1 Maximum Output Power.............................................................................3-1 15

3.1.2.2 Output Power Limits ...................................................................................3-1 16

3.1.2.2.1 Minimum Controlled Output Power ......................................................3-1 17

3.1.3 Modulation Characteristics...............................................................................3-1 18

3.1.3.1 Reverse Link Signals...................................................................................3-1 19

3.1.3.1.1 Channel Structures...............................................................................3-2 20

3.1.3.1.1.1 Reverse Link OFDMA Channels ......................................................3-2 21

3.1.3.1.1.2 Reverse Link CDMA Channels ........................................................3-3 22

3.1.3.2 CDMA Structure and Modulation Parameters ............................................3-5 23

3.1.3.2.1 Time-Interleaving of the CDMA Channels.............................................3-6 24

3.1.3.2.2 Multiplexing the CDMA Channels.........................................................3-6 25

3.1.3.2.3 DFT Operation.......................................................................................3-7 26

3.1.3.3 CDMA Segment...........................................................................................3-7 27

3.1.3.3.1 Reverse Pilot Channel ...........................................................................3-7 28

3.1.3.3.1.1 Reverse Pilot Channel Modulation ..................................................3-8 29

3.1.3.3.1.2 Reverse Pilot Channel Scrambling ..................................................3-8 30

3.1.3.3.1.3 Reverse Pilot Channel Time-Interleaving ........................................3-8 31

3.1.3.3.1.4 Reverse Pilot Channel Multiplexing ................................................3-8 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

ix

3.1.3.3.1.5 Reverse Pilot Channel DFT Operation .............................................3-8 1

3.1.3.3.2 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel ............................................................3-8 2

3.1.3.3.2.1 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel Modulation ...................................3-9 3

3.1.3.3.2.2 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel Scrambling ...................................3-9 4

3.1.3.3.2.3 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel Time-Interleaving .........................3-9 5

3.1.3.3.2.4 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel Multiplexing .................................3-9 6

3.1.3.3.2.5 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel DFT Operation..............................3-9 7

3.1.3.3.3 Reverse Access Channel........................................................................3-9 8

3.1.3.3.3.1 Reverse Access Channel Modulation.............................................3-10 9

3.1.3.3.3.2 Reverse Access Channel Scrambling.............................................3-10 10

3.1.3.3.3.3 Reverse Access Channel Time-Interleaving...................................3-10 11

3.1.3.3.3.4 Reverse Access Channel Truncation .............................................3-10 12

3.1.3.3.3.5 Reverse Access Channel Multiplexing...........................................3-10 13

3.1.3.3.3.6 Reverse Access Channel DFT Operation .......................................3-10 14

3.1.3.3.4 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel ........................................3-10 15

3.1.3.3.4.1 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel Modulation ...............3-11 16

3.1.3.3.4.2 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel Scrambling................3-11 17

3.1.3.3.4.3 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel Time-Interleaving......3-11 18

3.1.3.3.4.4 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel Multiplexing..............3-11 19

3.1.3.3.4.5 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel DFT Operation ..........3-11 20

3.1.3.3.5 Reverse CDMA Data Channel..............................................................3-11 21

3.1.3.3.5.1 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Encoder Packet Structure..............3-11 22

3.1.3.3.5.2 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Encoder Packet CRC Bits...............3-11 23

3.1.3.3.5.3 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Encoder Tail Allowance..................3-12 24

3.1.3.3.5.4 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Turbo Encoding..............................3-12 25

3.1.3.3.5.5 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Interleaving....................................3-12 26

3.1.3.3.5.6 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Modulation and Orthogonal 27

Spreading...................................................................................................3-12 28

3.1.3.3.5.7 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Scrambling.....................................3-12 29

3.1.3.3.5.8 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Multiplexing...................................3-12 30

3.1.3.3.5.9 Reverse CDMA Data Channel DFT Operation ...............................3-12 31

3.1.3.4 OFDMA Segment.......................................................................................3-12 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

x

3.1.3.4.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel ........................................................3-12 1

3.1.3.4.1.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel for Reverse OFDMA Data 2

Channel Tiles.............................................................................................3-13 3

3.1.3.4.1.1.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Pilot Formats 0 and 1 .........3-15 4

3.1.3.4.1.1.2 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Scrambling .........................3-16 5

3.1.3.4.1.1.2.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Index Definition............3-16 6

3.1.3.4.1.1.2.2 Scrambling Sequence ........................................................3-16 7

3.1.3.4.1.2 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel for Reverse OFDMA 8

Dedicated Control Channel Quarter-Tiles .................................................3-17 9

3.1.3.4.1.2.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Pilot Pattern for Reverse 10

OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel.......................................................3-17 11

3.1.3.4.1.2.2 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Scrambling .........................3-18 12

3.1.3.4.1.2.2.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Index Definition............3-18 13

3.1.3.4.1.2.2.2 Scrambling Sequence ........................................................3-18 14

3.1.3.4.2 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel ......................................3-18 15

3.1.3.4.2.1 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Resource 16

Assignment................................................................................................3-18 17

3.1.3.4.2.2 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Modulation.............3-19 18

3.1.3.4.3 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel .....................................................3-19 19

3.1.3.4.3.1 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource Assignment............3-20 20

3.1.3.4.3.2 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource Assignment 21

Example.....................................................................................................3-20 22

3.1.3.4.3.3 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Modulation ............................3-21 23

3.1.3.4.4 Reverse OFDMA Data Channel ...........................................................3-22 24

3.1.3.4.4.1 Reverse OFDMA Data Channel Data Packet Encoding .................3-22 25

3.1.3.4.4.2 Reverse OFDMA Data Channel Data Packet Modulation ..............3-22 26

3.1.3.4.4.3 Reverse OFDMA Data Channel Erasure Sequence 27

Transmission .............................................................................................3-24 28

3.1.4 Limitations on Emissions................................................................................3-24 29

3.1.4.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions................................................................3-24 30

3.1.4.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions ...................................................................3-24 31

3.1.5 Synchronization and Timing ...........................................................................3-24 32

3.1.6 Transmitter Performance Requirements .........................................................3-24 33

3.2 Receiver ................................................................................................................3-24 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

xi

3.2.1 Channel Spacing and Designation..................................................................3-24 1

3.2.2 Demodulation Characteristics.........................................................................3-24 2

3.2.2.1 Processing .................................................................................................3-24 3


3.2.4 Receiver Performance Requirements...............................................................3-25 5

3.3 Malfunction Detection ..........................................................................................3-25 6

3.3.1 Malfunction Timer...........................................................................................3-25 7

3.3.2 False Transmission .........................................................................................3-25 8

4 ACCESS NETWORK REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................................4-1 9

4.1 Transmitter .............................................................................................................4-1 10


4.1.1.1 Channel Spacing and Designation ..............................................................4-1 12

4.1.1.2 Frequency Tolerance ...................................................................................4-1 13

4.1.2 Power Output Characteristics ...........................................................................4-1 14

4.1.3 Modulation Characteristics ...............................................................................4-1 15

4.1.3.1 Forward Channel Signals ............................................................................4-1 16


4.1.3.2 Channels in the Superframe Preamble .....................................................4-10 18

4.1.3.2.1 Forward Acquisition Channel..............................................................4-10 19

4.1.3.2.2 Forward Other Sector Interference Channel .......................................4-11 20

4.1.3.2.2.1 TDM Pilot 2....................................................................................4-11 21

4.1.3.2.2.2 TDM Pilot 3....................................................................................4-12 22

4.1.3.2.3 Forward Preamble Pilot Channel (F-PPICH) ........................................4-12 23

4.1.3.2.4 Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel (F-PBCCH) ...................4-14 24

4.1.3.2.4.1 EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse = 0 ............................................4-14 25


4.1.3.2.5 Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel (F-SBCCH) ...............4-15 27



4.1.3.2.6 Forward Quick Paging Channel...........................................................4-16 30

4.1.3.2.6.1 EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse = 0 and 31

EnableExpandedQPCH = 0 ........................................................................4-16 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

xii







4.1.3.3 Pilot Channels...........................................................................................4-18 7

4.1.3.3.1 Forward Common Pilot Channel .........................................................4-19 8

4.1.3.3.1.1 Forward Common Pilot Channel Subcarriers................................4-19 9

4.1.3.3.1.2 Forward Common Pilot Channel Value .........................................4-23 10

4.1.3.3.2 Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel........................................................4-24 11

4.1.3.3.2.1 Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 0 ..................................4-26 12



4.1.3.3.2.4 Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Scrambling...............................4-27 15

4.1.3.3.2.4.1 Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Index Definition .................4-27 16

4.1.3.3.2.4.2 Scrambling Sequence ..............................................................4-28 17

4.1.3.3.3 Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel ..............................4-28 18

4.1.3.3.3.1 Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel Scrambling .....4-29 19

4.1.3.3.4 Forward Cell Null Channel..................................................................4-30 20

4.1.3.3.5 Forward Beacon Pilot Channel............................................................4-30 21

4.1.3.3.5.1 Forward Beacon Pilot Channel Encoding ......................................4-30 22

4.1.3.3.5.1.1 Beacon Code A ........................................................................4-30 23

4.1.3.3.5.1.2 Beacon Code B ........................................................................4-30 24

4.1.3.3.5.2 Forward Beacon Pilot Channel Modulation...................................4-30 25

4.1.3.3.5.2.1 Beacon OFDM Symbols...........................................................4-30 26

4.1.3.3.5.2.2 Beacon Subcarrier Groups ......................................................4-31 27

4.1.3.3.5.2.3 Forward Beacon Pilot Channel Modulation.............................4-31 28

4.1.3.4 Forward Link Control Channels in the PHY Frames .................................4-32 29

4.1.3.4.1 Forward Link Control Segment Available Subcarriers ........................4-32 30

4.1.3.4.2 Forward Acknowledgment Channel ....................................................4-32 31

4.1.3.4.2.1 Forward Acknowledgment Channel Transmission ........................4-33 32

4.1.3.4.3 Forward Start-of-Packet Channel........................................................4-34 33

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

xiii

4.1.3.4.3.1 Forward Start-of-Packet Channel Transmission............................4-34 1

4.1.3.4.4 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel .................................................4-34 2

4.1.3.4.4.1 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Repetition ........................................4-34 3

4.1.3.4.4.2 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel Encoding ...........................4-35 4

4.1.3.4.4.3 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel Modulation........................4-35 5

4.1.3.4.4.4 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel Resource Allocation ..........4-35 6

4.1.3.4.5 Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel.............................................4-35 7

4.1.3.4.5.1 Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel Encoding.......................4-35 8

4.1.3.4.5.2 Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel Modulation....................4-35 9

4.1.3.4.5.3 Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel Resource Allocation ......4-35 10

4.1.3.4.6 Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel...............................4-36 11

4.1.3.4.6.1 Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel Encoding .........4-36 12

4.1.3.4.6.2 Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel Modulation......4-36 13

4.1.3.4.6.3 Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel Resource 14

Allocation...................................................................................................4-36 15

4.1.3.4.7 Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel .....................................4-36 16

4.1.3.4.7.1 Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel Encoding................4-36 17

4.1.3.4.7.2 Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel Modulation ............4-36 18

4.1.3.4.7.3 Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel Resource 19

Allocation...................................................................................................4-37 20

4.1.3.4.8 Forward Power Control Channel .........................................................4-37 21

4.1.3.4.8.1 Forward Power Control Channel Transmission .............................4-37 22

4.1.3.4.9 Forward Shared Control Channel........................................................4-37 23

4.1.3.4.9.1 Forward Shared Control Channel Encoding..................................4-37 24

4.1.3.4.9.2 Forward Shared Control Channel Modulation when 25

DRCHForFCS=0.........................................................................................4-37 26

4.1.3.4.9.2.1 Modulation of Forward Shared Control Channel in the 27

Common Segment...................................................................................4-37 28

4.1.3.4.9.2.2 Modulation of Forward Shared Control Channel in the LAB 29

Segments ................................................................................................4-38 30

4.1.3.4.9.3 Forward Shared Control Channel Modulation when 31

UseDRCHForFLCS = 1...............................................................................4-39 32

4.1.3.5 Forward Data Channel ..............................................................................4-39 33

4.1.3.5.1 Forward Data Channel Rotational OFDM............................................4-40 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

xiv

4.1.3.5.2 Forward Data Channel Packet Data Control Assignment Block 1

Assignments.................................................................................................4-40 2

4.1.3.5.3 Forward Data Channel Available Subcarriers .....................................4-41 3

4.1.3.5.4 Forward Data Channel Single Input Single Output Mode ..................4-41 4

4.1.3.5.4.1 Forward Data Channel Single Input Single Output Mode Data 5

Packet Encoding ........................................................................................4-41 6

4.1.3.5.4.2 Forward Data Channel Single Input Single Output Mode Data 7

Packet Transmission .................................................................................4-41 8

4.1.3.5.5 Forward Data Channel Precoding for Multiple Input Multiple 9

Output Mode ................................................................................................4-42 10

4.1.3.5.6 Forward Data Channel Space Time Transmit Diversity Mode.............4-43 11

4.1.3.5.6.1 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for Space Time 12

Transmit Diversity Mode ...........................................................................4-43 13

4.1.3.5.6.2 Forward Data Channel Space Time Transmit Diversity Modes .....4-43 14

4.1.3.5.6.3 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Transmission for Space 15

Time Transmit Diversity Mode...................................................................4-44 16

4.1.3.5.7 Forward Data Channel Multiple Input Multiple Output Multi-Code 17

Word Mode ...................................................................................................4-46 18

4.1.3.5.7.1 Forward Data Channel Permutation Matrices for Multi-Code 19

Word Multiple Input Multiple Output Mode..............................................4-46 20

4.1.3.5.7.2 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for Multiple 21

Input Multiple Output Mode .....................................................................4-46 22

4.1.3.5.7.3 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Transmission for Multi-23

Code Word Multiple Input Multiple Output Mode.....................................4-46 24

4.1.3.5.8 Forward Data Channel Multiple Input Multiple Output Single 25

Code Word Mode ..........................................................................................4-48 26

4.1.3.5.8.1 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for Multiple 27

Input Multiple Output Single Code Word Mode ........................................4-48 28


4.1.4.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions................................................................4-49 30

4.1.4.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions ...................................................................4-49 31

4.1.4.3 Intermodulation Products .........................................................................4-49 32

4.1.5 Synchronization, Timing, and Phase...............................................................4-49 33

4.1.5.1 Timing Reference Source ..........................................................................4-49 34

4.1.5.2 Sector Transmission Time.........................................................................4-49 35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

xv

4.1.6 Transmitter Performance Requirements .........................................................4-50 1

4.2 Receiver.................................................................................................................4-50 2




4.2.4 Receiver Performance Requirements...............................................................4-50 6

5 Broadcast Multicast Services (BCMCS).........................................................................5-1 7

5.1 Broadcast and Multicast Services Transmitter .......................................................5-1 8


5.1.1.1 Channel Spacing and Designation ..............................................................5-1 10

5.1.1.2 Frequency Tolerance ...................................................................................5-1 11

5.1.2 Power Output Characteristics ...........................................................................5-1 12

5.1.3 Modulation Characteristics ...............................................................................5-1 13

5.1.3.1 BCMCS Signals ...........................................................................................5-1 14


5.1.3.1.2 Modulation Parameters for the Forward Broadcast and Multicast 16

Services Channel ............................................................................................5-2 17

5.1.3.1.2.1 Radio Configuration 1......................................................................5-2 18

5.1.3.1.2.2 Radio Configuration 2......................................................................5-3 19

5.1.3.1.3 Outer Block Encoding ...........................................................................5-4 20

5.1.3.1.3.1 (1, 1, 0) Reed-Solomon Code ...........................................................5-5 21

5.1.3.1.3.2 (16, 12, 4) Reed-Solomon Code .......................................................5-5 22





5.1.3.1.3.7 (32, 28, 4) Reed-Solomon Code .....................................................5-11 27

5.1.3.1.4 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Pilot Channel.................................5-13 28

5.1.3.2 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel.................................5-13 29

5.1.3.2.1 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Structure ..........5-13 30

5.1.3.2.1.1 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel CRC Bits .....5-14 31

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

xvi

5.1.3.2.2 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Turbo 1

Encoding ......................................................................................................5-15 2

5.1.3.2.3 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Data Packet 3

Scrambling ...................................................................................................5-15 4

5.1.3.2.3.1 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Data 5

Packet Transmission .................................................................................5-15 6

5.1.3.2.4 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Outer Coding ....5-16 7

5.2 Supercast Transmitter ..........................................................................................5-16 8

5.2.1 Frequency Parameters ....................................................................................5-16 9

5.2.1.1 Channel Spacing and Designation............................................................5-16 10

5.2.1.2 Frequency Tolerance.................................................................................5-16 11

5.2.2 Power Output Characteristics.........................................................................5-16 12

5.2.3 Modulation Characteristics.............................................................................5-16 13

5.2.3.1 Supercast Signals .....................................................................................5-16 14

5.2.3.1.1 Channel Structures.............................................................................5-17 15

5.2.3.2 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel..........................................5-18 16

5.2.3.2.1 Structure for the Single-Transmit-Antenna Case Forward 17

Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel ...........................................................5-18 18

5.2.3.2.1.1 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 0 ..............5-20 19

5.2.3.2.1.2 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 1 ..............5-20 20

5.2.3.2.1.3 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Scrambling...........5-20 21

5.2.3.2.1.3.1 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Index 22

Definition................................................................................................5-20 23

5.2.3.2.1.3.2 Scrambling Sequence ..............................................................5-21 24

5.2.3.3 Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel ................5-21 25

5.2.3.3.1 Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel 26

Structure ......................................................................................................5-21 27

5.2.3.3.2 Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel 28

Scrambling ...................................................................................................5-22 29

5.2.3.4 Forward Superposed Data Channel ..........................................................5-23 30

5.2.3.4.1 Forward Superposed Data Channel Available Subcarriers .................5-23 31

5.2.3.4.2 Forward Superposed Data Channel Single Input Single Output 32

Mode.............................................................................................................5-23 33

5.2.3.4.2.1 Forward Superposed Data Channel Packet Encoding for Single 34

Input Single Output ..................................................................................5-24 35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

xvii

5.2.3.4.2.2 Forward Superposed Data Channel Data Packet Transmission 1

for Single Input Single Output ..................................................................5-24 2

5.2.3.4.3 Forward Superposed Data Channel Precoding for Multiple Input 3

Multiple Output............................................................................................5-25 4

5.2.3.4.4 Forward Superposed Data Channel Multiple Input Multiple 5

Output Multi-Code Word Mode ....................................................................5-25 6

5.2.3.4.4.1 Forward Superposed Data Channel Permutation Matrices ...........5-25 7

5.2.3.4.4.2 Forward Superposed Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for 8

Multi-Code Word Multiple Input Multiple Output.....................................5-25 9


for Multi-Code Word Multiple Input Multiple Output................................5-26 11

5.2.3.4.5 Forward Superposed Data Channel Multiple Input Multiple 12

Output Single Code Word Mode ...................................................................5-27 13

5.2.3.4.5.1 Forward Superposed Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for 14

Multiple Input Multiple Output Multi-Code Word.....................................5-27 15


for Multiple Input Multiple Output Multi-Code Word................................5-27 17

5.3 Receiver.................................................................................................................5-28 18



21

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

CONTENTS

xviii

No Text. 1

2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

FIGURES

xix

Figure 2.6.1-1. PN Register for Generating Pseudorandom Bits ....................................2-14 1

Figure 2.6.3.1-1. Scrambling Sequence Register ...........................................................2-16 2

Figure 2.7.1-1. Coding and Modulation Structure.........................................................2-17 3

Figure 2.7.2.1-1. Calculations for the 24-Bit CRC.........................................................2-20 4

Figure 2.7.3.1-1. K = 9, Rate-1/3 Convolutional Encoder .............................................2-22 5

Figure 2.7.3.2.1-1. Calculations for the Cyclic Code .....................................................2-23 6

Figure 2.7.3.2.2-1. Tail Biting Convolutional Code........................................................2-24 7

Figure 2.7.3.3.1-1. Turbo Encoder.................................................................................2-26 8

Figure 2.7.3.3.2-1. Turbo Interleaver Output Address Calculation Procedure ..............2-27 9

Figure 2.7.7.1-1. Signal Constellation for QPSK Modulation.........................................2-33 10

Figure 2.7.7.2-1. Signal Constellation for 8-PSK Modulation ........................................2-34 11

Figure 2.7.7.3-1. Signal Constellation for 16-QAM Modulation.....................................2-36 12

Figure 2.7.7.4-1. Signal Constellation for 64-QAM Modulation.....................................2-39 13

Figure 2.7.7.5.1-1. Signal Constellation for Layered Modulation with a QPSK Base 14

Layer and a QPSK Enhancement Layer....................................................................2-41 15

Figure 2.7.7.5.2-1. Signal Constellation for Layered Modulation with a 16QAM 16

Base Layer and a QPSK Enhancement Layer...........................................................2-44 17

Figure 2.8.1.1-1. Forward Link Superframe Structure ..................................................2-45 18

Figure 2.8.1.4-1. Superframe Preamble Structure.........................................................2-48 19

Figure 2.8.2.1-1. Reverse Link Superframe Structure ...................................................2-49 20

Figure 2.8.3-1. Time-Domain Processing.......................................................................2-52 21

Figure 2.8.3.3-1. Overlap-and-Add Operation ...............................................................2-53 22

Figure 2.11.3.1-1. Illustration of CDMA Hopping Zones................................................2-60 23

Figure 2.11.9-1. Illustration of Hop-port to Subcarrier Mapping in LHB.......................2-67 24

Figure 2.11.9-2. Illustration of Hop-port to Subcarrier Mapping in GHB......................2-68 25

Figure 2.14.2.2-1. Examples of DRCH and BRCH structures........................................2-74 26

Figure 2.14.3-1. Example of Multiplexing Resource Structure......................................2-75 27

Figure 2.14.5-1. Illustration of DRCH Hop-port to Subcarrier Mapping if 28

ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1 ...............................................................................2-79 29


ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2 ...............................................................................2-80 31

Figure 2.15.1-1. Illustration of Forward Link Control Segment Hopping with BRCH 32

Resources.................................................................................................................2-85 33

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

FIGURES

xx

Figure 2.15.5.1.2-1. TileSegments for Forward Link Control Segment..........................2-88 1

Figure 3.1.3.1.1-1. Reverse Channels Transmitted by the Access Terminal....................3-2 2

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.1-1. Channel Structure for Reverse Acknowledgment Channel ............3-2 3

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.1-2. Channel Structure for Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control 4

Channel .....................................................................................................................3-2 5

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.1-3. Channel Structure for Reverse OFDMA Data Channel ..................3-3 6

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-1. Channel Structure for Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control 7

Channel .....................................................................................................................3-3 8

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-2. Channel Structure for Reverse CDMA Data Channel ....................3-3 9

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-3. Structure of the Reverse Link CDMA Segment for the ith 10

CDMA Subsegment....................................................................................................3-4 11

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-4. Structure of the Reverse Link OFDMA Segment and the 12

CDMA/OFDMA Multiplexing .....................................................................................3-5 13

Figure 3.1.3.4.1.1-1. Location of Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Subcarriers 14

within a Tile for the Different Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Formats ................3-14 15

Figure 3.1.3.4.1.2.1- ......................................................................................................3-17 16

Figure 3.1.3.4.3.2-1. Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource Assignment...........3-21 17

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-1. Channel Structure for Forward Primary Broadcast Control 18

Channel .....................................................................................................................4-3 19

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-2. Channel Structure for F-SBCCH.......................................................4-3 20

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-3. Channel Structure for Forward Quick Paging Channel ....................4-3 21

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-4. Channel Structure for Forward Acknowledgment Channel ..............4-4 22

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-5. Channel Structure for Forward Start-of-Packet Channel..................4-4 23

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-6. Channel Structure for Forward Shared Control Channel .................4-4 24

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-7. Channel Structure for Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel ......4-4 25

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-8. Channel Structure for Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel...........4-4 26

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-9. Channel Structure for Forward Fast Other Sector Interference 27

Channel .....................................................................................................................4-5 28

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-10. Channel Structure for Forward Interference over Thermal 29

Channel .....................................................................................................................4-5 30

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-11. Channel Structure for Forward Data Channel ................................4-5 31

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-12. Channel Structure in the Superframe Preamble.............................4-6 32

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-13. Channel Structure of the PHY Frames............................................4-7 33

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-14. Channel Structure for the Single-Transmit-Antenna Case .............4-8 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

FIGURES

xxi

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-15. Space Time Transmit Diversity – Two Transmit Antennas ..............4-8 1

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-16. Space Time Transmit Diversity – Four Transmit Antennas .............4-8 2

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-17. Generic Multiple Input Multiple Output Transmitter......................4-9 3

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-18. Layer Permutation for Multi-Code Word Multiple Input 4

Multiple Output .........................................................................................................4-9 5

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-19. Precoding for Forward Data Channel ..............................................4-9 6

Figure 4.1.3.3.1.1-1. An Example of Forward Common Pilot Channel Placement for 7

the Case where CPICHHoppingMode takes the value ‘Random’ and 8

NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas = 4.................................................................4-22 9


the Case where CPICHHoppingMode takes the value ‘Deterministic’ and 11

NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas = 4.................................................................4-23 12

Figure 4.1.3.3.2-1. Location of Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Subcarriers within 13

a Tile for the Different Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Formats...........................4-26 14

Figure 4.1.3.4.2.1-1. ACK Processing for FACKNodeIndices 0 through 3......................4-33 15

Figure 5.1.3.1.1-1. Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Structure ........5-2 16

Figure 5.1.3.1.1-2. Channel Structure in the PHY Frames..............................................5-2 17

Figure 5.1.3.1.1-3. Channel Structure for the Single-Transmit-Antenna Case ...............5-2 18

Figure 5.1.3.2.1-1. Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Packet 19

Structure..................................................................................................................5-14 20

Figure 5.1.3.2.1.1-1. Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel CRC Bits 21

Calculation...............................................................................................................5-14 22

Figure 5.2.3.1.1-1. Forward Superposed Data Channel Structure ................................5-17 23

Figure 5.2.3.1.1-2. Channel Structure of the PHY Frames ............................................5-17 24

Figure 5.2.3.1.1-3. Channel Structure for the Single-Transmit-Antenna Case .............5-17 25

Figure 5.2.3.2.1-1: Location of Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel 26

Subcarriers within a Tile for the Different Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot 27

Channel Formats......................................................................................................5-19 28

29

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

FIGURES

xxii

No Text. 1

2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

TABLES

xxiii

Table 2.2-1. Physical Layer Numeric Constants and Parameters.....................................2-9 1

Table 2.7.2-1. Number of CRC Bits for the Forward and Reverse Link Channels ..........2-18 2

Table 2.7.3-1. Types of Forward Error Correction for the Forward and Reverse Link 3

Channels ..................................................................................................................2-20 4

Table 2.7.3.2.3-1. Codewords for the Concatenated Code .............................................2-24 5

Table 2.7.3.3.2-1. Turbo Interleaver Lookup Table Definition .......................................2-28 6

Table 2.7.7.1-1. QPSK Modulation Table .......................................................................2-33 7

Table 2.7.7.2-1. 8-PSK Modulation Table.......................................................................2-34 8

Table 2.7.7.3-1. 16-QAM Modulation Table ...................................................................2-35 9

Table 2.7.7.4-1. 64-QAM Modulation Table ...................................................................2-37 10

Table 2.7.7.5.1-1. Layered Modulation Table with QPSK Base Layer and QPSK 11

Enhancement Layer .................................................................................................2-40 12

Table 2.7.7.5.2-1. Layered Modulation Table with 16QAM Base Layer and QPSK 13

Enhancement Layer .................................................................................................2-42 14

Table 2.8.1.2-1. Forward Link OFDM Symbol Numerology............................................2-46 15

Table 2.8.1.2-2. OFDM Superframe Numerology ...........................................................2-47 16

Table 2.8.2.2-1. Reverse Link OFDM Symbol Numerology ............................................2-50 17

Table 2.8.2.2-2. OFDM Superframe Numerology ...........................................................2-51 18

Table 4.1.3.1-1. Description of the Forward Link Channels ............................................4-2 19

Table 4.1.3.2.1-1. Specification for the NG and NP Parameters .....................................4-10 20

Table 4.1.3.2.1-2. Specification for the u Parameter......................................................4-11 21

Table 4.1.3.3.3-1. Values of the Parameters ak and bk...................................................4-29 22

Table 4.1.3.5.1-1. Optimal Rotational Angle for Rotational OFDM ................................4-40 23

Table 5.1.3.1-1. Description of the BCMCS Channels .....................................................5-1 24

Table 5.1.3.1.2-1. OFDM Symbol Numerology for Radio Configuration 1........................5-3 25

Table 5.1.3.1.2-2. OFDM Symbol Numerology for Radio Configuration 2........................5-4 26

Table 5.1.3.1.3.2-1. Parity Matrix for the (16, 12, 4) Outer Code.....................................5-5 27




Table 5.1.3.1.3.6-1. Parity Matrix for the (32, 26, 6) Outer Code...................................5-10 31

Table 5.1.3.1.3.7-1. Parity Matrix for the (32, 28, 4) Outer Code...................................5-12 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

TABLES

xxiv

Table 5.2.3.1-1. Description of the Supercast Channels ...............................................5-17 1

Table 5.2.3.3.1-1. Values of the Parameters ak and bk...................................................5-22 2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

FOREWARD

xxv

(This foreword is not part of this Standard) 1

This Standard was prepared by Technical Specification Group C of the Third Generation 2

Partnership Project 2 (3GPP2). This Standard is the Physical Layer part of the Ultra Mobile 3

Broadband™ (UMB™)1 air interface. Other parts of this Standard are: 4

• Overview for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification 5

• MAC Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification 6

• Radio Link Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification 7

• Application Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification 8

• Security Functions for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface 9

Specification 10

• Connection Control Plane for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface 11

Specification 12

• Session Control Plane for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface 13

Specification 14

• Route Control Plane for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface 15

Specification 16

• Broadcast-Multicast Upper Layers for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air 17

Interface Specification 18

Other Standards may be required to implement this system and are listed in the 19

References section of each part. 20

This standard provides a specification for land mobile wireless systems based upon 21

cellular principles. This Standard is one part of the IMT-2000 CDMA Multi-Carrier, IMT-22

2000 CDMA MC, also known as cdma2000®2. 23

1 Ultra Mobile Broadband™ and (UMB™) are trade and service marks owned by the CDMA Development

Group (CDG).

2 cdma2000® is the trademark for the technical nomenclature for certain specifications and standards of the

Organizational Partners (OPs) of 3GPP2. Geographically (and as of the date of publication), cdma2000® is a

registered trademark of the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA-USA) in the United States.

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

FOREWARD

xxvi

No Text. 1

2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

REFERENCES

xxvii

1

The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, 2

constitute provisions of this Standard. At the time of publication, the editions indicated 3

were valid. All standards are subject to revision, and parties to agreements based on this 4

Standard are encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent editions 5

of the standards indicated below. 6

7

—Standards: 8

9

1. C.S0084-0-000, Overview for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

2. C.S0084-0-002, MAC Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

3. C.S0084-0-003, Radio Link Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

4. C.S0084-0-004, Application Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

5. C.S0084-0-005, Security Functions for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

6. C.S0084-0-006, Connection Control Plane for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

7. C.S0084-0-007, Session Control Plane for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

8. C.S0084-0-008, Route Control Plane for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

9. C.S0084-0-009, Broadcast-Multicast Upper Layers for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) Air Interface Specification, April 2007.

10. C.S0010-C v2.0, Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Base Stations, March 2006.

11. C.S0011-C v2.0, Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Mobile Stations, March 2006.

12. IEEE C.95.1-2005, IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz, October 2005.

13. C.S0057-B, Band Class Specification for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, August 2006.

10

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

REFERENCES

xxviii

—Other Documents: 1

2

14. NCRP Report 86, Biological Effects and Exposure Criteria for Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields, National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements, 1986.

15. ICS-GPS-200, Navstar GPS Space Segment / Navigation User Interfaces.

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

1-1

1 BASIC PHYSICAL LAYER PROTOCOL 1

1.1 Introduction 2

1.1.1 General Overview 3

An overview of the Basic Physical Layer Protocol is given in [1]. 4

1.1.2 Primitives and Public Data 5

1.1.2.1 Commands 6

This protocol does not define any commands. 7

1.1.2.2 Return Indications 8

This protocol does not return any indications. 9

1.1.2.3 Public Data 10

Subtype for this protocol. 11

1.2 Protocol Initialization 12

1.2.1 Protocol Initialization for the InConfiguration Protocol Instance 13

Upon creation, the InConfiguration instance of this protocol in the access terminal and 14

the access network shall perform the procedures specified in [1]. 15

1.2.2 Protocol Initialization for the InUse Protocol Instance 16

Upon creation, the InUse instance of this protocol in the access terminal and the access 17

network shall perform the procedures specified in [1]. 18

1.3 Procedures and Messages for the InConfiguration Instance of the Protocol 19

1.3.1 Procedures 20

This protocol uses the services of the Session Configuration Protocol to perform 21

negotiation of attribute values. 22

1.3.2 Message Formats 23

This protocol does not define any messages. 24

1.4 Procedures and Messages for the InUse Instance of the Protocol 25

1.4.1 Hard Commit Procedures 26

The access terminal and the access network shall perform the procedures specified in [1] 27

when directed by the InUse instance of the Session Configuration Protocol to execute the 28

Hard Commit procedures. 29

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

1-2

1.4.2 Soft Commit Procedures 1

The access terminal and the access network shall perform the procedures specified in [1], 2

in the order specified, when directed by the InUse instance of the Session Configuration 3

Protocol to execute the Soft Commit procedures. 4

1.4.3 Main Procedures 5

The requirements for the access terminal are described in Chapter 3. 6

The requirements for the access network are described in Chapter 4. 7

The requirements for Broadcast and Multicast Services operation are described in Chapter 8

5. 9

1.4.4 Interface to Other Protocols 10

1.4.4.1 Commands 11

This protocol does not issue any commands. 12

1.4.4.2 Indications 13

This protocol does not register to receive any indications. 14

1.5 Configuration Attributes 15

This protocol does not define any configuration attributes. 16

1.6 Session State Information 17

The Session State Information record (see [1]) consists of parameter records. 18

The parameter records for this protocol consist of only the configuration attributes of this 19

protocol. 20

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-1

2 GENERAL 1

2.1 Terms 2

16-QAM. 16-ary quadrature amplitude modulation. 3

64-QAM. 64-ary quadrature amplitude modulation. 4

8-PSK. 8-ary phase shift keying. 5

Bad Frame. A frame classified with insufficient frame quality. See also Good Frame. 6

Band Class. A set of frequency channels and a numbering scheme for these channels. 7

Access Network. The network equipment providing data connectivity between a packet 8

switched data network (typically the Internet) and the Access Terminals. 9

Access Terminal. A device providing data connectivity to a user. An Access Terminal may 10

be connected to a computing device such as a laptop personal computer or it may be a 11

self-contained data device such as a personal digital assistant. 12

AN. See Access Network. 13

AT. See Access Terminal. 14

Block Code. A type of error-correcting code. A block of input bits are coded to form the 15

output codewords. Examples include Hadamard Codes, Reed-Solomon Codes, etc. 16

Block Resource Channel. A channel in which the hop-ports are mapped to a group of 17

adjacent subcarriers in units of tiles. 18

bps. Bits per second. 19

BPSK. Binary phase shift keying. 20

BRCH. See Block Resource Channel. 21

Candidate Frequency. The frequency for which the Access Network specifies a search set, 22

when searching on other frequencies while performing mobile-assisted handoffs. 23

CDMA. See Code Division Multiple Access. 24

Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). A technique for spread-spectrum multiple-25

access digital communications that creates channels through the use of unique code 26

sequences. 27

Code Symbol. The output of an error-correcting encoder. Information bits are input to the 28

encoder and code symbols are output from the encoder. See Block Code, Convolutional 29

Code, and Turbo Code. 30

Convolutional Code. A type of error-correcting code. A code symbol can be considered as 31

the convolution of the input data sequence with the impulse response of a generator 32

function. 33

Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). An internationally agreed upon time scale 34

maintained by the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures (BIPM) used as the time 35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-2

reference by nearly all commonly available time and frequency distribution systems (e.g., 1

WWV, WWVH, LORAN-C, Transit, Omega, and GPS). 2

CRC. See Cyclic Redundancy Code. 3

Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC). A class of linear error detecting codes, which generate 4

parity check bits by finding the remainder of a polynomial division. See also CRC Bits. 5

DFT. See Discrete Fourier Transform. 6

Discrete Fourier Transform. The process of generating the frequency domain signal from 7

a time domain signal. 8

DRCH. See Distributed Resource Channel. 9

dBm. A measure of power expressed in terms of its ratio (in dB) to one milliwatt. 10

Distributed Resource Channel. A channel in which the hop-ports are mapped to 11

distributed subcarriers. 12

Effective Antenna. A linear mapping of a number of physical antennas. The effective 13

antenna could, for instance, be a time superposition of physical antennas or a linear 14

combination of physical antennas. An effective antenna may involve transmitting of all or 15

only some of the physical antennas and is seen at the receiver as a single radiating 16

source. 17

Effective Isotropically Radiated Power (EIRP). The product of the power supplied to the 18

antenna and the antenna gain in a direction relative to an isotropic antenna. 19

Effective Radiated Power (ERP). The product of the power supplied to the antenna and 20

its gain relative to a half-wave dipole in a given direction. 21

EIRP. See Effective Isotropically Radiated Power. 22

Encoder Packet. The encoder packet contains the input bits to the turbo encoder on the 23

Forward Data Channel, the Reverse CDMA Data Channel, or the Reverse OFDMA Data 24

Channel. The encoder packet consists of the bits of a Forward Data Channel, Reverse 25

CDMA Data Channel or a Reverse Frequency Division Multiple Access Data Channel 26

information bits and the CRC bits. 27

Encoder Tail Bits. A fixed sequence of bits added to the end of a block of data to reset the 28

convolutional encoder to a known state. 29

ERP. See Effective Radiated Power. 30

Fast Fourier Transform. The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) is a discrete Fourier Transform 31

algorithm which reduces the number of computations needed for N points from 2N2 to 32

2Nlog2N. 33

FFT. See Fast Fourier Transform. 34

Forward Acknowledgment Channel. A portion of a Forward Channel used for the 35

transmission of acknowledgments from an Access Network to multiple Access Terminals in 36

response to the data received on the Reverse CDMA/OFDMA Data Channel. 37

Forward Acquisition Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link preamble consisting 38

of one OFDM symbol to help in the initial acquisition process. 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-3

Forward Beacon Pilot Channel. The Forward Beacon Pilot Channel is used to indicate 1

the presence of the Access Network to Access Terminals on other carriers. 2

Forward Broadcast and Multicast Pilot Channel. The Forward Broadcast and Multicast 3

Pilot Channel is an unmodulated signal transmitted by an Access Network to provide a 4

phase reference for coherent demodulation of the Forward Broadcast and Multicast 5

Services Channel. 6

Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel. The Forward Broadcast and 7

Multicast Services Channel is a Forward Link channel carrying broadcast and multicast 8

data. 9

Forward Cell Null Channel. The Forward Cell Null Channel defines subcarriers that are 10

blanked by all the sectors in a cell. These subcarriers are used to measure the out-of-cell 11

interference level. 12

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel. A signal transmitted by an Access 13

Network to provide a reference for the measurement of the signals from the various 14

antennas. 15

Forward Common Pilot Channel. An unmodulated signal transmitted by an Access 16

Network to provides a phase reference for coherent demodulation and a means for signal 17

strength comparisons between Access Networks for determining when to handoff. 18

Forward Data Channel. A portion of a Forward Link which carries higher-level data and 19

control information from an Access Network to an Access Terminal. 20

Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel. An unmodulated signal transmitted by an Access 21

Network that provides a phase reference for coherent demodulation of BRCH channels. 22

Forward Error Correction. A process whereby data is encoded with block, convolutional, 23

concatenated, or turbo codes to assist in error correction of the link. 24

Forward Fast Other Sector Interference Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link 25

that carries an indication of other sector interference. 26

Forward Interference over Thermal Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link that is 27

used to indicate interference levels in a given subband to Access Terminals in other 28

sectors. 29

Forward Other Sector Interference Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link 30

preamble consisting of two OFDM symbols to help in the initial acquisition process. In 31

addition, these symbols also carry the other sector interference value that is received from 32

the SFP MAC protocol. 33

Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link that 34

indicates the strength of the Reverse Link for a given Access Terminal. 35

Forward Power Control Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link that carries 36

commands for closed loop control of Reverse Link transmit power. 37

Forward Preamble Pilot Channel. A signal transmitted by an Access Network to aid in 38

acquiring the system. 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-4

Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel. A Forward Link Channel transmitted on 1

the preamble which carries deployment-wide static parameters like cyclic prefix duration, 2

number of guard carriers, in addition to the superframe index. 3

Forward Quick Paging Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link preamble to aid the 4

Access Terminal in identifying when a page is sent to it. 5

Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link that carries 6

a single bit which indicates the load on the Reverse Link of a given Access Network. 7

Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel. A Forward Link Channel transmitted on 8

the preamble which carries sufficient information to enable the Access Terminal to 9

demodulate Forward Link data from the PHY Frames, e.g., information on hopping 10

patterns, pilot structure, control channel structures, transmit antennas, multiplexing 11

modes etc. 12

Forward Shared Control Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link that carries 13

control information for the Forward Data Channel transmission, as well as for group 14

resource assignments. 15

Forward Start-of-Packet Channel. A channel sent on the Forward Link that is used to 16

indicate to an Access Terminal whether a persistent assignment is still valid or if it has 17

expired. 18

Forward Traffic Channel. One or more channels used to transport user and signaling 19

traffic from the Access Network to the Access Terminal. 20

Frame. A basic timing interval in the system, comprising of eight OFDM symbols. 21

Frame Error Detection. A method used to detect whether the received frame is in error. 22

Usually, the data is encoded with a Cyclic Redundancy Code to aid in this detection. See 23

Cyclic Redundancy Code. 24

CRC Bits. The CRC check applied to name channels. 25

Galois Field (GF). A Galois Field is a finite algebraic field with pn elements where p is a 26

prime number. 27

GCL Sequence. Generalized Chirp Like Sequence. 28

GF. See Galois Field. 29

GHz. Gigahertz (109 Hertz). 30

Global Positioning System (GPS). A US government satellite system that provides 31

location and time information to users. See [15] for specifications. 32

Good Frame. A frame not classified as a bad frame. See also Bad Frame. 33

GPS. See Global Positioning System. 34

Guard Interval. A time interval, inserted between symbols to avoid intersymbol 35

interference. 36

Guard Tone. A tone carrying no data to avoid intersymbol interference. 37

Hopping. A pattern of frequency assignments. 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-5

IFFT. See Inverse Fast Fourier Transform. 1

Interleaving. The process of permuting a sequence of symbols. 2

Inverse Fast Fourier Transform. The process of obtaining the time domain signal from 3

the frequency domain signal. 4

kHz. Kilohertz (103 Hertz). 5

ksps. Kilo-symbols per second (103 symbols per second). 6

LSB. Least significant bit. 7

MAC Layer. Medium Access Control Layer. 8

MCW. See Multiple Code Word. 9

Mean Input Power. The total received calorimetric power measured in a specified 10

bandwidth at the antenna connector, including all internal and external signal and noise 11

sources. 12

Mean Output Power. The total transmitted calorimetric power measured in a specified 13

bandwidth at the antenna connector when the transmitter is active. 14

MHz. Megahertz (106 Hertz). 15

MIMO. See Multiple Input Multiple Output. 16

Modulation Symbol. For the Forward Data Channel, a modulation symbol is defined as 17

the output of the QPSK/8-PSK/16-QAM/64-QAM modulator. For all other channels, a 18

modulation symbol is defined as the input to the signal point mapping block and the 19

output of the interleaver or the sequence repetition block, if present. 20

ms. Millisecond (10-3 second). 21

MSB. Most significant bit. 22

Multiple Code Word. A Multiple Input Multiple Output transmission mode where multiple 23

codes are used to encode the packet being transmitted over the various antennas. 24

Multiple Input Multiple Output. is an abstract mathematical model for multi-antenna 25

communication systems where the transmitter has multiple antennas capable of 26

transmitting independent signals and the receiver is equipped with multiple receive 27

antennas. 28

ns. Nanosecond (10-9 second). 29

OFDM. See Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing. 30

OFDMA. See Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access. 31

OFDM Symbol. An OFDM symbol is comprised of individually modulated subcarriers 32

which carry complex-valued data. 33

OMP. Overhead Messages Protocol. 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-6

Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access. A multi-user version of the OFDM 1

digital modulation scheme. Multiple access is achieved in OFDMA by assigning subsets of 2

subcarriers to individual users. 3

Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM). A modulation technique that 4

utilizes multiplexing based on orthogonal complex harmonic basis functions together with 5

a cyclic prefix to allow multi-path resilience. 6

Physical Antenna. A radiating radio element. 7

Physical Layer. The part of the communication protocol between the Access Terminal and 8

the Access Network that is responsible for the transmission and reception of data. The 9

Physical Layer in the transmitting station is presented a frame and transforms it into an 10

over-the-air waveform. The Physical Layer in the receiving station transforms the 11

waveform back into a frame. 12

PN. Pseudonoise. 13

PN Chip. One bit in the PN sequence. 14

PN Sequence. Pseudonoise sequence. A periodic binary sequence. 15

Precoding. This is a method to beamform with multiple antennas to focus a spatial beam 16

in a certain direction. 17

Punctured Code. An error-correcting code generated from another error-correcting code 18

by deleting (i.e., puncturing) code symbols from the encoder output. 19

QPSK. Quadrature phase shift keying. 20

Radio Configuration. A set of Broadcast and Multicast Serviced Channel transmission 21

formats that are characterized by Physical Layer parameters such as OFDM symbol 22

duration. 23

RC. See Radio Configuration. 24

RCC. See Reverse Control Channel. 25

Reverse Access Channel. A Reverse CDMA Channel used by Access Terminals for 26

communicating with the Access Networks. The Access Channel is used for short signaling 27

message exchanges, such as call originations, responses to pages, and registrations. The 28

Access Channel is a slotted random access channel. 29

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel. A portion of a Reverse OFDMA Channel used for the 30

transmission of acknowledgments from an Access Terminal to multiple Access Networks in 31

response to the data received on the Forward Packet Data Channel. 32

Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel. An unmodulated signal transmitted in the Reverse Link 33

CDMA segment by an Access Terminal in conjunction with the Reverse CDMA Data 34

Channel. This channel provides a phase reference for coherent demodulation for 35

demodulation of the Reverse CDMA Data Channel. 36

Reverse CDMA Control Channel. A portion of a CDMA Reverse Link which carries control 37

information and other feedback information from an Access Terminal to an Access 38

Network. 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-7

Reverse CDMA Data Channel. A portion of a CDMA Reverse Link which carries higher-1

level data and control information from an Access Terminal to an Access Network. 2

Reverse Control Channel. A portion of a Reverse Link which carries control information 3

from an Access Terminal to an Access Network. 4

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel. An unmodulated signal transmitted in the Reverse 5

Link OFDMA segment by an Access Terminal. This channel provides a phase reference for 6

coherent demodulation of the Reverse OFDMA Traffic Channels. 7

Reverse Orthogonal Frequency Division CDMA Control Channel. A portion of a OFDMA 8

Reverse Link which carries control information and other feedback information from an 9

Access Terminal to an Access Network. 10

Reverse OFDMA Data Channel. A portion of an OFDMA Reverse Link which carries 11

higher-level data and control information from an Access Terminal to an Access Network. 12

Reverse Pilot Channel. An unmodulated signal transmitted in the Reverse Link CDMA 13

segment by an Access Terminal. A reverse pilot channel may provide a phase reference for 14

coherent demodulation and a means for signal strength measurement. 15

Reverse Traffic Channel. One or more code channels used to transport user and 16

signaling traffic from the Access Terminal to the Access Network. See Reverse CDMA Data 17

Channel and Reverse OFDMA Data Channel. 18

RF Carrier. An RF channel. 19

SCW. See Single Code Word. 20

SDMA. See Space Division Multiple Access. 21

SFN. See Single Frequency Network. 22

Single Code Word. A Multiple Input Multiple Output transmission mode where a single 23

code is used to encode the packet being transmitted over the various antennas. 24

Single Frequency Network. A set of sectors synchronously transmitting the same 25

waveform on the same frequency assignment, with the exception of a sector-dependent 26

delay and gain, within a specified frequency-division and time-division multiplexed 27

channel. 28

Single Input Single Output. An abstract mathematical model for single-antenna 29

communication systems where the transmitter has a single antennas capable of 30

transmitting signals and the receiver is equipped with a single receive antenna. 31

SISO. See Single Input Single Output. 32

Space Division Multiple Access. This technique spatially separates and multiplexes 33

users through adaptive beamforming, thereby providing gains in system throughput by 34

reducing interference across users. 35

Space Time Transmit Diversity. A technique to transmit multiple transformed versions 36

of a data stream across a number of antennas and to exploit the various received versions 37

of the data to improve the reliability of data-transfer. 38

STTD. See Space Time Transmit Diversity. 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-8

Subcarrier. Each frequency of the Discrete Fourier Transform. 1

System Time. The time reference used by the system. System Time is synchronous to 2

UTC time (except for leap seconds) and uses the same time origin as GPS time. All Access 3

Networks use the same System Time (within a small error tolerance). Access Terminals 4

use the same System Time, offset by the propagation delay from the Access Network to the 5

Access Terminal. See also Coordinated Universal Time. 6

Tile Antenna. A linear combination of effective antennas. A tile antenna could also be one 7

of the effective antennas. A tile antenna could also be an effective antenna constructed 8

from the physical antennas using the precoding mapping. 9

Time Reference. A reference established by the Access Terminal that is synchronous with 10

the earliest arriving multipath component used for demodulation. 11

Turbo Code. A type of error-correcting code. A code symbol is based on the outputs of the 12

two recursive convolutional codes (constituent codes) of the Turbo code. 13

UTC. Coordinated Universal Time or Temps Universel Coordiné. See Coordinated 14

Universal Time. 15

Walsh Chip. The shortest identifiable component of a Walsh function. There are 2N Walsh 16

chips in one Walsh function where N is the order of the Walsh function. 17

Walsh Function. One of 2N time orthogonal binary functions (note that the functions are 18

orthogonal after mapping ‘0’ to 1 and ‘1’ to –1). The nth Walsh function (n = 0 to N – 1) after 19

the mapping to ±1 symbols is denoted by WnN. 20

μs. Microsecond (10-6 second). 21

2.2 Numeric Information 22

Table 2.2-1 lists several variables that are used in the text, including all variables that are 23

defined outside of this protocol. In this table, OMP refers to the Overhead Messages 24

Protocol, ECI refers to the ExtendedChannelInfo message and QCI refers to the 25

QuickChannelInfo block. 26

27

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-9

Table 2.2-1. Physical Layer Numeric Constants and Parameters 1

Symbol Meaning Source Comments

GloballySynchronous

This field determines whether the sector time-base reference

is aligned to UTC GloballySynchronous OMP (AcqInfo)

EnableHalfDuplexOperation

This field determines whether the sector supports half-

duplex terminals

EnableHalfDuplexOperation

OMP (AcqInfo)

NFFT Number of Subcarriers in an OFDM Symbol. Takes values 128, 256, 512, 1024, or 2048

TotalNumCarriers OMP (SystemInfo)

NGUARD Total number of guard subcarriers

NumGuardSubcarriers OMP (SystemInfo)

TCHIP Chip Duration Derived Variable 128/(1.2288*NFFT)

μs

NCP

A multiplicative factor that determines the cyclic prefix duration, where the Cyclic

Prefix Duration is NCPNFFTTCHIP/16

1, 2, 3, or 4

Determined autonomously by

the access terminal using the TDM1

waveform

TCP Cyclic prefix duration. Derived Variable

Ts OFDM symbol duration Derived Variable

TSUPERFRAME Suuperframe duration Derived Variable

PilotPN Integer Identifier of the Sector 0–511

EffectiveNumAntennas

Number of effective antennas. EffectiveNumAntennas OMP (QCI)

QSDMA,RL Number of SDMA dimensions on the reverse link

RLNumSDMADimensions

OMP (ECI)

NumCDMASubSegmentsj

Number of CDMA SubSegments. Each entry in

the vector denotes the number of CDMA SubSegments on one-eighth of the RL PHY

Frames.

NumCDMASubSegmentsj

OMP (ECI)

NSUBZONE_MAX,RL Size of a subzone on the reverse link

RLSubzoneSize OMP (ECI)

SilenceIntervalOffset

This field determines the silence interval

SilenceIntervalOffset OMP (ECI)

SilenceIntervalPeriod


SilenceIntervalPeriod OMP (ECI)

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-10


SilenceIntervalDuration


SilenceIntervalDuration

OMP (ECI)

SilenceIntervalFrequencyMas

k


SilenceIntervalFrequencyMask

OMP (ECI)

NSUBZONE_MAX,FL Size of a subzone on the forward link

FLSubzoneSize OMP (QCI)

NDRCH-SUBZONES Number of DRCH Subzones NumDRCHSubzones OMP (QCI)

QSDMA,FL Number of SDMA dimensions on the forward link

FLSDMANumSubtrees.

OMP (QCI)

ResourceChannelMuxMode

Resource channel multiplexing mode 1 or 2

ResourceChannelMuxMode

OMP (SystemInfo)

UseDRCHForFLCS

Use DRCH for FLCS UseDRCHForFLCS OMP (QCI)

NFLCS-COMMON-

BLOCKS Number of blocks in the FLCS

common segment NumCommonSegment

Blocks OMP (QCI)

NFLCS-LAB-

SEGMENTS Number of LAB Segments NumLABSegments OMP (QCI)

NFLCS-BLOCKS Number of FLCS hop-ports Derived Variable

RSCCH-BEGIN Minimum resource index to be used for F-SCCH packets

MinSCCHResourceIndex

OMP(QCI)

NSCCH-

MODULATIONSYMBOL

S

Number of modulation symbols used by an F-SCCH

packet transmitted using QPSK modulation

NumSCCHModulationSymbols

OMP (QCI)

NSCCH-CS Number of F-SCCH packets in the Common Segment, assuming only QPSK modulation is used

Derived Variable

NSCCH-LAB Number of F-SCCH packets in each LAB segment, assuming only QPSK modulation is used

Derived Variable

MaxNumQPSKLABs

Total number of F-SCCH packets, assuming only QPSK

modulation is used

Derived Variable

RT2P Traffic-to-pilot ratio to be used for F-SCCH packets

transmitted using 16QAM modulation

16QAMSCCHT2PRatio OMP(QCI)

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-11


RLDPICHCodeOffsetSubtreeIndex

Code offset to be used for the R-DPICH for the subtree with

index SubtreeIndex

RLDPICHCodeOffsetSubtreeIndexj

OMP (QCI)

PDCAMResourceSharingEnab

led

PDCAM Resource Sharing Enabled

PDCAMResourceSharingEnabled

OMP (ECI)

SFNID SFNID of the sector SFNCellID OMP (ECI)

EnablePreambleFrequencyRe

use

Enable frequency reuse on the superframe preamble

EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse

OMP (AcqInfo)

EnableExpandedQPCH

Enable the transmission of multiple QPCH packets in the

same superframe preamble

EnableExpandedQPCH OMP (QCI)

NumCommonPilotTransmitAn

tennas

Number of common pilot transmit antennas

NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas

OMP (QCI)

CPICHHoppingMode

Hopping mode of the CPICH CPICHHoppingMode OMP (QCI)

CommonPilotTransmitPower

Takes values “random” or “deterministic”.

CommonPilotTransmitPower

OMP (ECI)

FLDPICHCodeOffsetSubtreeIndex

FLDPICHCodeOffsetSubtreeIndexj

OMP (QCI)

SinglePAForMultipleCarriers

Determines the modulation of F-BPICH

SinglePAForMultipleCarriers

OMP (QCI)

ShortChannelID

Determines the ChannelBand where the Acquisition Pilot corresponding to an F-BPICH is present.

ShortChannelID OMP (Sector Parameters)

1

2.3 System Time 2

For each Access Network, System Time is a measure of the seconds that have elapsed 3

since the start. In synchronous networks, all Access Network digital transmissions are 4

referenced to a common system-wide time scale that uses the Global Positioning System 5

(GPS) time scale, which is traceable to, and synchronous with, Coordinated Universal 6

Time (UTC). GPS and UTC differ by an integer number of seconds, specifically the number 7

of leap second corrections added to UTC since January 6, 1980. The start of System Time 8

is January 6, 1980 00:00:00 UTC, which coincides with the start of GPS time. 9

System Time keeps track of leap second corrections to UTC but does not use these 10

corrections for physical adjustments to the System Time clocks for synchronous networks. 11

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-12

For asynchronous Access Networks, System Time need not be traceable and synchronous 1

to a common timing reference. 2

The System Time at various points in the transmission and reception processes is the 3

absolute time referenced at the Access Network antenna offset by the one-way or round-4

trip delay of the transmission, as appropriate. Time measurements are referenced to the 5

transmit and receive antennas of the Access Network and the RF connector of the Access 6

Terminal. 7

Both Forward Link and Reverse Link transmissions are divided into units of superframes 8

as described in 2.6. Each superframe has a SuperframeIndex which is incremented every 9

superframe. The superframe index t is related to System Time s via the equation t = 10

⎣s/TSUPERFRAME ⎦, where s represents System Time in seconds, and TSUPERFRAME is the 11

superframe duration in seconds. FRAME_INDEX is defined to be (t*NPHYFrames+i), where 12

NPHYFrames, where NPHYFrames is the number of frames in a superframe and i is the index of 13

the frame within the superframe. Here 0 ≤ i < NPHYFrames. 14

2.3.1 Synchronization Modes and Sector Identifiers 15

2.3.1.1 Synchronization Modes 16

The system supports Synchronous and Asynchronous modes, and the TDM pilots are 17

generated differently in the two cases. 18

2.3.1.1.1 Synchronous Mode 19

A sector that is in Synchronous mode is required to align its time-base reference to 20

System Time as described in 2.3. Many of the operations in this mode (for example, 21

generation of the TDM pilots) are defined as a function of an auxiliary quantity known as 22

the PilotPhase. 23

One of the objectives of this mode is to ensure that TDM pilots change from superframe to 24

superframe, thus ensuring that interference seen by the pilots also changes from 25

superframe to superframe for synchronous operation. This enables processing gain across 26

superframes for the TDM pilots. 27

2.3.1.1.2 Asynchronous Mode 28

In this mode, there is no requirement regarding alignment of the sector time-base 29

reference to CDMA System Time. The TDM pilot sequences are determined based on the 30

PilotPN of the sector rather than the PilotPhase, since two sectors with different time-base 31

references would possibly have the same PilotPhase at the same time. 32

2.3.1.2 PilotPN and PilotPhase 33

Each Access Network shall have a 9-bit identifier called the PilotPN. The PilotPN is used in 34

the Physical Layer for differentiating between different Access Networks. Access Networks 35

with different PilotPNs transmit different acquisition pilots (on Forward Other Sector 36

Interference Channel), which enables Access Terminals to monitor the signal strengths of 37

the two Access Networks. Similarly, two Access Networks with different PilotPNs use 38

different pseudo-random scrambling sequences on the Forward Data Channel. This in 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-13

turn ensures that the transmission of one Access Network appears as noise to an Access 1

Terminal listening to the other Access Network. 2

A 9-bit quantity called PilotPhase is also defined for use in modulating the Forward Other 3

Sector Interference Channel. The PilotPhase of an Access Network depends on the 4

superframe index and is equal to (PilotPN + SuperframeIndex) mod 512. 5

2.3.1.3 SectorSeed 6

A 20-bit quantity known as the SectorSeed is also defined in each frame in each 7

superframe. The SectorSeed shall be equal to [a0 p8 p7 p6 p5 p4 p3 p2 p1 p0 s3 s2 s1 s0 f5 f4 f3 8

f2 f1 f0] with the rightmost bit being the LSB and the leftmost bit being the MSB. Here [p8 9

p7 … p0] is the 9-bit PilotPN, [s3 … s0] are the four LSBs of the superframe index and [f5 f4 10

f3 f2 f1 f0] are the 6 LSBs of the frame index (within the superframe). For transmissions in 11

the superframe preamble, the 6-bits [f5 … f0] shall be set to [111111]. The bit a0 shall be 12

set to 1 for asynchronous sectors and to 0 for synchronous sectors. 13

The SectorSeed is used in generating scrambling sequences for many of the Forward and 14

Reverse Link channels. 15

2.4 Tolerances 16

Unless otherwise specified, all values indicated are exact unless an explicit tolerance is 17

stated. Also refer to [10] and [11]. 18

2.5 Reserved Bits 19

Some bits are marked as reserved bits in the frame structure of some channels. Some or 20

all of these reserved bits may be used in the future. The Access Terminal and the Access 21

Network shall set all bits that are marked as reserved bits to ‘0’ in all frames that they 22

transmit. The Access Terminal and the Access Network shall ignore the state of all bits 23

that are marked as reserved bits in all frames that they receive. 24

2.6 Common Physical Layer Algorithms and Definitions 25

2.6.1 Common Permutation Generation Algorithm 26

The algorithm takes a 20-bit seed and a permutation size M as inputs and outputs a 27

permutation of the set {0, 1, …, M-1}. The algorithm uses a linear feedback shift register to 28

generate pseudorandom numbers, which in turn are used to generate pseudorandom 29

permutations. 30

The 20-tap linear feedback shift register shall have a generator sequence of h(D) = 1 + D17 31

+ D20, as shown in Figure 2.6.1-1. The jth output I(j) of this shift register shall satisfy I(j) = 32

I(j-17) ⊕ I(j-20). 33

The initial state of the register shall generate the first output bit. A pseudorandom number 34

x in {0,1,…, 2n-1} for any n<20 can be generated by clocking the register n times, with the 35

initial output bit being the LSB of x and the final (nth) output bit being the MSB of x. 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-14

1

Figure 2.6.1-1. PN Register for Generating Pseudorandom Bits 2

The common permutation generation algorithm shall generate a permutation of size M as 3

follows: 4

1. Initialization Steps: 5

a. Let n be the smallest integer such that M ≤ 2n. 6

b. Initialize an array A of size M such that A[0] = 0, A[1] = 1 …, A[M-1] = M-7

1. 8

c. Initialize the PN register with the 20-bit seed. 9

d. Initialize counter i to M-1. 10

2. Repeat the following steps until i = 0. 11

a. Find the smallest p such that i < 2p. 12

b. Initialize a counter j to 0. Initialize x to (i+1). Repeat the following steps 13

until x ≤ i or until j = 3. 14

i. Clock the PN register n times to obtain an n-bit pseudorandom 15

number y. 16

ii. Let x = (y mod 2p). 17

iii. Increment j by 1. 18

c. If x > i, set x = x- i. 19

d. Swap the ith and the xth elements in the array (i.e., perform the steps 20

TMP = A[i]; A[i] = A[x] ; A[x] = TMP). 21

e. Decrement i. 22

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-15

The resulting array A is the output permutation P i.e., P(x) is the location of x in array A. 1

For example, if A reads if A reads 534021, then P(0) = 3, P(1) = 5, P(2) = 4, P(3) = 1, P(4) = 2

2, and P(5) = 0. 3

2.6.2 Pruned Bit Reversal Interleaver 4

Pruned bit reversal interleaver generates a permutation y = PBRI(i, M) of a sequence of {0, 5

1, …, M-1} of size M where y is the output value corresponding to the input value i. The 6

pruned bit reversal interleaver is defined as follows: 7

1. Determine the pruned bit-reversal interleaver parameter, n, where n is the smallest 8

integer such that M ≤ 2n. 9

2. Initialize counters i and j to 0. 10

3. Define x as the bit-reversed value of j using an n-bit binary representation. For 11

example, if n = 4 and j = 3, then x = 12. 12

4. If x < M, set PBRI(i,M) to x and increment the counter i by 1. 13

5. Increment the counter j by 1. 14

6. If (i < M) go to 3. 15

2.6.3 Common Real and Complex Scrambling Algorithms 16

The common real and complex Scrambling Algorithms take in a 20-bit seed as input and 17

output a sequence of real and complex scrambling symbols respectively. 18

For both algorithms, the input seed shall be denoted as a 20-bit number SINPUT = [b19 … b1 19

b0]. If the input seed has less than 20-bits, it shall be padded with 0’s as MSBs to generate 20

the 20-bit seed SINPUT. If the input seed has more than 20-bits, then the seed SINPUT shall 21

be set to be the 20 MSBs of the input seed. 22

The ith entry c(i) in the complex scrambling sequence shall be generated from two bits, 23

denoted by sI and sQ, using the mapping c(i) = (1-2sI(i), 1-2sQ(i))/√2. The bits sI(i) and sQ(i) 24

shall be the 2ith and (2i+1)th bits in the pseudo-random bit sequence generated as 25

described in 2.6.3.1. 26

The ith entry r(i) in the real scrambling sequence shall be generated from a bit denoted by 27

sBPSK, using the mapping r(i) = (1-2sBPSK(i)). The bit sBPSK(i) shall be the ith bit in the pseudo-28

random bit sequence generated as described in 2.6.3.1. 29

2.6.3.1 Pseudo-random Bit Sequence Generation For Scrambling 30

The register shall have a generator polynomial hI(D) = D20 + D19 + D16 + D14 + 1 i.e., the jth 31

output I(j) of the register shall satisfy I(j) = I(j-20) ⊕ I(j-19) ⊕ I(j-16) ⊕ I(j-14). The initial 32

state of the register shall be set to SINPUT and used to generate the initial scrambling bit. 33

The nth scrambling bit shall be generated by clocking the register n times. 34

35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-16

Sn-20 Sn-19 Sn-18 Sn-17

Pseudorandom Bit Sequence

Sn-15 Sn-14 Sn-1

Seed [b19 b18 … b0] (20 bits)

Sn-16 Sn-2

1

Figure 2.6.3.1-1. Scrambling Sequence Register 2

2.6.4 Common PHY Hash Function 3

The common PHY hash function takes a non-negative integer x< 232 and returns a 20-bit 4

output. The output y shall be computed as follows: 5

1. Set TMP = [x *2654435761] mod 232. 6

2. Set y to be the 20 LSBs of the bit-reversed value of TMP in a 32-bit representation, 7

i.e., y = [Bit-Reverse(TMP)] mod 220. 8

3. The common PHY hash function is denoted as fPHY-HASH i.e., y = fPHY-HASH(x). 9

2.6.5 Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) 10

The DFT of an N-length sequence X with elements x0, x1, …, xN-1 is given by another N-11

length sequence Y with elements y0, y1, …,yN-1. The elements of Y are related to the 12

elements of X via the relationship 13

NN 1 j2π(f )t/N2

f tt 0

1y x e

N

− − −

== ∑ . 14

2.6.6 Walsh Sequence 15

A Walsh sequence WiN, where N is a power of 2 and i is a non-negative integer less than N, 16

is a length N binary sequence taking on {-1,1} which is given by the ith column of the N×N 17

Hadamard matrix WN. The N×N Hadamard matrix WN is conventionally defined by the 18

following recursive relationship: 19

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡

−=⎥

⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡

−=

NN

NNN

WW

WWWW 22 ,

11

11. 20

The Walsh sequence WiN may also be referred to as the Walsh sequence of length N with 21

index i. 22

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-17

2.7 Coding and Modulation 1

2.7.1 Coding and Modulation Structures 2

Coding and modulation structures common to both the Forward and Reverse Links are 3

illustrated in Figure 2.7.1-1. The packet splitting applies to the DCH (on both the Forward 4

and Reverse Links). For the DCH, the input packets shall be converted into one or more 5

subpackets for transmission, and the sequence of CRC insertion, encoding, channel 6

interleaving, sequence repetition, and data scrambling operations shall be performed 7

independently for each subpacket. All channels other than the forward and reverse data 8

channels shall use a single sequence of CRC insertion, encoding, channel interleaving, 9

sequence repetition, and data scrambling operations. For these channels, the term packet 10

and subpacket may be used interchangeably. 11

12

13

Figure 2.7.1-1. Coding and Modulation Structure 14

If the input packet size NPACKET_BITS is larger than MaxPHYSubPacketSize, the packet shall 15

be split into NSUBPACKETS subpackets, indexed from 0 to NSUBPACKETS-1, where 16

_ /SUBPACKETS PACKET BITSN N MaxPHYSubPacketSize⎡ ⎤= ⎢ ⎥ , where, MaxPHYSubPacketSize is 17

equal to a constant of the Physical Layer Protocol. When NPACKET_BITS is less than 18

MaxPHYSubPacketSize, there shall only be one subpacket. 19

Define 20

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

= −

⎡ ⎤= ⎢ ⎥

⎢ ⎥

=⎧= ⎨ −⎩

PACKET_BITS0 SUBPACKETS

1 SUBPACKETS 0

PACKET _ BITS0

SUBPACKETS

0 01

0

Nt modN

8

t N t

Nb 8

8N

b , if t 0b

b 8, otherwise

, 21

where NSUBPACKETS is the number of subpackets in the packet and NPACKET_BITS is the 22

number of bits in the packet (NPACKET_BITS is a multiple of 8 bits). Then, the first t0 23

subpackets shall each have b0 bits, and the last t1 subpackets shall each have b1 bits. 24

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-18

The packet bits shall be distributed to the different subpackets in order. That is, the first 1

set of packet bits shall form the first subpacket, the next of packet bits shall form the 2

second subpacket, etc. 3

At the receiver, a packet shall be declared to be in error if any of the constituent 4

subpackets of the packet are in error. 5

2.7.2 Error Detection 6

Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC) bits are used to detect errors in the received subpackets 7

for some Forward and Reverse Link channels. The CRC bits are appended to the input 8

information bits. 9

The number of CRC bits generated for all Forward and Reverse Link channels shall be as 10

specified in Table 2.7.2-1. 11

12

Table 2.7.2-1. Number of CRC Bits for the Forward and Reverse Link Channels 13

Channel Number of CRC Bits

Reverse Pilot Channel None

Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel None

Reverse Access Channel None

Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel None

Reverse CDMA Data Channel 24

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel None

Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel 9

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel None

Reverse OFDMA Data Channel 24

Forward Preamble Pilot Channel None

Forward Other Sector Interference Channel None

Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel 12

Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel 12

Forward Acquisition Channel None

Forward Beacon Pilot Channel None

Forward Quick Paging Channel 12

Forward Common Pilot Channel None

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel None

Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel None

Forward Acknowledgment Channel None

Forward Start of Packet Channel None

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-19

Channel Number of CRC Bits

Forward Shared Control Channel (non-GRA Block) Forward Shared Control Channel (GRA Block)

16

5

Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel None

Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel None

Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel None

Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel None

Forward Power Control Channel None

Forward Data Channel 24

1

2.7.2.1 Generation of the CRC Bits 2

The CRC bits shall be computed according to the following procedure (see Figure 3

2.7.2.1-1): 4

• Initially, all the switches shall be set in the up position and the shift-register 5

elements shall be set to logical one. 6

• The register shall be clocked a number of times equal to the number of input bits 7

in the subpacket with those bits as input. 8

• The switches shall be set in the down position so that the output is a modulo-2 9

addition with a ‘0’ and the successive shift register inputs are ‘0’s. 10

• The register shall be clocked an additional number of times equal to the number of 11

CRC bits. 12

• These additional bits shall be the CRC bits. 13

• The bits shall be transmitted in the order calculated. 14

The generator polynomial for the 24-bit CRC shall be 15

g(x) = x24 + x23 + x18 + x17 + x14 + x11 + x10 + x7 + x6 + x5 + x4 + x3 + x + 1. 16

The Cyclic Redundancy Code of length 24 can be generated by the shift-register structure 17

shown in Figure 2.7.2.1-1. 18

19

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-20

1

Figure 2.7.2.1-1. Calculations for the 24-Bit CRC 2

When the CRC length is equal to NCRC < 24, 24 CRC bits shall be computed as described 3

above. However, only the first NCRC bits shall be transmitted and the remaining bits shall 4

be discarded. 5

2.7.3 Forward Error Correction 6

Table 2.7.3-1 specifies the types of forward error correction that shall be used. 7

8

Table 2.7.3-1. Types of Forward Error Correction for the Forward and Reverse Link 9

Channels 10

Channel Type of Coding

Reverse Pilot Channel None

Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel None

Reverse Access Channel None

Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel None

Reverse CDMA Data Channel Rate-1/5 Turbo

or Rate-1/3 Convolutional

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel None

Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Rate-1/3 Convolutional

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel None

Reverse OFDMA Data Channel Rate-1/5 Turbo

or Rate-1/3 Convolutional

Forward Preamble Pilot Channel None

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-21

Channel Type of Coding

Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel Rate-1/3 Convolutional

Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel Rate-1/3 Convolutional

Forward Acquisition Channel None

Forward Beacon Pilot Channel None

Forward Quick Paging Channel Rate-1/3 Convolutional

Forward Other-Sector-Interference Channel None

Forward Common Pilot Channel None

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel None

Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel None

Forward Acknowledgment Channel None

Forward Start-of-Packet Channel None

Forward Shared Control Channel Rate-1/3 Convolutional

Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel Rate-1/3 Concatenated

Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel Rate-1/3 Concatenated

Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel Rate-1/3 Concatenated

Forward Interference-over-Thermal Channel Rate-1/3 Concatenated

Forward Power Control Channel None

Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel Rate-1/3 Concatenated

Forward Data Channel Rate-1/3 Convolutional or Rate-1/5 Turbo

1

2.7.3.1 Convolutional Encoding 2

A rate-1/3 convolutional code shall be used to encode CRC-padded subpackets on the 3

Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel, the Forward Secondary Broadcast Control 4

Channel, the Forward Shared Control Channel and the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control 5

Channel. It shall also be used to encode the CRC-padded subpackets of the Forward Data 6

Channel, the Reverse CDMA Data Channel, and the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel when 7

those CRC-padded subpackets have less than or equal to 128 bits. The input to the 8

encoder shall consist of the bits of the CRC-padded subpacket appended with eight all-9

zero encoder tail bits. 10

The generator functions for the rate-1/3 code shall be g0 equals 557 (octal), g1 equals 663 11

(octal), and g2 equals 711 (octal). This code generates three encoder output bits for each 12

bit that is input to the encoder. These encoder output bits shall be output so that the bit 13

(c0) encoded with generator function g0 is output first, the bit (c1) encoded with generator 14

function g1 is output second, and the bit (c2) encoded with generator function g2 is 15

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-22

output last. The state of the convolutional encoder, upon initialization, shall be the all-1

zero state. The first encoder output bit that is output after initialization shall be a bit 2

encoded with generator function g0. 3

Convolutional encoding involves the modulo-2 addition of selected taps of a serially time-4

delayed data sequence. The length of the data sequence delay is equal to K – 1, where K is 5

the constraint length of the code. Figure 2.7.3.1-1 illustrates the specific K-equals-9, rate-6

1/3 convolutional encoder that is used. 7

8

Encoder

Output

Bits

Input Bits

g0

g1

g2

c0

c1

c2 9

Figure 2.7.3.1-1. K = 9, Rate-1/3 Convolutional Encoder 10

2.7.3.2 Rate-1/3 Concatenated Encoding 11

A combination of a two bit Cyclic Code and a rate-1/2 tail-biting convolutional code shall 12

be used to encode packets on the Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel, Forward 13

Reverse Activity Bit Channel, Forward Fast Other Sector Interference Channel and 14

Forward Interference over Thermal Channel. 15

2.7.3.2.1 Cyclic Code Generation 16

The generator polynomial for the Cyclic Code shall be 17

g(x) = x2 + 1. 18

Two parity bits using the cyclic code shall be generated by the shift-register structure 19

shown in Figure 2.7.3.2.1-1. 20

21

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-23

0

Input

0

Output

x0 x2

1

2

Figure 2.7.3.2.1-1. Calculations for the Cyclic Code 3

The parity bits shall be computed according to the following procedure: 4

• Initially, all the switches shall be set in the up position and the shift-register 5

elements shall be set to logical one. 6

• The register shall be clocked a number of times equal to the number of input bits 7

in the subpacket with those bits as input. 8




parity bits. 12

• These additional bits shall be the parity bits. 13


2.7.3.2.2 Tail Biting Convolutional Code Generation 15

The generator functions for the tail-biting convolutional code shall be g0 equals 165 (octal) 16

and g1 equals 173 (octal). This code generates two code symbols for each data bit input to 17

the encoder. These code symbols shall be output so that the code symbol (c0) encoded 18

with generator function g0 shall be output first and the code symbol (c1) encoded with 19

generator function g1 shall be output last. The state of the convolutional encoder, upon 20

initialization, shall be the input data bits and shall be the same as that after encoding. 21

The first code symbol output after initialization shall be a code symbol encoded with 22

generator function g0 as shown in Figure 2.7.3.2.2-1. 23

Convolutional encoding involves the modulo-2 addition of selected taps of a serially time-24

delayed data sequence. The length of the data sequence delay is equal to K – 1, where K is 25

the constraint length of the code. Figure 2.7.3.2.2-1 illustrates the specific K = 7, rate-1/2 26

convolutional encoder that is used. 27

28

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-24

CodeSymbols

Information,CRC Bits

g0

g1

c0

c1 1

Figure 2.7.3.2.2-1. Tail Biting Convolutional Code 2

2.7.3.2.3 Block Code Description 3

Equivalently, the CRC and convolutional encoding can be represented as a linear block 4

code shown in Table 2.7.3.2.3-1. 5

6

Table 2.7.3.2.3-1. Codewords for the Concatenated Code 7

Input Data Output Codewords

0000 0000 0000 0000

0001 1110 0100 1010

0010 1011 1001 0010

0011 0101 1101 1000

0100 0100 1010 1110

0101 1010 1110 0100

0110 1111 0011 1100

0111 0001 0111 0110

1000 1001 0010 1011

1001 0111 0110 0001

1010 0010 1011 1001

1011 1100 1111 0011

1100 1101 1000 0101

1101 0011 1100 1111

1110 0110 0001 0111

1111 1000 0101 1101

8

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-25

2.7.3.3 Turbo Encoding 1

A rate-1/5 turbo code shall be used to encode the CRC-padded subpackets of the Forward 2

Data Channel and the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel when those CRC-padded 3

subpackets have greater than or equal to 128 bits. CRC-padded subpackets consist of 4

information bits of a DCH subpacket and CRC bits. The input to the encoder shall consist 5

of the bits of the CRC-padded subpacket. 6

The turbo code is a parallel concatenation of two constituent systematic, recursive, 7

convolutional codes with a turbo interleaver preceding the second recursive convolutional 8

encoder. 9

2.7.3.3.1 Turbo Encoder 10

The transfer function for the constituent codes shall be 11

0 1n (D) n (D)G(D) 1

d(D) d(D)

⎡ ⎤= ⎢ ⎥

⎣ ⎦ 12

where d(D) = 1 + D2 + D3, n0(D) = 1 + D + D3, and n1(D) = 1 + D + D2 + D3. 13

The turbo encoder shall generate an output bit sequence that is identical to the one 14

generated by the encoder shown in Figure 2.7.3.3.1-1. Initially, the states of the 15

constituent encoder registers in this figure are set to zero. Then, the constituent encoders 16

are clocked with the switches in the positions noted. 17

The turbo encoder generates 5NTURBO + 18 encoder output bits, where NTURBO is the 18

number of encoder input bits. The first 5NTURBO encoder output bits shall be generated 19

by clocking the constituent encoders once for each encoder input bit with the switches in 20

the up positions and then puncturing the X′ encoder output bits. The sequence of encoder 21

output bits for each encoder input bit shall be XY0Y1Y′0Y′1 with the X bit output first. 22

The last 18 encoder output bits are called the encoder output tail bits. These tail bits shall 23

be generated after the constituent encoders have been clocked NTURBO times with the 24

switches in the up positions. The first nine encoder output tail bits shall be generated by 25

clocking Constituent Encoder 1 three times with its switches in the down position while 26

Constituent Encoder 2 is not clocked. The sequence of encoder output bits for each 27

clocking of Constituent Encoder 1 shall be XY0Y1. The last nine encoder output tail bits 28

shall be generated by clocking Constituent Encoder 2 three times with its switches in the 29

down position while Constituent Encoder 1 is not clocked. The sequence of encoder 30

output bits for each clocking of Constituent Encoder 2 shall be X′Y′0Y′1. 31

32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-26

1

Figure 2.7.3.3.1-1. Turbo Encoder 2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-27

2.7.3.3.2 Turbo Interleavers 1

The turbo interleaver, which is part of the turbo encoder, shall block interleave the 2

NTURBO input bits. 3

The turbo interleaver shall be functionally equivalent to an approach where the entire 4

sequence of turbo interleaver input bits are written sequentially into an array at a 5

sequence of addresses, and then the entire sequence is read out from a sequence of 6

addresses that are defined by the procedure described below. 7

Let the sequence of input addresses be from 0 to NTURBO – 1. Then, the sequence of 8

interleaver output addresses shall be equivalent to those generated by the procedure 9

illustrated in Figure 2.7.3.3.2-1 and described below: 10

1. Determine the turbo interleaver parameter, n, where n is the smallest integer such 11

that NTURBO ≤ 2n+5. 12

2. Initialize an (n + 5)-bit counter to 0. 13

3. Extract the n most significant bits (MSBs) from the counter and add one to form a 14

new value. Then, discard all except the n least significant bits (LSBs) of this value. 15

4. Obtain the n-bit output of the table lookup defined in Table 2.7.3.3.2-1 with a read 16

address equal to the five LSBs of the counter. Note that this table depends upon 17

the value of n. 18

5. Multiply the values obtained in Steps 3 and 4, and discard all except the n LSBs. 19

6. Bit-reverse the five LSBs of the counter. 20

7. Form a tentative output address that has its MSBs equal to the value obtained in 21

Step 6 and its LSBs equal to the value obtained in Step 5. 22

8. Accept the tentative output address as an output address if it is less than 23

NTURBO; otherwise, discard it. 24

9. Increment the counter and repeat Steps 3 through 8 until all NTURBO interleaver 25

output addresses are obtained. 26

27

28

Figure 2.7.3.3.2-1. Turbo Interleaver Output Address Calculation Procedure 29

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-28

Table 2.7.3.3.2-1. Turbo Interleaver Lookup Table Definition 1

Table Index

n = 2 Entries

n = 3 Entries

n = 4 Entries

n = 5 Entries

n = 6 Entries

n = 7 Entries

n = 8 Entries

n = 9 Entries

0 3 1 5 27 3 15 3 13

1 3 1 15 3 27 127 1 335

2 3 3 5 1 15 89 5 87

3 1 5 15 15 13 1 83 15

4 3 1 1 13 29 31 19 15

5 1 5 9 17 5 15 179 1

6 3 1 9 23 1 61 19 333

7 1 5 15 13 31 47 99 11

8 1 3 13 9 3 127 23 13

9 1 5 15 3 9 17 1 1

10 3 3 7 15 15 119 3 121

11 1 5 11 3 31 15 13 155

12 1 3 15 13 17 57 13 1

13 1 5 3 1 5 123 3 175

14 1 5 15 13 39 95 17 421

15 3 1 5 29 1 5 1 5

16 3 3 13 21 19 85 63 509

17 1 5 15 19 27 17 131 215

18 3 3 9 1 15 55 17 47

19 3 5 3 3 13 57 131 425

20 3 3 1 29 45 15 211 295

21 1 5 3 17 5 41 173 229

22 3 5 15 25 33 93 231 427

23 1 5 1 29 15 87 171 83

24 3 1 13 9 13 63 23 409

25 1 5 1 13 9 15 147 387

26 3 1 9 23 15 13 243 193

27 1 5 15 13 31 15 213 57

28 3 3 11 13 17 81 189 501

29 1 5 3 1 5 57 51 313

30 1 5 15 13 15 31 15 489

31 3 3 5 13 33 69 67 391

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-29

1

2.7.4 Channel Interleaving 2

Channel interleaving applies to the Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel, the 3

Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel, the Forward Quick Paging Channel, the 4

Forward Shared Control Channel, the Forward Data Channel, the Reverse OFDMA 5

Dedicated Control Channel, the Reverse CDMA Data Channel and the Reverse OFDMA 6

Data Channel. 7

Channel interleaving follows the convolutional or turbo encoding, and consists of a bit-8

demultiplexing operation followed by a bit permuting operation. 9

2.7.4.1 Bit Demultiplexing 10

The output bits generated by the rate-1/3 convolutional encoder shall be reordered 11

according to the following procedure: 12

1. All of the convolutional encoder output bits shall be demultiplexed into three 13

sequences denoted V0, V1, V2. The encoder output bits shall be sequentially 14

distributed from the V0 sequence to the V2 sequence with the first bit going to the 15

V0 sequence, the second bit going to the V1 sequence, the third to the V2 16

sequence, and the fourth to the V0 sequence, etc. 17

2. The V0, V1, and V2 sequences shall be ordered according to V0V1V2. That is, the 18

V0 sequence shall be first, the V1 sequence shall be second, and the V2 sequence 19

shall be last. 20

The output bits generated by the rate-1/5 turbo encoder shall be reordered according to 21

the following procedure: 22

1. All of the turbo encoder output data bits (i.e., the 5NTURBO bits output in the first 23

NTURBO clock periods) shall be demultiplexed into five sequences denoted U, V0, V1, 24

V′0, and V′1. The encoder output bits shall be sequentially distributed from the U 25

sequence to the V′1 sequence with the first encoder output bit going to the U 26

sequence, the second to the V0 sequence, the third to the V1 sequence, the fourth 27

to the V′0 sequence, the fifth to the V′1 sequence, the sixth to the U sequence, etc. 28

2. The 18 tail bits numbered 0 through 17 (i.e., the 18 bits generated during the last 29

six clock periods) shall be distributed as follows: Tail bits numbered 0, 3, 6, 9, 12, 30

and 15 shall go to the U sequence; the tail bits numbered 1, 4, and 7 shall go to 31

the V0 sequence; the tail bits numbered 2, 5, and 8 shall go to the V1 sequence; 32

the tail bits numbered 10, 13, and 16 shall go to the V′0 sequence; and the tail bits 33

numbered 11, 14, and 17 shall go to the V′1 sequence. 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-30

2.7.4.1.1 Bit Permuting 1

2.7.4.1.1.1 Pruned Bit Reversal Interleaver 2

A Pruned Bit Reversal Interleaver (PBRI) shall be used in bit permuting for both the rate-3

1/3 convolutional code and the rate-1/5 turbo code. See 2.6.2 for a description of the 4

Pruned Bit Reversal Interleaver algorithm. 5

2.7.4.1.1.2 Bit Permuting for Turbo Code 6

The demultiplexed bits shall be permuted into three separate interleaved blocks with 7

turbo coding. The three blocks shall consist of the permuted U sequence, the permuted 8

V0/V′0 sequence and the permuted V1/V′1 sequence. 9

The permuted U block shall be equal to the U sequence permuted by a PBRI. 10

The permuted V0/ V’0 sequence shall be generated according to the following procedure: 11

1. Let sequence A be the V0 sequence permuted by a PBRI and sequence B be the V’0 12

sequence permuted by a PBRI. 13

2. The permuted V0/V’0 sequence shall consist of alternate bits from sequence A and 14

sequence B i.e., the 2ith entry in the permuted V0/ V’0 sequence shall be equal to 15

the ith entry in sequence A and the (2i+1)th entry in the permuted V0/V’0 sequence 16

shall be equal to the ith entry in sequence B. 17

The permuted V1/ V’1 sequence shall be generated according to the following procedure: 18

1. Let sequence A be the V1 sequence permuted by a PBRI and sequence B be the V’1 19

sequence permuted by a PBRI. 20

2. The permuted V1/V’1 sequence shall consist of alternate bits from sequence A and 21

sequence B i.e., the 2ith entry in the permuted V1/ V’1 sequence shall be equal to 22

the ith entry in sequence A and the (2i+1)th entry in the permuted V1/V’1 sequence 23

shall be equal to the ith entry in sequence B. 24

For all channels on the Reverse Link and all Forward Link channels other than the 25

Forward Data Channel, the output sequence shall consist of the permuted U sequence 26

followed by the permuted V0/V’0 sequence followed by the permuted V1/V’1 sequence. 27

For the Forward Data Channel, the output sequence depends on the packet size 28

NPACKET_BITS, as described in [2] and MaxRateOneFifthPacketSize, 29

MaxRateOneThirdPacketSize and MaxRateOneHalfPacketSize, which are parameters of the 30

FTC MAC Protocol. When NPACKET_BITS ≤ MaxRateOneFifthPacketSize, the output sequence 31

shall consist of the permuted U sequence followed by the permuted V0/V’0 sequence 32

followed by the permuted V1/V’1 sequence. 33

When MaxRateOneFifthPacketSize < NPACKET_BITS ≤ MaxRateOneThirdPacketSize, the output 34

sequence shall consist of the permuted U sequence followed by the permuted V0/V’0 35

sequence. The permuted V1/V’1 sequence shall be discarded. 36

When MaxRateOneThirdPacketSize < NPACKET_BITS ≤ MaxRateOneHalfPacketSize, the output 37

sequence shall consist of the permuted U sequence followed by the first (NTURBO+3) bits of 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-31

the permuted V0/V’0 sequence. The remaining (NTURBO +3) bits of the V0/V’0 sequence and 1

the permuted V1/V’1 sequence shall be discarded. 2

When MaxRateOneHalfPacketSize ≤ NPACKET_BITS, the output sequence shall consist of the 3

permuted U sequence followed by the first ( 3) / 2TURBON +⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ bits of the permuted V0/V’0 4

sequence. The remaining bits of the V0/V’0 sequence and the permuted V1/V’1 sequence 5

shall be discarded. 6

2.7.4.1.1.3 Bit Permuting for Convolutional Code 7

For the rate-1/3 convolutional code, the output sequence shall be the permuted V0/V1/V2 8

sequence, which shall be generated according to the following procedure: 9

1. Let sequence A be the V0 sequence permuted by a PBRI, sequence B be the V1 10

sequence permuted by a PBRI and sequence C be the V2 sequence permuted by a 11

PBRI. 12

2. The permuted V0/ V1 / V2 sequence shall be equal to sequence A followed by 13

sequence B followed by sequence C. 14

2.7.5 Sequence Repetition 15

Sequence repetition applies to the Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel, the 16

Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel, the Forward Quick Paging Channel, the 17

Forward Shared Control Channel, the Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel, the Forward 18

Data Channel (except Packet Data Control Assignment Message), the Reverse OFDMA 19

Dedicated Control Channel, the Reverse CDMA Data Channel and the Reverse OFDMA 20

Data Channel. 21

Let {a0, a1, …, aN-1} be the sequence of bits at the output of the channel interleaver. This 22

sequence of bits shall be repeated sequence-by-sequence as many times as are necessary 23

to provide all of the bits needed for the modulation procedure for that packet. For the 24

Forward Data Channel, the Reverse CDMA Data Channel, and the Reverse OFDMA Data 25

Channel, the packets are transmitted in a HARQ approach utilizing multiple HARQ 26

retransmissions. The sequence-repetition operation shall provide enough bits for all of 27

these retransmissions. 28

2.7.5.1 Inverted Sequence Repetition 29

Inverted sequence repetition shall only apply to the Packet Data Control Assignment 30

Message hop-ports allocated to the Forward Data Channel. 31

Let {a0, a1, …, aN-1} be the sequence of bits at the output of the channel interleaver. This 32

sequence of bits shall first be reversed to yield {aN-1, aN-2, …, a1, a0}. The reversed sequence 33

shall be repeated sequence-by-sequence as many times as are necessary to provide all of 34

the bits needed for the modulation procedure for that packet. 35

2.7.6 Data Scrambling 36

Data scrambling shall be done on a frame-by-frame basis using the common real 37

scrambling algorithm. For each PHY Frame in which a subpacket is transmitted on a 38

Physical Layer channel, the encoded stream of bits transmitted in that PHY Frame is 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-32

scrambled using the common real scrambling algorithm with a seed specified for that PHY 1

Frame. The input seed to the common real scrambling algorithm shall be different for 2

different Physical Layer channels, and shall be specified explicitly in the channel of 3

interest. 4

The data scrambling operation shall be performed as follows: Let {yo, y1, y2, …} be the 5

sequence of bits generated after the sequence repetition operation. Let {x0, x1, x2 …} be the 6

sequence of bits used in the PHY Frame of interest. The data scrambling operation shall 7

comprise of generating a sequence {s0, s1, s2, …} using the common real scrambling 8

algorithm (see 2.6.3) and flipping the bit xi for each i if the corresponding si = -1. 9

2.7.7 Modulation 10

The Forward Data Channel and Reverse OFDMA Data Channel shall use QPSK, 8-PSK, 11

16-QAM, and 64-QAM modulation. Some of the other channels may use one of the 12

aforementioned modulation formats or they may use other modulation formats. The 13

following sections specify the mappings that are used to generate the complex modulation 14

output symbols with QPSK, 8-PSK, 16-QAM, and 64-QAM modulation. 15

The sequence of modulation symbols output from the modulator shall be equivalent to 16

those generated by the following approach: 17

a. Let y(0,0), y(0,1), … be the infinite-length sequence of bits at the output of 18

the scrambler corresponding to sub-packet 0, y(1,0), y(1,1), … the infinite-19

length sequence of bits at the output of the scrambler for sub-packet 1 and 20

so on. Let t be the total number of sub-packets. Initialize a set of t counters 21

j0, j1, …, jt-1, to 0. Counter jm is a pointer to the next bit to be modulated for 22

the mth sub-packet. Here, m is the index of the subpacket and takes values 23

from 0 to t-1. Initialize another counter k = 0, which counts the total 24

number of modulation symbols generated. 25

b. Let q be the desired modulation order of the next modulation symbol and m 26

be the desired subpacket, as specified in the description of the channel of 27

interest. Collect the sequence of q bits y(m, jm), y(m, jm+1), …, y(m, jm + q -1) 28

from the mth subpacket and denote it as the sequence of bits s0, s1, … ,sq-1. 29

c. The sequence s0, s1, … ,sq-1 is then mapped to a modulation symbol 30

corresponding to the modulation format in that frame. The modulation 31

formats are QPSK, 8-PSK, 16-QAM and 64-QAM. The mapping of s0, s1 … sq-32

1 to modulation symbols shall be as specified in 2.7.7.1, 2.7.7.2, 2.7.7.3, 33

and 2.7.7.4 respectively. 34

d. Increment counter jm by q. Increment counter k by 1. 35

e. Repeat steps a through d until the desired number of modulation symbols 36

have been generated. 37

2.7.7.1 QPSK Modulation 38

In the case of QPSK modulation, a group of 2 input bits (s0, s1) is mapped into a complex 39

modulation symbol (mI(k), mQ(k)), as specified in Table 2.7.7.1-1. Figure 2.7.7.1-1 shows 40

the signal constellation of the QPSK modulator. 41

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-33

Table 2.7.7.1-1. QPSK Modulation Table 1

Modulator Input Bits Modulation Symbols

s1 s0 mI(k) mQ(k)

0 0 D D

0 1 –D D

1 0 D –D

1 1 –D –D

Note : D 1 2=

2

Q Channel

I Channel

1 0s s

1 2−

0001

11 10

1 2

1 21 2−

3

Figure 2.7.7.1-1. Signal Constellation for QPSK Modulation 4

2.7.7.2 8-PSK Modulation 5

In the case of 8-PSK modulation, a group of 3 input bits (s0, s1, s2) is mapped into a 6

complex modulation symbol (mI(k), mQ(k)), as specified in Table 2.7.7.2-1. Figure 7

2.7.7.2-1 shows the signal constellation of the 8-PSK modulator. 8

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-34

Table 2.7.7.2-1. 8-PSK Modulation Table 1


s2 s1 s0 mI(k) mQ(k)

0 0 0 C S

0 0 1 S C

0 1 1 –S C

0 1 0 –C S

1 1 0 –C –S

1 1 1 –S –C

1 0 1 S –C

1 0 0 C –S

Note: C = cos(π/8) and S = sin(π/8)

2

2 1 0s s s

C = cos( /8)S = sin( /8)

ππ

3

Figure 2.7.7.2-1. Signal Constellation for 8-PSK Modulation 4

2.7.7.3 16-QAM Modulation 5

In the case of 16-QAM modulation, a group of 4 input bits (s0, s1, s2, s3) is mapped into a 6

complex modulation symbol (mI(k), mQ(k)), as specified in Table 2.7.7.3-1. Figure 7

2.7.7.3-1 shows the signal constellation of the 16-QAM modulator. 8

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-35

Table 2.7.7.3-1. 16-QAM Modulation Table 1


s3 s2 s1 s0 mI(k) mQ(k)

0 0 0 0 3A 3A

0 0 0 1 A 3A

0 0 1 1 –A 3A

0 0 1 0 –3A 3A

0 1 0 0 3A A

0 1 0 1 A A

0 1 1 1 –A A

0 1 1 0 –3A A

1 1 0 0 3A –A

1 1 0 1 A –A

1 1 1 1 –A –A

1 1 1 0 –3A –A

1 0 0 0 3A –3A

1 0 0 1 A –3A

1 0 1 1 –A –3A

1 0 1 0 –3A –3A

Note : A 1 10=

3 2 1 0s s s s

A = 1 10

2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-36

Figure 2.7.7.3-1. Signal Constellation for 16-QAM Modulation 1

2.7.7.4 64-QAM Modulation 2

In the case of 64-QAM modulation, a group of 6 input bits (s0, s1, s2, s3, s4, s5) is mapped 3

into a complex modulation symbol (mI(k), mQ(k)), as specified in Table 2.7.7.4-1. Figure 4

2.7.7.4-1 shows the signal constellation of the 64-QAM modulator. 5

6

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-37

Table 2.7.7.4-1. 64-QAM Modulation Table 1

Modulator Input Bits Modulation

Symbols

s5 s4 s3 s2 s1 s0 mI(k) mQ(k)

0 0 0 0 0 0 7A 7A

0 0 1 0 0 0 7A 5A

0 1 1 0 0 0 7A 3A

0 1 0 0 0 0 7A A

1 1 0 0 0 0 7A –A

1 1 1 0 0 0 7A –3A

1 0 1 0 0 0 7A –5A

1 0 0 0 0 0 7A –7A

0 0 0 0 0 1 5A 7A

0 0 1 0 0 1 5A 5A

0 1 1 0 0 1 5A 3A

0 1 0 0 0 1 5A A

1 1 0 0 0 1 5A –A

1 1 1 0 0 1 5A –3A

1 0 1 0 0 1 5A –5A

1 0 0 0 0 1 5A –7A

0 0 0 0 1 1 3A 7A

0 0 1 0 1 1 3A 5A

0 1 1 0 1 1 3A 3A

0 1 0 0 1 1 3A A

1 1 0 0 1 1 3A –A

1 1 1 0 1 1 3A –3A

1 0 1 0 1 1 3A –5A

1 0 0 0 1 1 3A –7A

0 0 0 0 1 0 A 7A

0 0 1 0 1 0 A 5A

0 1 1 0 1 0 A 3A

0 1 0 0 1 0 A A

1 1 0 0 1 0 A –A

1 1 1 0 1 0 A –3A

1 0 1 0 1 0 A –5A

1 0 0 0 1 0 A –7A

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-38

Modulator Input Bits Modulation

Symbols


0 0 0 1 1 0 –A 7A

0 0 1 1 1 0 –A 5A

0 1 1 1 1 0 –A 3A

0 1 0 1 1 0 –A A

1 1 0 1 1 0 –A –A

1 1 1 1 1 0 –A –3A

1 0 1 1 1 0 –A –5A

1 0 0 1 1 0 –A –7A

0 0 0 1 1 1 –3A 7A

0 0 1 1 1 1 –3A 5A

0 1 1 1 1 1 –3A 3A

0 1 0 1 1 1 –3A A

1 1 0 1 1 1 –3A –A

1 1 1 1 1 1 –3A –3A

1 0 1 1 1 1 –3A –5A

1 0 0 1 1 1 –3A –7A

0 0 0 1 0 1 –5A 7A

0 0 1 1 0 1 –5A 5A

0 1 1 1 0 1 –5A 3A

0 1 0 1 0 1 –5A A

1 1 0 1 0 1 –5A –A

1 1 1 1 0 1 –5A –3A

1 0 1 1 0 1 –5A –5A

1 0 0 1 0 1 –5A –7A

0 0 0 1 0 0 –7A 7A

0 0 1 1 0 0 –7A 5A

0 1 1 1 0 0 –7A 3A

0 1 0 1 0 0 –7A A

1 1 0 1 0 0 –7A –A

1 1 1 1 0 0 –7A –3A

1 0 1 1 0 0 –7A –5A

1 0 0 1 0 0 –7A –7A

Note : A 1 42=

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-39

1

A 1 42=

2

Figure 2.7.7.4-1. Signal Constellation for 64-QAM Modulation 3

2.7.7.5 Hierarchical Modulation 4

In general, layered modulation can be a superposition of any two modulation schemes. In 5

BCMCS, a QPSK enhancement layer is superposed on a base QPSK or 16-QAM layer to 6

obtain the resultant signal constellation. The energy ratio r is the power ratio between 7

the base layer and the enhancement layer. The enhancement layer is rotated by the angle 8

θ in the counter-clockwise direction. 9

2.7.7.5.1 Modulation with QPSK Base Layer and QPSK Enhancement Layer 10

Each modulation symbol contains 4 bits, [s3, s2, s1, s0]. The two MSBs, s3 and s2, shall be 11

from the base layer and the two LSBs, s1 and s0, shall be from the enhancement layer. For 12

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-40

the energy ratio r between the base layer and enhancement layer, define 2(1 )

rr

α =+ 1

and 1

2(1 )rβ =

+ ; such that ( )2 22 1α β+ = . Figure 2.7.7.5.1-1 shows the signal 2

constellation of the layered modulator. The complex modulation symbol S= (mI, mQ) for 3

each [s3, s2, s1, s0] is specified in Table 2.7.7.5.1-1. 4

5

Table 2.7.7.5.1-1. Layered Modulation Table with QPSK Base Layer and QPSK 6

Enhancement Layer 7


s3 s2 s1 s0 mI(k) mQ(k)

0 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++

0 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++

0 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++

0 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++

0 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++

0 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++

0 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++

0 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++

1 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++−

1 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++−

1 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++−

1 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++−

1 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++−

1 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++−

1 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++−

1 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++−

Note: 2(1 )

rr

α =+ and

12(1 )r

β =+ , where r is the ratio of the base layer energy

to the enhancement layer energy.

8

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-41

1

Figure 2.7.7.5.1-1. Signal Constellation for Layered Modulation with a QPSK Base 2

Layer and a QPSK Enhancement Layer 3

2.7.7.5.2 Modulation with 16QAM Base Layer and QPSK Enhancement Layer 4

Each modulation symbol contains 6 bits, [s5, s4, s3, s2, s1, s0]. The four MSBs, s5, s4, s3 and 5

s2, come from the base layer and the two LSBs, s1 and s0, come from the enhancement 6

layer. Given energy ratio r between the base layer and enhancement layer, define 7

( )r

r

+=

110α and

12(1 )r

β =+ . Figure 2.7.7.5.2-1 shows the signal constellation of the 8

layered modulator. The complex modulation symbol S= (mI, mQ) for each [s5, s4, s3, s2, s1, 9

s0] is specified in Table 2.7.7.5.2-1. 10

11

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-42

Table 2.7.7.5.2-1. Layered Modulation Table with 16QAM Base Layer and QPSK 1

Enhancement Layer 2



0 0 0 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin23 ++ 0 0 0 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin23 ++

0 0 0 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin23 ++

0 0 0 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin23 ++

0 0 0 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin23 ++

0 0 0 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin23 ++

0 0 0 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin23 ++

0 0 0 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin23 ++

0 0 1 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin23 ++

0 0 1 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin23 ++

0 0 1 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin23 ++

0 0 1 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin23 ++

0 0 1 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin23 ++

0 0 1 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin23 ++

0 0 1 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin23 ++

0 0 1 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin23 ++

0 1 0 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++

0 1 0 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++

0 1 0 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++

0 1 0 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++

0 1 0 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++

0 1 0 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++

0 1 0 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++

0 1 0 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++

0 1 1 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++

0 1 1 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++

0 1 1 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++

0 1 1 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++

0 1 1 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++

0 1 1 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++

0 1 1 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++

0 1 1 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-43



1 0 0 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin23 ++− 1 0 0 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin23 ++−

1 0 0 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin23 ++−

1 0 0 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin23 ++−

1 0 0 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin23 ++−

1 0 0 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin23 ++−

1 0 0 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin23 ++−

1 0 0 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin23 ++−

1 0 1 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin23 ++−

1 0 1 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin23 ++−

1 0 1 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin23 ++−

1 0 1 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin23 ++−

1 0 1 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin23 ++−

1 0 1 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin23 ++−

1 0 1 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin23 ++−

1 0 1 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin23 ++−

1 1 0 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++−

1 1 0 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++−

1 1 0 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++−

1 1 0 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos23 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++−

1 1 0 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++−

1 1 0 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++−

1 1 0 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++−

1 1 0 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++ ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++−

1 1 1 0 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++−

1 1 1 0 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++−

1 1 1 0 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++−

1 1 1 0 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos23 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++−

1 1 1 1 0 0 ( )βπθα 4/cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/sin2 ++−

1 1 1 1 0 1 ( )βπθα 4/3cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/3sin2 ++−

1 1 1 1 1 0 ( )βπθα 4/7cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/7sin2 ++−

1 1 1 1 1 1 ( )βπθα 4/5cos2 ++− ( )βπθα 4/5sin2 ++−

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-44



Notes: ( )r

r

+=

110α and

12(1 )r

β =+ , where r is the ratio of the base layer energy to the

enhancement layer energy.

1

2

Figure 2.7.7.5.2-1. Signal Constellation for Layered Modulation with a 16QAM Base 3

Layer and a QPSK Enhancement Layer 4

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-45

2.8 OFDM Structure and Modulation Parameters 1

2.8.1 Forward Link Structure and Modulation Parameters 2

2.8.1.1 Superframe Structure 3

Transmission on the Forward Link is divided into units of superframes. Each Forward Link 4

superframe consists of a superframe preamble followed by a sequence of NFLPHYFrames = 25 5

Forward Link PHY Frames. If EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1, then each of the Forward 6

Link PHY Frames is separated by a guard interval, whereas there is no separation when 7

EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0. Note that there is no separation between the superframe 8

preamble and the first Forward Link PHY Frame. Each superframe has an associated 9

SuperframeIndex that is incremented every superframe. Both the superframe preamble 10

and the Forward Link PHY Frames further consist of a sequence of OFDM symbols. The 11

structure of a Forward Link superframe is shown in Figure 2.8.1.1-1 for the case of 12

EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0. 13

Table 4.1.3.1-1 describes the exact set of channels that are carried in the superframe 14

preamble and in the Forward Link PHY Frames. Figure 4.1.3.1.1-12 and Figure 15

4.1.3.1.1-13 show the channel structure in the superframe preamble and in the Forward 16

Link PHY Frames respectively. 17

18

Superframe

Preamble

Forward Link

PHY Frame

0

8 OFDM Symbols

Forward Link

PHY Frame

24

Forward Link

PHY Frame

1

8 OFDM

Symbols 19

Figure 2.8.1.1-1. Forward Link Superframe Structure 20

2.8.1.2 OFDM Symbol Structure 21

The Forward Link uses OFDM. As mentioned above, both the superframe preamble and 22

the PHY Frames consist of a sequence of OFDM symbols. An OFDM symbol consists of 23

NFFT individually modulated subcarriers that carry complex-valued data. Complex-valued 24

data are represented in the form d = (dre, dim), where dre and dim represent the real and 25

imaginary components, respectively. The subcarriers in each OFDM symbol are indexed 26

from 0 through NFFT – 1. Here, NFFT is given by the TotalNumSubcarriers parameter of the 27

Overhead Messages Protocol. 28

The subcarriers indexed 0 through NGUARD, LEFT - 1 as well as the subcarriers indexed NFFT - 29

NGUARD, RIGHT through NFFT – 1 are designated as guard subcarriers and shall not be 30

modulated (i.e., modulated with the complex value (0,0)). Here, NGUARD, LEFT = NGUARD/2 and 31

NGUARD, RIGHT = NGUARD/2, where NGUARD is given by the NumGuardSubcarriers field of the 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-46

Overhead Messages Protocol. Any subcarrier which is not a guard subcarrier is defined to 1

be a usable subcarrier. 2

The OFDM symbol parameters shall be as specified in Table 2.8.1.2-1. 3

4

Table 2.8.1.2-1. Forward Link OFDM Symbol Numerology 5

FFT Size (NFFT)

Parameter 128 256 512 1024 2048 Units

Chip Rate 1/TCHIP 1.2288 2.4576 4.9152 9.8304 19.6608 Mcps

Subcarrier Spacing

1/(TCHIPNFFT) 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 kHz

Bandwidth of Operation (B)

B ≤ 1.25 1.25 < B ≤ 2.5 2.5 < B ≤ 5 5 < B ≤ 10 10 < B ≤ 20 MHz

Cyclic Prefix Duration TCP =

NCPNFFTTCHIP/1

6 NCP = 1, 2, 3, or 4

6.51, 13.02,

19.53, or 26.04

6.51, 13.02, 19.53, or

26.04

6.51, 13.02, 19.53, or

26.04

6.51, 13.02,

19.53, or 26.04

6.51, 13.02, 19.53, or

26.04 μs

Windowing Guard Interval TWGI = NFFTTCHIP/32

3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 μs

OFDM Symbol Duration Ts =

NFFTTCHIP(1 + NCP/16 + 1/32)

NCP = 1, 2, 3, or 4

113.93, 120.44, 126.95,

or 133.46

113.93, 120.44,

126.95, or 133.46

113.93, 120.44,

126.95, or 133.46

113.93, 120.44,

126.95, or 133.46

113.93, 120.44,

126.95, or 133.46

μs

6

The Forward Link supports two forms of OFDM data transmission — traditional OFDM 7

and Rotational OFDM. The support of Rotational OFDM is optional at the Access Terminal 8

and the Access Network. 9

10

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-47

Table 2.8.1.2-2. OFDM Superframe Numerology 1

Parameter Value Units

NPREAMBLE = Number of

OFDM Symbols in the Superframe Preamble

8

NFRAME = Number of OFDM

Symbols in a PHY Frame 8

Number of PHY Frames in a Superframe

25

Guard time between PHY Frames when

EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1

(Tg = 3NFFTTCHIP/4)

78.13 μs

Superframe Duration (TSUPERFRAME) when

EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0 for

NCP = 1, 2, 3, or 4

23.70, 25.05, 26.41, or

27.76 ms

Superframe Duration (TSUPERFRAME) when

EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1 for

NCP = 1, 2, 3, or 4

25.65, 27, 28.4, 29.7

ms

2

2.8.1.3 OFDM Symbol Start Time 3

With respect to the system time as defined in 2.3, the start time, TSTART,SF, of the 4

superframe with index SuperframeIndex with respect to the Access Network time-base 5

reference is given by the product of SuperframeIndex with the superframe duration 6

TSUPERFRAME. 7

The start time of the kth OFDM symbol in the superframe, k ranging from 0 to 8

NPREAMBLE + NFRAMENPHYFrames – 1, is given by TSTART,SF + kTs + ⎣k/NFRAME-1⎦Tg, 9

where Ts is the OFDM symbol duration. Tg is the guard interval between two PHY Frames 10

when EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1. Otherwise, Tg = 0 when 11


2.8.1.4 Superframe Preamble Structure 13

Each superframe shall begin with a superframe preamble. The superframe preamble shall 14

consist of NPREAMBLE = 8 OFDM symbols, which are indexed 0 through 7. The last three of 15

these OFDM symbols (OFDM symbols 5 through 7) are TDM pilots, which are used for 16

initial acquisition. These three OFDM symbols are denoted as TDM Pilot 1, TDM Pilot 2, 17

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-48

and TDM Pilot 3 respectively. TDM Pilots 2 and 3 are additionally used to transmit the 1

Other Sector Interference Channel as well. The TDM Pilot 1 OFDM symbol forms the 2

Forward Acquisition Channel, and the TDM Pilot 2 and 3 OFDM symbols form the Other 3

Sector Interference Channel. The first OFDM symbol in the superframe preamble (i.e., the 4

OFDM symbol with index 0) is used to transmit the Primary Broadcast Control Channel 5

while the next four OFDM symbols (OFDM symbols indexed 1 through 4) are used to 6

transmit the Secondary Broadcast Control Channel and the Quick Paging Channel in 7

alternate superframes. 8

The structure of the superframe preamble is depicted in Figure 2.8.1.4-1. The different 9

channels in the superframe preamble are described in 4.1.3.2. 10

11

12

Figure 2.8.1.4-1. Superframe Preamble Structure 13

2.8.1.5 Forward Link PHY Frame Structure 14

Each Forward Link PHY Frame consists of NFRAME = 8 OFDM symbols. 15

2.8.2 Reverse Link Structure and Modulation Parameters 16

2.8.2.1 Superframe Structure 17

Transmission on the Reverse Link is divided into units of superframes. Each Reverse Link 18

superframe consists of a sequence of NRLPHYFrames = 25 Reverse Link PHY Frames. 19

Consecutive Reverse Link PHY Frames are separated by a guard interval Tg when 20

EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1, whereas there is no separation when 21

EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0. Each superframe has an associated SuperframeIndex 22

that is incremented every superframe. Each of the Reverse Link PHY Frames consists of a 23

sequence of OFDM symbols, where an OFDM symbol is as defined in 2.8.2.2. All but the 24

Reverse Link PHY Frame with index 0 consists of NFRAME = 8 OFDM symbols. If 25

EnableHalfDuplexOperation is equal to 0, the Reverse Link PHY Frame with index 0 26

consists of 2NFRAME = 16 OFDM symbols, so as to cover the time occupied by the 27

superframe preamble on the Forward Link (See 2.8.1.4 for the definition of the superframe 28

preamble). If EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1, the Reverse Link PHY Frame with index 0 29

consists of only 8 OFDM symbols, which are aligned with the Forward Link PHY Frame 30

with index 0. The time corresponding to the Forward Link superframe preamble is left 31

blank on the Reverse Link. The structure of a Reverse Link superframe is shown in Figure 32

2.8.2.1-1 for the case EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0. 33

34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-49

1

Figure 2.8.2.1-1. Reverse Link Superframe Structure 2

2.8.2.2 OFDM Symbol Structure 3

The Reverse Link uses OFDM. As mentioned above, both the superframe preamble and 4

the PHY Frames consist of a sequence of OFDM symbols. An OFDM symbol consists of 5

NFFT individually modulated subcarriers that carry complex-valued data. Complex-valued 6

data are represented in the form d = (dre, dim), where dre and dim represent the real and 7

imaginary components, respectively. The subcarriers in each OFDM symbol are indexed 8

from 0 through NFFT – 1. Here, NFFT is given by the TotalNumSubcarriers field of the 9


The subcarriers indexed 0 through NGUARD, LEFT - 1 as well as the subcarriers indexed NFFT -11

NGUARD, RIGHT through NFFT – 1 are designated as guard subcarriers and shall not be 12

modulated (i.e., modulated with the complex value (0,0)). Here, NGUARD, LEFT = NGUARD/2 and 13

NGUARD, RIGHT = NGUARD/2, where NGUARD is given by the NumGuardSubcarriers field of the 14

Overhead Messages Protocol. Any subcarrier which is not a guard subcarrier is defined to 15

be a usable subcarrier. 16

The OFDM symbol parameters for different FFT sizes shall be as specified in Table 2.8.2.2-17

1. 18

19

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-50

Table 2.8.2.2-1. Reverse Link OFDM Symbol Numerology 1

FFT Size (NFFT)

Parameter 128 256 512 1024 2048 Units


Subcarrier Spacing 1/(TCHIPNFFT) 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 9.6 kHz


B ≤ 1.25 1.25 < B ≤ 2.5 2.5 < B ≤ 5 5 < B ≤ 10 10 < B ≤ 20 MHz

Cyclic Prefix Duration TCP =

NCPNFFTTCHIP/1

6 NCP = 1, 2, 3, or 4

6.51, 13.02,

19.53, or 26.04

6.51, 13.02, 19.53, or

26.04

6.51, 13.02, 19.53, or

26.04

6.51, 13.02,

19.53, or 26.04

6.51, 13.02, 19.53, or

26.04 μs


3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 μs

OFDM Symbol Duration

Ts = NFFTTCHIP(1 + NCP/16 + 1/32) NCP = 1, 2, 3, or 4

113.93, 120.44, 126.95,

or 133.46

113.93, 120.44,

126.95, or 133.46

113.93, 120.44,

126.95, or 133.46

113.93, 120.44,

126.95, or 133.46

113.93, 120.44,

126.95, or 133.46

μs

2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-51

Table 2.8.2.2-2. OFDM Superframe Numerology 1

Parameter Value Units

NFRAME = Number of OFDM Symbols

in a Reverse Link PHY Frame (except the first Reverse Link PHY Frame)

8

2NFRAME = Number of OFDM

Symbols in the first Reverse Link PHY Frame

16

Number of PHY Frames in a Superframe

25

Guard time between PHY Frames when EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1

(Tg = 3NFFTTCHIP/4)

78.13 μs

Superframe Duration (TSUPERFRAME) when EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0

for NCP = 1, 2, 3, or 4

23.70, 25.05, 26.41, or

27.76 ms

Superframe Duration (TSUPERFRAME) when EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1

for NCP = 1, 2, 3, or 4

25.65, 27, 28.4, 29.7

ms

2.8.2.3 OFDM Symbol Start Time 2

The start time, TSTART,SF, of the superframe with index SuperframeIndex with respect to 3

the Access Terminal time-base reference is given by the product of SuperframeIndex with 4

the superframe duration TSUPERFRAME. 5

The start time of the kth OFDM symbol in the superframe, k ranging from 0 to 6

NPREAMBLE + NFRAMENPHYFrames – 1, is given by TSTART,SF + kTs + ⎣k/NFRAME-1⎦Tg, 7

where Ts is the OFDM symbol duration. Tg is the guard interval between two PHY Frames 8

when EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 1. Otherwise, Tg = 0 when 9


2.8.3 Time-Domain Processing 11

The sequences of NFFT complex modulation symbols per OFDM symbol shall be converted 12

to a complex baseband waveform using an inverse Fourier transform operation, a 13

windowing operation, and an overlap-and-add operation as specified in the following 14

subsections. This processing is illustrated in Figure 2.8.3-1. 15

16

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-52

1

Figure 2.8.3-1. Time-Domain Processing 2

2.8.3.1 Inverse Fourier Transform Operation 3

Let Xk be the value of the complex modulation symbol on the kth subcarrier of an OFDM 4

symbol, where k is from 0 to NFFT – 1. Then, the output of the inverse Fourier transform 5

operation shall be given by 6

−π − − − −

== ∑

FFTFFT CP START FFT CHIP

N 1j2 (k 4 N /2)(t T T )/(N T )

kFFT k 0

1x(t) X e

N, 7

where TSTART denotes the start time of the OFDM symbol as specified in 2.8.1.3 and 8

2.8.2.3. TCP denotes the cyclic prefix durations for OFDM symbols in the superframe 9

preamble and in PHY Frames, respectively, and j denotes the complex number (0, 1). 10

2.8.3.2 Windowing Operation 11

The signal, x(t), at the output of the inverse Fourier transform operation shall be 12

multiplied by a window function, w(t), giving a windowed signal of y(t) = x(t)w(t). The 13

window function shall be given by 14

− < −

π + −− − ≤ − <

=

⎛ ⎞⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

START WGI

WGI START

WGI START

WGI

0 , (t T ) T

(t T T )0.5 0.5 cos , T (t T ) 0

T

w(t) 1 ≤ − < +

π − − −+ + ≤ − <

⎛ ⎞⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

START CP FFT

START CP FFT

CP FFT START s

WGI

, 0 (t T ) T T

(t T T T )0.5 0.5 cos , T T (t T ) T

T

0 − ≥

⎧⎪⎪⎪⎪⎨⎪⎪⎪⎪⎩ START s

, (t T ) T

,

15

where TSTART denotes the start time of the OFDM symbol and Ts denotes the OFDM 16

symbol duration . Here TFFT = NFFTTCHIP. 17

2.8.3.3 Overlap-and-Add Operation 18

The windowed inverse-Fourier-transform output signals, y(t), corresponding to all of the 19

OFDM symbols shall be added together to create the final complex baseband waveform, 20

z(t). In this procedure, neighboring OFDM symbols shall overlap for a duration of TWGI, as 21

illustrated in Figure 2.8.3.3-1. 22

23

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-53

1

Figure 2.8.3.3-1. Overlap-and-Add Operation 2

2.9 Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Procedures 3

2.9.1 Multiple Transmit Antennas 4

Multiple transmit antennas may be present at the sector transmitter. The different 5

transmit antennas shall have the same superframe timing (including the superframe 6

index), the same OFDM symbol characteristics, and the same hop-permutation. 7

Modulation of some of the Physical Layer channels (for example the Forward Common 8

Pilot Channel and the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel) is specified 9

separately for each transmit antenna. Here the term “transmit antenna” denotes an 10

“effective transmit antenna” which is not necessarily the same as a physical antenna 11

present at the sector.3 An effective antenna may be a single physical antenna or a linear 12

combination of multiple physical antennas that appears to the receiver as a single 13

physical antenna. The mapping between effective and physical transmit antennas is 14

beyond the scope of this specification. Note that transmission on a single effective antenna 15

may involve transmission on any or all of the physical antennas.4 The number of effective 16

transmit antennas in the system is given by the NumEffectiveAntennas parameter, which 17

is part of the public data of the Overhead Messages Protocol. The different effective 18

antennas in the system are indexed 0 through NumEffectiveAntennas – 1. Any reference 19

to the term “transmit antenna” shall henceforth be interpreted as meaning an effective 20

transmit antenna. 21

The modulation of some of the Physical Layer channels (for example all the channels in 22

the superframe preamble, including the Forward Preamble Pilot Channel) is specified only 23

for a single effective antenna. If multiple effective antennas are present, the modulation 24

symbols corresponding to these channels shall be transmitted only from the effective 25

antenna with index 0. 26

Finally, the modulation of some of the Physical Layer channels (for example the Forward 27

Dedicated Pilot Channel) is described in terms of a concept called tile-antennas. A tile-28

3 Here, a physical antenna refers to an individual radiating element.

4 An effective antenna may be constructed, for example, by using delay diversity on a set of physical antennas.

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-54

antenna is a linear combination of the effective antennas present in the system. Multiple 1

tile-antennas can be constructed using different linear combinations of the effective 2

antennas. The mapping between effective antennas and tile-antennas can be described in 3

terms of a matrix called the precoding matrix. 4

Tile antennas are used for specifying the modulation of BRCH Resources. Effective 5

antennas are used for specifying the modulation of DRCH Resources. 6

The Physical Layer also supports superposition of multiple (up to 4) waveforms on the 7

same set of subcarriers, potentially using different precoding matrices. This happens when 8

the hop-permutation maps multiple hop-ports to the same subcarrier, and is known as 9

Space Division Multiple Access (SDMA). 10

Hop-sequence generation, scrambling and time-domain processing operations, described 11

in 2.11.5, 2.11.6, 2.7.6, and 2.8.3 respectively shall be identical for each of the effective 12

transmit antennas. 13

2.9.2 Precoding 14

Precoding is a linear pre-processing that enables transmit beamforming for each Multiple 15

Input Multiple Output layer. Closed loop precoding is performed based on the feedbacks 16

from the Access Terminals. Each such mapping is characterized by a particular precoding 17

matrix. 18

A set of precoding matrices forms a codebook, from which an Access Terminal may feed 19

back a preferred matrix to the Access Network. 20

2.9.2.1 Use of Precoding Matrices 21

The columns of the precoding matrix define a set of spatial beams that can be used by the 22

Access Network. The Access Network uses only one column of the precoding matrix in 23

Single Input Single Output transmission, and multiple columns in Space Time Transmit 24

Diversity or Multiple Input Multiple Output transmissions. 25

If the codebook supports Multiple Input Multiple Output, only the 0th to (NLAYER-1)th 26

columns of the precoding matrix shall be used for the Readymade Codebook, where NLAYER 27

is the number of effective antennas being used by the Access Network, as specified by the 28

FTC MAC protocol. For the Knockdown Codebook, any NLAYER columns can be used as 29

specified in the FTC MAC protocol. If a spatial beam LAYER

T

0 1 N -1w= w , w , ..., w⎡ ⎤⎣ ⎦ is 30

used to transmit a modulation symbol s , then jw s shall be transmitted on effective 31

antenna j , where VT denotes the transpose of the vector V. 32

2.9.2.2 Codebook Types 33

Two classes of precoding codebooks are supported: Knockdown Codebook and Readymade 34

Codebook. 35

2.9.2.3 Knockdown Codebook 36

A knockdown precoder is constructed by assembling vectors chosen from a selected 37

universal matrix. Each knockdown precoding codebook defines up to two universal 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-55

unitary matrices. The Access Terminal selects one of the universal matrices as a preferred 1

matrix, which is indicated by the preferred matrix index (PMI). 2

The Access Terminal also selects preferred column vectors from the preferred matrix. The 3

selected column vectors are indicated by the vector bitmap (VBM). VBM and PMI are 4

indicated in the RCC MAC protocol. 5

If a codebook defines G MT×MT universal matrices, where MT is the number of physical 6

antennas and G ≤ 2, the number of precoders for a transmission of rank M is G×MTCM, 7

and the total number of precoding matrices is G(2MT-1). 8

2.9.2.4 Default Precoder 9

The following codebooks have been predefined. 10

2.9.2.4.1 Binary Unitary Codebook 11

This codebook is defined by the 4×4 identity matrix I4. 12

2.9.2.4.2 Fourier Matrix Based Codebook 13

This consists of the M×M matrices H(g), where H(g) are defined as follows: 14

( ) ( )2 n g

j mg g M G

nmH h eπ⎧ ⎫⎛ ⎞+⎨ ⎬⎜ ⎟

⎝ ⎠⎩ ⎭⎡ ⎤

⎡ ⎤= = ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

. 15

As an example, for M=4, and G=2, the matrices are as follows: 16

(0) (1)

1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 1 2 2 2 2

,1 1 1 12 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2

j j j jj j

H Hj j j j

j j j j j j

⎛ ⎞⎜ ⎟⎛ ⎞ + − + − − −⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟− − ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟= = ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟− − − −⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟− − − + + − − −⎝ ⎠⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

. 17

2.9.2.5 Readymade Codebook 18

An actual precoder is constructed by the first r vectors in a selected matrix where r is the 19

required rank. A readymade precoding codebook defines up to 64 precoding matrices. The 20

Access Terminal selects one of the precoding matrices as a preferred precoding matrix, 21

which is indicated by the precoder index (PCI). 22

The readymade precoding codebooks are configurable through precoder codebook 23

download mechanism. The rank is indicated either by the Channel Quality Indicator 24

feedback in an implicit manner for Multi-Code Word Multiple Input Multiple Output or by 25

the rank feedback in an explicit manner for Single Code Word Multiple Input Multiple 26

Output. If a codebook defines K precoding matrices, the total number of precoders is K. 27

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-56

2.9.2.6 Downloadable Codebook 1

Precoding codebooks other than default codebooks are configurable through codebook 2

download. Downloadable codebooks are mandatory for the Access Terminals that support 3

precoding. Both knockdown and readymade precoding codebooks are downloadable. 4

Some of the precoding matrices in a codebook may be grouped into clusters. In this case, 5

matrices in a single cluster typically span only part of the space. The columns of the 6

matrices in different clusters are used to form spatial beams covering spatially distinct 7

groups of users. If the Access Terminal feeds back a beam index within a cluster, the 8

Access Network treats this as an indication that it may schedule other Access Terminals 9

on different clusters, i.e., allowing for Space Division Multiple Access (SDMA). However, 10

the codebook may be formed by only a set of precoding matrices such that each spans the 11

whole space. In this case, this codebook is used for precoding and is not intended to be 12

used for SDMA. 13

The downloaded codebooks shall specify precoding matrices of size NumAntenna × 14

SpatialOrder. In this case, the Access Network shall set NLAYER to SpatialOrder and use 15

NumAntenna effective antennas for precoding. The precoding matrices used shall be 16

downloaded from the FTC MAC protocol, corresponding to the codebook specified by 17

CodeBookID 18

2.9.3 Permutation Matrices for Multi-Code Word Multiple Input Multiple Output 19

Permutation matrices are used for data transmission in Multi-Code Word Multiple Input 20

Multiple Output (see 4.1.3.5.7). There are N! permutation matrix of order N that are 21

numbered from 0 to N!-1. All the permutation matrices up to order 4 are listed in 2.9.3.1 22

to 2.9.3.4. 23

2.9.3.1 Permutation Matrices of Order 1 24

There is only one matrix [ ]10P = 1 . 25


There are two matrices. They are enumerated below: 27

2 20 1

1 0 0 1P = , P =

0 1 1 0⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

. 28


There are six matrices. They are enumerated below: 30

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-57

3 3 30 1 2

3 3 33 4 5

1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0

0 1 0 , 1 0 0 , 0 0 1 ,

0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0

0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0

1 0 0 , 0 1 0 , 0 0 1 .

0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0

P P P

P P P

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥= = =⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥= = =⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

1


There are twenty-four matrices. They are enumerated below: 3

4 4 4 40 1 2 3

4 44 5 6

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0P = ,P = ,P = ,P = ,

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1P = ,P = ,P

0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

4 47

4 4 4 48 9 10 11

1

0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0= ,P = ,

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1

0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0

0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1P = ,P = ,P = ,P = ,

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0

P

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

4 4 4 42 13 14 15

4 416 17

0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0= ,P = ,P = ,P = ,

0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0

0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1P = ,P =

1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

4 418 19

4 4 4 420 21 22 23

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0,P = ,P = ,

0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1

0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0P = ,P = ,P = ,P =

1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥

⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣

.⎥⎥⎥⎥⎦

4

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-58

2.10 Rotational OFDM 1

Rotational OFDM is an optional scheme at the Access Terminal and at the Access 2

Network. Rotational OFDM shall be used in the DRCH mode only. 3

When rotational OFDM is used, each set of D contiguous modulation symbols shall be 4

rotated just before the inverse Fourier transform operation. The first set of D contiguous 5

modulation symbols to be rotated shall use modulation symbols 0 through D – 1, the 6

second set of modulation symbols shall use modulation symbols D through 2D – 1, etc. 7

The rotated symbols shall be generated according to the following equation: 8

211 11 D1 1

2 12 22 D2 2

D 2D D1D DD

ry r r xy r r r x

y r xr r

⎡ ⎤⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥

= ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥

⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦⎣ ⎦

L

L

M M M O M M

L

, (i.e., y = RDx), 9

where the x and y vectors represent the modulation symbols and the rotated symbols 10

respectively. The matrix RD represents the rotational code and D denotes the rotational 11

dimension. The rotational dimension indicates the number of modulation symbols mapped 12

to different subcarriers. For a rotational dimension of D, the rotational matrix RD shall be 13

given by 14

D/2 D D/2 DD

D/2 D D/2 D

cos sinsin cos

θ θ⎡ ⎤= ⎢ ⎥− θ θ⎣ ⎦

R RR

R R.The rotational matrices for rotational dimensions of 2 15

and 4 are given by 16

11 212

12 22

r r cos sinr r sin cos

θ θ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤= =⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥− θ θ⎣ ⎦⎣ ⎦R and 17

11 21 31 41

12 22 32 424

13 23 33 43

14 24 34 44

r r r r cos cos sin cos cos sin sin sinr r r r sin cos cos cos sin sin cos sinr r r r cos sin sin sin cos cos sin cos

sin sin cos sin sin cos cos cosr r r r

⎡ ⎤ θ θ θ θ θ θ θ θ⎡⎢ ⎥ − θ θ θ θ − θ θ θ θ= =⎢ ⎥ − θ θ − θ θ θ θ θ θ⎢ ⎥

θ θ − θ θ − θ θ θ θ⎢ ⎥ ⎣⎣ ⎦

R

⎤⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎦

. 18

The rotational angles and dimensions for Forward Data Channel are described in 19

4.1.3.5.1. 20

2.11 Subcarrier Allocation for Reverse Link CDMA Subsegments and Reverse OFDMA 21

Data Channel 22

In this section, the procedures of the Reverse Link CDMA subsegments subcarrier 23

allocation and hopping are described, as well as the procedures for Reverse Link data 24

channel subcarrier allocation and hopping. Note that the subcarrier allocation changes 25

every frame. 26

2.11.1 Hop-Port Definition and Indexing 27

During the Reverse Link PHY Frame portion of the transmission, the subcarriers of each 28

OFDM symbol shall also use a second indexing scheme known as hop-port indexing. In 29

this scheme, each OFDM symbol consists of QSDMANFFT individually-modulated hop-ports. 30

Here QSDMA is equal to RLNumSDMADimensions, which is part of the public data of the 31

Overhead Messages Protocol. The hop-ports are indexed from 0 through QSDMANFFT -1. 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-59

There is a mapping between the QSDMANFFT hop-ports and the NFFT subcarriers, called a 1

hop-permutation. The hop-permutation may change as often as every OFDM symbol and 2

is different for different sectors. The sequence of hop-permutations is also called the 3

hopping sequence.5 4

Note that the set of QSDMANFFT hop-ports shall be divided into QSDMA “SDMA subtrees,” 5

indexed 0 through QSDMA -1. The notion of SDMA subtree is as defined in [2]. Each SDMA 6

subtree shall have NFFT hop-ports, and the SDMA subtree with index q shall contain hop-7

ports indexed qNFFT through (q+1)NFFT -1. 8

2.11.2 Reverse Link Hop Pattern Generation 9

Reverse Link hop pattern generation is a two step process: 10

1. Mapping hop-ports to subcarriers assuming nominal locations of CDMA 11

subsegments. 12

2. Relocating subcarriers that are displaced when CDMA subsegments hop from their 13

nominal locations to actual locations. 14

2.11.3 CDMA Subsegments 15

2.11.3.1 CDMA Hopping Zones 16

In this section, the set of CDMA hopping zones are defined. All CDMA subsegments are 17

hopped among the CDMA hopping zones. The nominal location of each CDMA subsegment 18

is defined. The subcarriers not belonging to guard or nominal locations of CDMA 19

subsegments are defined as nominal available subcarriers. 20

A total of NCDMA-ZONES = (NFFT - NGUARD) / NCDMA-SUBSEGMENT, MAX shall be defined. Let 21

NBLOCK denote the number of subcarriers in a tile. The CDMA hopping zones shall be 22

indexed 0 through NCDMA-ZONES -1, and the CDMA zone with index k shall have subcarriers 23

fSTART-CDMA(k) through fSTART-CDMA(k) + NCDMA-SUBSEGMENT, MAX -1. Here 24

( )FFT GUARDSTART_CDMA GUARD,LEFT BLOCK

CDMA-ZONES BLOCK

k N -Nf (k)=N +N N N as illustrated 25

in Figure 2.11.3.1-1. 26

5 The Access Terminal can compute the hop permutations for any given PHY Frame and for any given sector using information available on the F-PBCCH and F-SBCCH of that sector.

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-60

1

Figure 2.11.3.1-1. Illustration of CDMA Hopping Zones 2

2.11.3.1.1 Nominal Location of CDMA Subsegments 3

There shall be a total of C CDMA subsegments indexed 0 through C-1, where C is the 4

number of CDMA subsegments (given by the NumCDMASubSegmentsj fields of the OMP, 5

with j = 0, 1, … ,7). The cth CDMA subsegment shall be nominally located at CDMA 6

hopping zone c* NCDMA-ZONES / C . The Access Network should ensure that nominal 7

locations of different subsegments do not overlap. 8

2.11.3.1.2 Nominally Available Subcarriers 9

All subcarriers that are not part of a nominal CDMA hopping zone (as defined above) and 10

are not guard subcarriers shall be defined as “Nominally Available Subcarriers.” The 11

nominally available subcarriers shall be sequentially indexed 0 through NAVAILABLE -1. Here 12

NAVAILABLE = NFFT – NGUARD – CNCDMA-SUBSEGMENT, MAX. 13

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-61

2.11.4 Subzones and Usable Hop-Ports 1

2.11.4.1 Partition of Subcarriers and Hop-Ports into Subzones 2

In this section, the partitioning of hop-ports and subcarriers into subzones are described. 3

The hop-ports of each SDMA subtree are evenly divided into groups with size NSUBZONE,MAX, 4

referred to as “hop-port subzones.” Here NSUBZONE, MAX is the FLSubzoneSize parameter of 5

the Overhead Messages Protocol and can be either 64 or 128. The total NAVAILABLE nominal 6

available subcarriers are divided into subzones. The number of subzones is determined by 7

NAVAILABLE and the maximum permissible number of subcarriers in a subzone NSUBZONE,MAX. 8

The number of subcarriers in each subzone is determined so that the sizes of all subzones 9

are as even as possible. 10

The set of NAVAILABLE nominally available subcarriers shall be divided into a number of 11

subzones. The number of subzones S shall be given by 12

,

AVAILABLE

SUBZONE MAX

NS

N

⎡ ⎤= ⎢ ⎥

⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ 13

Here NSUBZONE, MAX is the maximum permissible number of subcarriers in each subzone. 14

The subzones shall be indexed 0 through S-1. 15

Let SSPLIT = (NAVAILABLE / NBLOCK) mod S. Subzones indexed 0 through (SSPLIT -1) shall have 16

NSUBZONE-BIG = AVAILABLEBLOCK

BLOCK

NN

N S

⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥

subcarriers and subzones indexed SSPLIT through S-1 17

shall have NSUBZONE-SMALL = AVAILABLEBLOCK

BLOCK

NN

N S

⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

subcarriers. The nominally available 18

subcarriers shall be sequentially allocated to the subzones i.e., subcarriers with nominal 19

available index 0 through NSUBZONE-BIG - 1 shall be allocated to subzone with index 0, 20

subcarriers with nominal available index NSUBZONE-BIG through 2NSUBZONE-BIG -1 shall be 21

allocated to subzone with index 1 etc. The number of subcarriers in subzone s shall be 22

denoted as NSUBZONE(s). 23

The set of NFFT hop-ports in each SDMA subtree shall be divided into NFFT/NSUBZONE, MAX 24

groups, referred to as “hop-port subzones.” The number of hop-ports in each subzone 25

shall be NSUBZONE, MAX. The hop-ports shall be allocated sequentially to the subzones i.e., 26

hop-ports 0 through NSUBZONE-1 belong to subzone with index 0, hop-ports indexed 27

NSUBZONE through 2NSUBZONE-1 shall belong to subzone with index 1 etc. Not all hop-ports in 28

a subzone may be usable (see 2.11.4.2). 29

2.11.4.2 Usable and Unusable Hop-Ports 30

In this section, the notion of usable and unusable hop-ports are defined. This is done to 31

ensure that the number of usable hop-ports (in a subtree) is equal to the available 32

subcarriers. Thus the total number of usable hop-ports in a subtree is equal to (NFFT – 33

NGUARD – CNCDMA-SUBSEGMENT, MAX). 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-62

For hop-port p, define s =,

mod FFT

SUBZONE MAX

p N

N

⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

, and rp = (p mod NSUBZONE, MAX). The hop-port p 1

shall be usable only if all of the following conditions are true: 2

1. s < S. 3

2. rp < NSUBZONE(s). 4

All other hop-ports shall be unusable. 5

A subzone that is comprised only of unusable hop-ports shall be referred to as an 6

unusable subzone. All other subzones shall be usable. 7

2.11.4.3 Reverse Link Resource Channel Structures 8

The Reverse Data Channel supports Global Hopping Block (GHB) and Local Hopping Block 9

(LHB) structures. 10

On the Reverse Link, a group of NBLOCK hop-ports gets mapped to a contiguous group of 11

NBLOCK subcarriers. This mapping remains fixed for the duration of a Reverse Link PHY 12

Frame. The group of hop-ports shall be referred to as a “hop-port block” and the group of 13

NBLOCK subcarriers shall be referred to as a “subcarrier block.” The group of NBLOCK = 16 14

hop-ports for the duration of NFRAME = 8 OFDM symbols is also referred to as a “tile.” 15

The primary difference between GHB and LHB structures is that LHB hop-ports are 16

constrained to hop within a “subzone, ” while GHB hop-ports may hop over the entire 17

bandwidth. 18

2.11.5 Nominal Hop Sequence Generation for GHB Hop-Ports 19

GHB hopping is described in this section. The first NGHB hop-port subzones are allocated 20

to GHB. An alternative indexing scheme is used for each hop-port, which is based on its 21

relative position in the SDMA subtree, the subzone in the subtree, the block within the 22

subzone, and the hop-port within the block. A usable hop-port allocated to the GHB is 23

mapped to a nominally available subcarrier according to a mapping function. The mapping 24

function consists of a global permutation function HijGLOBAL,GHB common to all sectors and a 25

sector-, SDMA subtree-, and subzone-specific permutation function HijqsSECTOR,GHB. Both 26

HijGLOBAL,GHB and HijqsSECTOR,GHB change every frame. These permutations also repeat every 27

16 superframes i.e., the permutation in frame j of superframe i is the same as the 28

permutation in frame j of superframe (i+16). A GHB hop-port block is first permuted 29

locally within the subzone it is in using HijqsSECTOR,GHB. It is then further permuted globally 30

by HijGLOBAL,GHB among the entire usable hop-port blocks in GHB to arrive at a new block 31

index. Since HijGLOBAL,GHB is the same across all sectors, the physical subcarriers allocated 32

to a subzone are the same across all sectors. This is done in order to provide support for 33

Fractional Frequency Reuse schemes. HijqsSECTOR,GHB is different across different sectors. 34

This is done in order to provide interference diversity within a subzone. 35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-63

2.11.5.1 Allocation of Hop-Ports to the GHB 1

A total of NGHB hop-port subzones in each SDMA subtree shall be allocated to the GHB. 2

Here NGHB is equal to NumGHBSubzones parameter of the Overhead Messages Protocol. 3

The subzones shall be allocated according to the following procedure: 4

1. Initialize a subzone counter s to 0 and a GHB subzone counter sGHB to 0. 5

2. Repeat the following steps until sGHB = NGHB. 6

a. If the subzone with index s is a usable subzone 7

i. The subzone s shall be allocated to the GHB. 8

ii. Increment sGHB by 1. 9

b. Increment s by 1. 10

Note that some of the hop-ports allocated to the GHB may not be usable. All such 11

unusable hop-ports shall be mapped to the guard subcarriers. The exact mapping is not 12

specified since the unusable hop-ports shall not be modulated. 13

2.11.5.2 Alternate Indexing Scheme for GHB Hop-Ports 14

For convenience of notation, an alternative indexing scheme may be used for GHB hop-15

ports. A hop-port p shall be denoted as “hop-port (GHB, q, s, b, r)” if the subzone s 16

containing hop-port is allocated to the GHB. Here q = / FFTp N⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ is the index of the SDMA 17

subtree containing hop-port p, b is the index of the block (within subzone s) containing 18

this hop-port and r is the index of the hop-port within the block. In this specification, the 19

two notations shall be used interchangeably and “hop-port (GHB, q, s, b, r)” shall be used 20

to refer to hop-port 21

,FFT SUBZONE MAX BLOCKp qN sN bN r= + + + . 22

2.11.5.3 Hop-Port to Subcarrier Mapping for GHB 23

In Reverse Link PHY Frame indexed j in superframe with index i, the hop-port (GHB, q, s, 24

b, r) shall be mapped to the subcarrier with nominally available subcarrier index fAVAIL-25

GHB(GHB, q, s, b, r) where 26

fAVAIL-GHB(GHB, q, s, b, r) = NBLOCKHijGLOBAL, GHB(bMIN(s) + HijqsSECTOR, GHB(b)) + r. 27

Here ,

1( ) ( )MIN SUBZONE

i sBLOCKsubzone i GHB

b s N iN <

∈

⎛ ⎞⎛ ⎞⎜ ⎟= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟

⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠⎝ ⎠

∑ is the number of usable blocks before 28

hop-port (GHB, q, s, b, r). HijGLOBAL, GHB is a permutation of size NAVAILABLE/NBLOCK which 29

shall be generated as described in 2.11.5.4. HijqsSECTOR, GHB is a permutation of size 30

NSUBZONE(s)/NBLOCK which shall be generated as described in 2.11.5.5. 31

2.11.5.4 Generation of HijGLOBAL, GHB 32

The permutation HijGLOBAL, GHB is common to all sectors and shall be generated according to 33

the following procedure. 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-64

1. Set SEEDGLOBAL = fPHY-HASH(19*32*16 + (j mod 32) + (i mod 16)) where i is the 1

superframe index, j is the frame index within the superframe and fPHY-HASH is the 2

hash function described in 2.6.4. 3

2. Let HijGLOBAL, GHB is the permutation of size NAVAILABLE/NBLOCK generated with seed 4

SEEDGLOBAL using the common permutation generation algorithm described in 5

2.6.1. 6

2.11.5.5 Generation of HijqsSECTOR, GHB 7

The permutation HijqsSECTOR, GHB varies from sector to sector and shall be generated 8

according to the following procedure. 9

1. Set SEEDGHB = fPHY-HASH(1*4*220 + SectorSeed*4 + (q mod 4)) where SectorSeed is as 10

defined in 2.3.1.3, q is the SDMA subtree index, and fPHY-HASH is the hash function 11

described in 2.6.4. 12

2. HijqsSECTOR, GHB is the permutation of size NSUBZONE(s)/NBLOCK generated using the 13

common permutation generation algorithm described in 2.6.1 using seed SEEDGHB, 14

and s is the subzone index. 15

2.11.6 Nominal Hop Sequence Generation for LHB Hop-Ports 16

LHB hopping is described in this section. All hop-ports not allocated to the GHB are 17

allocated to LHB. LHB available subcarriers are those not allocated to guard, nominal 18

locations of CDMA segments, or GHB. A nominal mapping of a usable LHB hop-port to a 19

LHB available subcarrier is first performed. A hop-port block is permuted locally within its 20

subzone to obtain a mapped subcarrier block with the same subzone index. The 21

permutation is a sector-, SDMA subtree-, and subzone-specific permutation function 22

HijqsSECTOR,LHB. HijqsSECTOR,LHB changes every frame and repeats every 16 superframes. 23

2.11.6.1 Alternate Indexing Scheme for LHB Hop-Ports 24

All usable hop-ports that are not allocated to the GHB shall be allocated to the LHB. Note 25

that some of the hop-ports allocated to the LHB may not be usable. All such unusable 26

hop-ports shall be mapped to the guard subcarriers. The exact mapping is not specified 27

since the unusable hop-ports shall not be modulated. 28

For convenience of notation, an alternative indexing scheme may be used for LHB hop-29

ports. A hop-port p shall be denoted as “hop-port (LHB, q, s, b, r)” if the subzone s 30

containing hop-port is allocated to the LHB. Here q = / FFTp N⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ is the index of the SDMA 31

subtree containing hop-port p, b is the index of the block (within subzone s) containing 32

this hop-port and r is the index of the hop-port within the block. In this specification, the 33

two notations shall be used interchangeably and “hop-port (LHB, q, s, b, r)” shall be used 34

to refer to hop-port ,FFT SUBZONE MAX BLOCKp qN sN bN r= + + + . 35

2.11.6.2 Available Subcarrier Indexing for LHB Subcarriers 36

For convenience of notation, the subcarriers are indexed by “LHB available subcarrier 37

index.” The available subcarrier index shall be defined as follows: 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-65

1. Initialize a subcarrier counter f and an available subcarrier index counter fAVAIL-LHB 1

to 0. 2

2. Repeat the following steps until f = NFFT : 3

1. Set a flag FLAGAVAIL to TRUE. 4

2. Set FLAGAVAIL to FALSE if the subcarrier with index f is : 5

i. A guard subcarrier, or 6

ii. Nominally allocated to a CDMA subsegment. 7

iii. Allocated to the GHB. 8

3. If FLAGAVAIL is TRUE, 9

i. The available subcarrier index of subcarrier f shall be equal to fAVAIL-10

LHB. 11

ii. Increment fAVAIL-LHB by 1. 12

4. If FLAGAVAIL is false, the subcarrier with index f shall not have a LHB 13

available subcarrier index. 14

5. Increment f by 1. 15

Note that the LHB available subcarrier index of a given subcarrier may change every 16

frame. 17

2.11.6.3 Nominal Hop-port to Subcarrier Mapping for LHB Hop-ports 18

In Reverse Link PHY Frame indexed j within superframe indexed i, an LHB hop-port (LHB, 19

q, s, b, r) shall be mapped to subcarrier with index fAVAIL-LHB given by fAVAIL-LHB = fMIN-LHB(s) + 20

NBLOCKHSECTOR,LHBijqs(b) + r. 21

Here MIN-LHB SUBZONEi<s

i LHB

f (s)= N (i)

∈

∑ is the number of subcarriers in LHB subzones before the 22

subzone s that contains the hop-port (LHB, q, s, b, r). 23

The permutation HSECTOR,LHBijqs shall be generated according to the following procedure: 24

1. Set SEEDLHB = fPHY-HASH (18*4*220 + SectorSeed*4 + (q mod 4)) where SectorSeed is 25

as defined in 2.3.1.3, and fPHY-HASH is the hash function described in 2.6.4 and q is 26

the SDMA subtree index. 27

2. HSECTOR,LHBijqs is the permutation of size NSUBZONE(s)/NBLOCK generated with seed 28

SEEDLHB using the common permutation generation algorithm described in 2.6.1. 29

2.11.7 Inter-interlace Multiplexing of GHB and LHB 30

Local and global hopping zones are activated on different interlaces. From NDRCH-SUBZONES 31

and NSUBZONES, MAX which are parameters of the Overhead Messages Protocol, the number of 32

subcarriers for DRCH assignment, NDRCH, can be derived and used to determine the 33

number of global hopping interlaces which is indicated by M. Therefore, global hopping 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-66

interlaces can be expected to be present only if NDRCH is not equal to 0. The position of the 1

global hopping interlaces, in case of eight interlaces, is calculated by 2

,8

⎥⎦

⎥⎢⎣

⎢ ⋅kM

,1,1,0 −⋅⋅⋅= Mk ⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛

−⋅=

GUARDFFT

DRCH

NN

NroundM

8. 3

The position of the global hopping interlaces, in case of six interlaces, is calculated by 4

,6

⎥⎦

⎥⎢⎣

⎢ ⋅kM

,1,1,0 −⋅⋅⋅= Mk ⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛

−⋅=

GUARDFFT

DRCH

NN

NroundM

6. 5

2.11.8 CDMA Subsegment Hopping 6

In the PHY Frame with index j within superframe i, the CDMA subsegment with index c 7

shall be mapped to the CDMA hopping zone with index kTRUE(c) = [ jOVERALL/8 ) + (jOVERALL 8

mod 8) + c* NCDMA-ZONES / C ] mod NCDMA-ZONES. Here jOVERALL = iNFRAMES-IN-SUPERFRAME + j is 9

the overall index of the PHY Frame (and not just the index within the superframe). 10

2.11.9 Impact of CDMA Subsegment Hopping on Data Hopping 11

In the preceding sections, data hop-port to subcarrier mapping was described assuming a 12

nominal location of CDMA subsegments. However, the CDMA subsegment may not always 13

be present in its nominal location. It may hop to some other location as described in the 14

“CDMA Subsegment Hopping” section. In this section, the effect of CDMA subsegment 15

hopping on data hop-port mapping is described. If a CDMA subsegment hops from its 16

nominal location to a different location, the data hop-ports that are displaced by the 17

CDMA subsegment are re-mapped to the newly freed-up subcarriers where the nominal 18

location of this CDMA subsegment is. the set of subcarriers that belong to the actual 19

CDMA hopping zones (kTRUE(c) as defined in 2.11.8) but not to a nominal CDMA hopping 20

zone shall be known as “displaced subcarriers.” The displaced subcarriers shall be 21

sequentially 0 through NDISPLACED -1, with lower indexed subcarriers also having a lower 22

indexed “displaced subcarrier index.” 23

The set of subcarriers that belong to the nominal CDMA hopping zones but not to an 24

actual CDMA hopping zone shall be known as “newly freed-up subcarriers.” The newly 25

freed-up subcarriers shall be indexed 0 through NNEWLYFREEDUP -1. A hop-port p that would 26

have been mapped to a displaced subcarrier with displaced subcarrier index f gets mapped 27

to a newly freed subcarrier with the same index instead. 28

29

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-67

1

2

Figure 2.11.9-1. Illustration of Hop-port to Subcarrier Mapping in LHB 3

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-68

1

2

Figure 2.11.9-2. Illustration of Hop-port to Subcarrier Mapping in GHB 3

2.12 Subcarrier Allocation for Reverse Acknowledgment Channel and Reverse OFDMA 4

Dedicated Control Channel 5

2.12.1 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Subcarrier Allocation 6

If the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel is present in a Reverse Link PHY 7

Frame, a number of tiles NTILES may be allocated to the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control 8

Channel. The value of NTILES shall be equal to max(2, NumRODCIndices/2) where 9

NumRODCIndices is the number of Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel reports in 10

the Reverse Link PHY Frame, and is determined for each Reverse Link PHY Frame by the 11

RCC MAC protocol. The set of Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel tiles of Reverse 12

Link PHY Frame j in superframe with index i shall be indexed from 0 to NTILES -1 and shall 13

be determined according to the following procedure: 14

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-69

1. Set SEEDRODCCH = fPHY-HASH(7*220 + SectorSeed). Here SectorSeed is as defined in 1

2.3.1.3, and fPHY-HASH is the common PHY hash function described in 2.6.4. 2

2. Generate a permutation HijRODCCH-SUBZONES of size SMAX = NFFT/NSUBZONE, MAX using the 3

common permutation generation algorithm described in 2.6.1 with seed 4

SEEDRODCCH. 5

3. Generate a permutation HijRODCCH-BLOCKS of size BMAX = NSUBZONE, MAX / NBLOCK using 6

the common permutation generation algorithm described in 2.6.1 with seed 7

SEEDRODCCH. Here BMAX = NSUBZONE,MAX / NBLOCK is the maximum number of hop-port 8

blocks in a subzone. 9

4. Initialize counters k and tTILE to 0. Also initialize counters j0, j1, …, jSMAX-1 to 0. 10

5. Repeat the following steps until tTILE = NTILES. 11

i. Set s = HijRODCCH-SUBZONES(k) and b = HijRODCCH-BLOCKS(js). 12

ii. Increment k and js by 1. If k = SMAX, then set k to 0. 13

iii. If hop-port p = (GHB or LHB, 0, s, b, 0) is a usable hop-port, then 14

a. Let f be the subcarrier to which hop-port p is mapped to by the hop 15

permutation for Reverse Link PHY Frame j in superframe with index i, as 16

described in 2.11. 17

b. Allocate the set of subcarriers f to [f + NBLOCK -1] to the Reverse OFDMA 18

Dedicated Control Channel for the duration of the Reverse Link PHY Frame 19

for all Reverse Link PHY Frames other than those with index 0 when 20

EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0. For Reverse Link PHY Frames with index 0 21

within the superframe when EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0, allocate the 22

set of subcarriers f to [f + NBLOCK -1] only for the OFDM symbols indexed 23

NPREAMBLE through NPREAMBLE + NFRAME -1 in the PHY Frame. 24

c. The Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel tile index of this tile shall 25

be tTILE. 26

d. Increment tTILE by 1. 27

2.12.2 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Resource Indexing 28

Each Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel tile shall further be divided into four 29

Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel quarter-tiles, each of which spans NBLOCK/2 30

subcarriers in frequency and NFRAME/2 OFDM symbols in time. The quarter-tiles shall be 31

indexed as (tTILE, kQUARTER-TILE). The quarter-tile with index (tTILE, kQUARTER-TILE) shall contain 32

subcarriers fk through fk + NBLOCK/2 -1 in OFDM symbols tk through tk + NFRAME/2 -1 in the 33

tile with Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel index tTILE. Here fk = (kQUARTER-TILE mod 34

2)*(NBLOCK/2) and / 2 ( / 2)k QUARTER TILE FRAMEt k N−⎢ ⎥= ⎣ ⎦ . 35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-70

2.12.3 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Half-Tile Definition 1

In this section, the procedure to choose the half-tiles to carry the Reverse 2

Acknowledgment Channel is described. All Access Terminals for which this sector is the 3

Forward Link Serving Sector transmit their Reverse Acknowledgment Channel on these 4

half-tiles. 5

In each Reverse Link PHY Frame, the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel shall be allocated 6

a number of contiguous subcarrier groups for the duration of the Reverse Link PHY 7

Frame. Each such group of contiguous subcarriers shall comprise of NBLOCK, R-ACKCH = 8 8

subcarriers and shall be referred to as a Reverse Acknowledgment Channel block. The 9

group of NBLOCK,R-ACKCHNFRAME subcarriers spanning NBLOCK,R-ACKCH subcarriers in frequency 10

and NFRAME = 8 OFDM Symbols in time shall be referred to as a Reverse Acknowledgment 11

Channel half-tile. 12

The number of Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tiles allocated to the Reverse 13

Acknowledgment Channel shall be NHALF-TILES, where NHALF-TILES = 0 if NumRACKNodes = 0 14

and 15

max , 48HALF TILES

NumRACKNodesN −

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

16

otherwise. The quantity NumRACKNodes shall be specified by the RCC MAC protocol. 17

2.12.4 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Half-Tile Selection 18

In the following algorithm, the permutation HijRACKCH-SUBZONES is used to randomly pick a 19

subzone (through counter k) and the permutation HijRACKCH-BLOCKS is used to randomly pick 20

a hop-port block within that subzone (through counter js). Together, these determine a 21

hop-port p. The half-tile is determined in the following manner. If this hop-port (p + (tTILE 22

mod 2)*NBLOCK, RACKCH) maps to subcarrier f, the half-tile that is designated to carry the R-23

ACKs starts either with subcarrier f or subcarrier f+ NBLOCK, R-ACKCH. The (tTILE mod 2)*NBLOCK, 24

RACKCH term is to allow both half-tiles to be chosen. If there are more half-tiles that need to 25

be picked than there are subzones, the counter k resets to 0 and runs through the 26

subzones in the same pseudo-random order once again, this time picking a different block 27

than the one chosen before (since the counter js is incremented). 28

The set of Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tiles of Reverse Link PHY Frame j in 29

superframe with index i shall be indexed from 0 to NHALF-TILES -1 and shall be determined 30


1. Set SEEDRACKCH = fPHY-HASH(23*220 + SectorSeed). Here SectorSeed is as defined 32

in 2.3.1.3 and fPHY-HASH is the common PHY hash function described in 2.6.4. 33

2. Generate a permutation HijRACKCH-SUBZONES of size SMAX = NFFT/NSUBZONE, MAX using 34

the common permutation generation algorithm described in 2.6.1 with seed 35

SEEDRACKCH. 36

3. Generate a permutation HijRACKCH-BLOCKS of size BMAX = NSUBZONE, MAX / NBLOCK 37

using the common permutation generation algorithm described in 2.6.1 with 38

seed SEEDRACKCH. Here BMAX = NSUBZONE,MAX / NBLOCK is the maximum number of 39

hop-port blocks in a subzone. 40

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-71

4. Initialize counters k and tTILE to 0. Also initialize counters j0, j1, …, jSMAX-1 to 0. 1

5. Repeat the following steps until tTILE = NHALF-TILES. 2

i. Set s = HijRACKCH-SUBZONES(k) and b = HijRACKCH-BLOCKS(js). 3

ii. Increment k and js by 1. If k = SMAX, then set k to 0. 4

iii. If hop-port p = (GHB or LHB, 0, s, b, 0) is a usable hop-port, then 5

a. Let f be the subcarrier to which hop-port (p + (tTILE mod 2)*NBLOCK, RACKCH) 6

is mapped to by the hop permutation for Reverse Link PHY Frame j in 7

superframe with index i, as described in 2.11. 8

b. If subcarrier f is not allocated to the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control 9

Channel, 10

i. Allocate the set of subcarriers f to [f + NBLOCK,RACKCH -1] to the 11

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel for the duration of the 12

Reverse Link PHY Frame for all Reverse Link PHY Frames other 13

than those with index 0 when EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0. 14

For Reverse Link PHY Frames with index 0 within the 15

superframe when EnableHalfDuplexOperation = 0, allocate the 16

set of subcarriers f to [f + NBLOCK, RACKCH -1] only for the OFDM 17

symbols indexed NPREAMBLE through NPREAMBLE + NFRAME -1 in the 18

PHY Frame. 19

ii. The Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile index of this 20

half-tile shall be tTILE. 21

iii. Increment tTILE by 1. 22

2.12.5 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource Indexing 23

Each Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile shall further be divided into a number of 24

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel subtiles, each of which spans NBLOCK, R-ACKCH = 8 25

subcarriers in frequency and NR-ACKCH SUBTILE-DURATION = 2 OFDM symbols in time. The 26

subtiles in each Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile shall be indexed from 0 to 27

NSUBTILES – 1, where NSUBTILES = 4. The OFDM Symbol with index t shall belong to subtile 28

with index kSUBTILE, where ⎣ ⎦DURATIONSUBTILEACKCHRSUBTILE Ntk −−−= / . Each subtile allocated to 29

the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel is thus indexed by the tuple (tTILE, kSUBTILE) where 30

tTILE is the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile index and kSUBTILE is the subtile 31

index within that tile. 32

Each subtile has a total of L= NBLOCK, R-ACKCHNR-ACKCH-SUBTILE-DURATION = 16 subcarriers. 33

Exponential sequences of length L, may be used to modulate these subcarriers. The 34

combination of a subtile and a specific exponential sequence of length L shall be referred 35

to as a “Reverse Acknowledgment Channel resource.” A Reverse Acknowledgment Channel 36

resource indexed by the tuple (tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) shall correspond to the usage of 37

exponential sequence EωL to modulate the subtile (tTILE, kSUBTILE). Here the sequence Eω

L is 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-72

a sequence of length L, whose ith element EωL(i) is given by LijL eiE /2)( ωπ

ω−= where 0 ≤ i < L, 1

and j denotes the complex number (0,1). 2

2.13 Reverse Link Silence Interval 3

The Reverse Link Silence Interval shall be defined as a group of subzones over a set of 4

eight OFDM symbols, where subzones are as defined in 2.11.4. An OFDM symbol with 5

index j in the superframe with index i falls in the Reverse Link silence interval if 6

((i*NSUPERFRAME + j) – SilenceIntervalOffset) mod SilenceIntervalPeriod < 7

SilenceIntervalDuration. Here, SilenceIntervalOffset, SilenceIntervalPeriod and 8

SilenceIntervalDuration are parameters of the Overhead Messages Protocol, and 9

NSUPERFRAME is the number of OFDM symbols in a Reverse Link superframe. 10

In an OFDM symbol that belongs to the Reverse Link Silence Interval, a subcarrier with 11

index k shall belong to the Reverse Link Silence Interval if that subcarrier belongs to a 12

subzone index which has the corresponding bit set in the variable 13

SilenceIntervalSubzoneMask. SilenceIntervalSubzoneMask is a parameter of the Overhead 14

Messages Protocol. Subzone indexing is defined in 2.11.4. 15

Note that since the Reverse Link Silence Interval is specified in units of 8 OFDM symbols, 16

it either occupies an entire Reverse Link PHY Frame or half of the first Reverse Link PHY 17

Frame in a superframe. 18

The Access Terminal shall not transmit any energy on a subcarrier that is part of the 19

Reverse Link Silence Interval. This rule shall supercede any subsequent rules provided in 20

this chapter, i.e., any modulation symbol transmitted by a channel on the Reverse Link 21

Silence Interval shall be blanked (or transmitted with zero energy). 22

2.14 Forward Link Resource Channel Structures and Hop Sequence Generation 23

2.14.1 Hop-Port Indexing 24

For convenience of notation, the subcarriers of each OFDM symbol shall also use an 25

alternative indexing scheme known as hop-port indexing. In this scheme, each OFDM 26

symbol consists of a number of individually-modulated hop-ports. The number of hop-27

ports shall be equal to QSDMANHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE, where NHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE = (NDRCH + 28

NFFT) in ResourceChannelMuxMode 1 and equal to NFFT in ResourceChannelMuxMode 2. 29

Here NDRCH is equal to NSUBZONE, MAX_FL* NDRCH-SUBZONES, where NSUBZONE, MAX_FL is equal to 30

FLSubzoneSize, NDRCH-SUBZONES is equal to NumDRCHSubzones and QSDMA_FL is equal to 31

FLSDMANumSubtrees. FLSubzoneSize, NumDRCHSubzones and FLSDMANumSubtrees 32

are parameters of the Overhead Messages Protocol. 33

The hop-ports are indexed from 0 through QSDMA_FLNHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE -1. There is a 34

mapping between the QSDMA_FLNFFT hop-ports and the NFFT subcarriers, called a hop-35

permutation. The hop-permutation may change every OFDM symbol and may be different 36

for different sectors. The sequence of hop-permutations, also called the hop sequence, is 37

described in 2.11.5 and 2.11.6. 38

Note that the set of QSDMA_FLNHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE hop-ports is divided into QSDMA_FL “SDMA 39

subtrees,” indexed 0 through QSDMA_FL -1. Here the notion of SDMA subtree is as defined in 40

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-73

[2]. Each SDMA subtree shall have NHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE hop-ports, and the SDMA subtree 1

with index q shall contain hop-ports indexed qNHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE through (q+1)NHOP-PORTS-2

PER-SUBTREE -1. 3

2.14.2 Forward Link Resource Channel Structures 4

The Forward Data Channel supports Distributed Resource Channel (DRCH) and Block 5

Resource Channel (BRCH) structures. 6

2.14.2.1 Distributed Resource Channel (DRCH) Structure 7

With the DRCH structure, a set of hop-ports is mapped to subcarriers that are scattered 8

across the entire available bandwidth or across a large subset of the bandwidth. The set of 9

subcarriers consists of NBLOCK regularly spaced subcarriers on each of NFRAME contiguous 10

OFDM symbols. 11

2.14.2.2 Block Resource Channel (BRCH) Structure 12

In the BRCH structure, users are assigned sets of NBLOCK contiguous subcarriers. The 13

mapping between hop-ports and frequency is kept constant throughout the PHY Frame 14

(NFRAME OFDM symbols). Each set therefore defines a hop region consisting of NBLOCK 15

contiguous subcarriers and NFRAME contiguous OFDM symbols, also referred to as a tile. 16

17

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-74

PHY Frame

(8 OFDM Symbols)

NBLOCK

User 1

User 2

User 3

PHY Frame

(8 OFDM Symbols)

N = 34

Subcarrier

Spacing

1 Subcarrier

User 1

User 2

(a) DRCH structure (b) BRCH structure

1

Figure 2.14.2.2-1. Examples of DRCH and BRCH structures 2

2.14.3 Multiplexing Resource Channel Structures 3

DRCH and BRCH structures can both be used in the same PHY Frame so that frequency 4

diversity and frequency-selective transmissions are simultaneously supported. There are 5

two resource multiplexing modes defined by the value of ResourceChannelMuxMode 6

which may be equal to 1 or 2. The choice of resource multiplexing mode is based on the 7

parameter ResourceChannelMuxMode from the Overhead Messages Protocol. If 8

ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1, the DRCH structures are punctured onto the BRCH 9

structures. The common pilot is transmitted over the entire bandwidth. If 10

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-75

ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2, the DRCH and BRCH structures are only used on 1

different subzones, where subzones are defined in 2.14.4.1. 2

3

PHY Frame

( 8 OFDM Symbols)

PHY Frame

( 8 OFDM Symbols)

1 Subcarrier

(a ) Multiplexing Mode 1 (b ) Multiplexing Mode 2

BRCH zone

DRCH

Structures

BRCH

Structures

DRCH zone

4

Figure 2.14.3-1. Example of Multiplexing Resource Structure 5

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-76

2.14.4 Hop-Port and Subcarrier Partitioning 1

2.14.4.1 Partition of Subcarriers into Subzones 2

In this section, the partitioning of subcarriers into subzones are described. 3

The subcarriers that do not belong to guard are divided into subzones. The number of 4

subzones is determined by the number of non-guard subcarriers and the maximum 5

permissible number of subcarriers in a subzone NSUBZONE_MAX,FL is given by the 6

FLSubzoneSize field of the OMP and can be either 64 or 128. The number of subcarriers in 7

each subzone is determined so that the sizes of all subzones are as even as possible. 8

The set of (NFFT – NGUARD) usable subcarriers shall be divided into a number of subzones. 9

The number of subzones S shall be given by 10

,

FFT GUARD

SUBZONE MAX

N NS

N

⎡ ⎤−= ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥

. 11

Here NSUBZONE, MAX is the maximum permissible number of subcarriers in each subzone. 12

The subzones shall be indexed 0 through S-1. 13

Let SSPLIT = ((NFFT – NGUARD) / NBLOCK)mod S. Subzones indexed 0 though (SSPLIT -1) shall 14

have NSUBZONE-BIG = FFT GUARDBLOCK

BLOCK

N NN

N S

⎡ ⎤−⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥

subcarriers and subzones indexed SSPLIT 15

through S-1 shall have NSUBZONE-SMALL = FFT GUARDBLOCK

BLOCK

N NN

N S

⎢ ⎥−⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

subcarriers. The sub-16

carriers shall be sequentially allocated to the subzones i.e., subcarriers indexed NGUARD/2 17

through NGUARD, LEFT + NSUBZONE-BIG -1 shall be allocated to subzone with index 0, subcarriers 18

indexed NGUARD, LEFT + NSUBZONE-BIG through NGUARD, LEFT + 2NSUBZONE-BIG -1 shall be allocated to 19

subzone with index 1 etc. The number of subcarriers in subzone s shall be denoted as 20

NSUBZONE(s). 21

Note that hop-ports may also be partitioned into subzones as described in 2.14.4.3. The 22

phrase “subzone” may be used to refer to either “hop-port subzones” or “subcarrier 23

subzones.” In some cases, the phrases “subcarrier subzones” and “hop-port subzones” are 24

used explicitly. In other cases, where the phrase “subzone” is used, its meaning (i.e., 25

whether it refers to a subcarrier subzone or a hop-port subzone) can be inferred from the 26

context. 27

2.14.4.2 Reserved Subzones 28

A number of subzones shall be reserved in certain Forward Link PHY Frames. Hop-ports 29

that are part of a reserved subzone are not usable for DRCH and BRCH resources. A 30

reserved subzone always maps to a contiguous set of subcarriers. A hop-port from any 31

reserved subzone is referred to as reserved hop-port. 32

A number of these reserved subzones are used for BCMCS. 33

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-77

2.14.4.3 Alternate Indexing of Hop-Ports 1

In this section, hop-ports are divided into subzones and an alternative indexing scheme is 2

described. The hop-ports of each SDMA subtree are evenly divided into groups with size 3

NSUBZONE,MAX, referred to as “hop-port subzones.” The hop-port subzones are further 4

grouped into DRCH zone and BRCH zone. An alternative indexing scheme is used for each 5

hop-port, which is based on its relative position in the SDMA subtree, the subzone in the 6

subtree, the block within the subzone, and the hop-port within the block. 7

For convenience of notation, an alternative indexing scheme may be used for hop-ports. A 8

hop-port p shall be denoted as “hop-port (DRCH, q, s, b, r)” if the hop-port is a DRCH hop-9

port and as “hop-port (BRCH, q, s, b, r)” if it is a BRCH hop-port. The values of q, s, b, r 10

shall be computed as follows: 11

1. q = p / NHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE . 12

2. Hop-ports 0 through NDRCH -1 within the subtree shall be DRCH hop-ports. All 13

other hop-ports shall be BRCH hop-ports. 14

3. s shall be given by 15

a. (p mod NHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE) / NSUBZONE, MAX in 16

ResourceChannelMuxMode 2 and for DRCH hop-ports in 17

ResourceChannelMuxMode 1. 18

b. ((p mod NHOP-PORTS-PER-SUBTREE) – NDRCH)/ NSUBZONE, MAX for BRCH resources 19

in ResourceChannelMuxMode 1. 20

4. b = (p mod NSUBZONE, MAX) mod NBLOCK. 21

5. r = p mod NBLOCK. 22

Thus q is the index of the SDMA subtree, s is the index of the subzone within the subtree, 23

b is the index of the hop-port-block within the subzone and r is the index of the hop-port 24

within the block. 25

In this specification, the notations p and (DRCH/BRCH, q, s, b, r) shall be used 26

interchangeably. 27

2.14.4.4 Usable and Unusable Hop-Ports 28

Since the number of available subcarriers is less than NFFT, the hop-ports are classified 29

into usable and unusable hop-ports in this section. The goal is to ensure that the number 30

of usable hop-ports is equal to the number of available subcarriers. A hop-port is marked 31

as usable only if it is not in a subzone allocated to BCMCS and not reserved to map to a 32

guard subcarrier. 33

A hop-port (DRCH/BRCH, q, s, b, r) shall be usable only if all of the following conditions 34

are true: 35

1. s < S. 36

2. Subzone s is not allocated to the BCMCS. 37

3. r < NSUBZONE(s). 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-78

All other hop-ports shall be unusable. All unusable hop-ports shall be mapped to the 1

guard subcarriers. The exact mapping is not specified since the unusable hop-ports shall 2

not be modulated. 3

2.14.5 Hop Sequence Generation for PHY Frames 4

In each SDMA subtree, a usable hop-port is mapped to an available subcarrier that is not 5

a guard or a reserved subcarrier. BRCH hop-port mapping is performed first, followed by 6

DRCH hop-port mapping. For BRCH hop-port mapping, a hop-port block of NBLOCK 7

contiguous hop-ports is mapped to a block of contiguous subcarriers of the same size. The 8

mapping function consists of a sector- and subzone-specific permutation function 9

HitsSECTOR,BRCH. It permutes the hop-port blocks locally within a subzone. HitsSECTOR,BRCH 10

changes every frame and repeats every 16 superframes i.e., the permutation in OFDM 11

symbol t in superframe i is the same as the permutation in OFDM symbol t of superframe 12

(i+16). Examples of DRCH hop-port to subcarrier mapping for ResourceChannelMuxMode 13

= 1 and ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2 are shown in Figure 2.14.5-1 and Figure 2.14.5-2 14

respectively. 15

DRCH hop-port mapping is defined by a sector and subzone-specific offset InnerOffsetDRCH 16

and pruned bit reversal interleaver which is described in 2.6.2. InnerOffsetDRCH changes 17

every 2 OFDM symbols and repeats every 16 superframes. It maps a hop-port block of 18

NBLOCK contiguous hop-ports to NBLOCK subcarriers regularly spaced over the entire DRCH 19

available subcarriers. Starting subcarriers of all DRCH blocks within DRCH zone are 20

chosen in bit-reversed order of DRCH block indices realized due to pruned bit-reversal 21

interleaver defined in section 2.6.2. The sector and subzone-specific offset is then applied 22

to the starting subcarriers of the DRCH blocks within a subzone to randomize interference 23

from other sectors in that DRCH subzone. The starting subcarrier of the entire DRCH zone 24

changes every 2 OFDM symbols in order to sample the whole set of available subcarriers. 25

If ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1, DRCH available subcarriers are all subcarriers except 26

for guard subcarriers or subcarriers mapped by reserved hop-ports. If 27

ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2, DRCH available subcarriers are subcarriers within a 28

DRCH zone, separated from the BRCH zone. If ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1, if a 29

subcarrier is mapped by both a BRCH hop-port and a DRCH hop-port, it shall be mapped 30

by the DRCH hop-port. In this case, the BRCH subcarrier block is punctured by this 31

DRCH subcarrier. Figure 2.14.5-1. and Figure 2.14.5-2. show an example of DRCH hop-32

port to subcarrier mapping for ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1 and 33

ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2, respectively. 34

Finally, the mapping function is the same for all SDMA subtrees, i.e. the ith hop-port 35

within each SDMA subtree is mapped to the same subcarrier. 36

37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-79

1


ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1 3

4

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-80

Hop-ports in qth SDMA subtree Subcarriers in a OFDM symbol

Subzone 0

Subzone 1

Subzone 2

Subzone 3

Hop- port in DRCH zone

Hop- ports mapped to guard subcarriers

BCMCS subzone

An example of DRCH hop-port to subcarrier mapping

Subzone 0

Subzone 1

Subzone 2

Subzone 3

Hop-port(q,s,b,r)

Hop- port in BRCH zone

DRCH zone

BRCH zone

BRCH zone

DRCH zone

1


ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2 3

2.14.5.1 BRCH Hop-Port to Subcarrier Mapping 4

The BRCH hop-port to subcarrier mapping shall be identical in both 5

ResourceChannelMuxModes. Note however that the number of hop-ports assigned to the 6

BRCH may be different in both modes. 7

In Forward Link PHY Frame indexed j within superframe indexed i, a BRCH hop-port 8

(BRCH, q, s, b, r) shall be mapped to subcarrier indexed 9

f = NGUARD,LEFT + Σ{i<s} NSUBZONE(i), + HSECTORijs(b) × NBLOCK + r in ResourceChannelMuxMode 10

1, and f = NGUARD,LEFT + Σ{i<π(s)} NSUBZONE(i), + HSECTORijs(b) × NBLOCK + r in 11

ResourceChannelMuxMode 2, where the permuted subzone index π(s) and the intra-12

subzone permutation HSECTORijs shall be generated according to the procedures listed 13

below. 14

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-81

Procedure to determine the permuted subzone index π(s): 1

1. Define the sets A = {0, 1, …, S-1} and B = {PBRI(k,S), 0 < k < NDRCH-SUBZONES}. Here 2

PBRI is defined in 2.6.2. 3

2. Remove the elements of set B from the set A; i.e., compute the set difference D = A 4

– B. 5

3. Arrange the elements of set D in ascending order, D[0] < D[1] < D[2] < …. 6

4. Set π(s) to D[s - NDRCH-SUBZONES]+((25×i+j) mod 8) mod S 7

Procedure to determine intra-subzone permutation HSECTORijs: 8

1. Set SEEDSECTOR = fPHY-HASH (6*220 + SectorSeed) where SectorSeed is as defined in 9

2.3.1.3 and fPHY-HASH is the hash function described in 2.6.4. 10

2. HSECTORijs is the permutation of size NSUBZONE(s)/NBLOCK generated with seed 11

SEEDSECTOR using the common permutation generation algorithm described in 12

2.6.1. 13

If the ResourceChannelMuxMode is 1 and a DRCH hop-port is mapped to subcarrier f, via 14

the mapping described in 2.11.5.3, the BRCH hop-port (BRCH, q, s, b, r) is invalid. 15

2.14.5.2 DRCH Hop-Port to Subcarrier Mapping 16

2.14.5.2.1 DRCH Available Subcarrier Indexing 17

For convenience of notation, the subcarriers are indexed by a “DRCH available subcarrier 18

index.” The available subcarrier index shall be defined as follows: 19

1. Initialize a subcarrier counter f and an available subcarrier index counter fAVAIL-DRCH 20

to 0. 21

2. Repeat the following steps until f = NFFT : 22

a. Set a flag FLAGAVAIL to TRUE. 23

b. Set FLAGAVAIL to FALSE if the subcarrier with index f is : 24

i. A guard subcarrier, or 25

ii. Allocated to the BCMCS. 26

iii. If the ResourceChannelMuxMode is 2 and a BRCH hop-port is 27

mapped to this subcarrier via the mapping described in 2.11.6. 28

c. If FLAGAVAIL is true, 29

i. The available subcarrier index of subcarrier f shall be equal to fAVAIL-30

DRCH. 31

ii. Increment fAVAIL-DRCH by 1. 32

d. Increment f by 1. 33

3. The total number of DRCH available subcarriers NDRCH-AVAIL-SUBCARRIERS shall be equal 34

to the final value of the counter fAVAIL-DRCH. 35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-82

Note that the DRCH available subcarrier index of a given subcarrier may change every 1

frame. Also note that the subcarrier indexing is different in the two 2

ResourceChannelMuxModes. 3

2.14.5.2.2 DRCH Hop-Port to Subcarrier Mapping 4

In the OFDM symbol with index t in superframe with index i, the hop-port (DRCH, q, s, b, 5

r) shall be mapped to the subcarrier with DRCH available subcarrier index fAVAIL-6

DRCH(DRCH, q, s, b, r) defined according to the following procedure: 7

1. Compute a common offset ZoneOffsetDRCH that is applied to the entire DRCH zone 8

and changes every two OFDM symbols: ZoneOffsetDRCH = fPHY-HASH (18*16*128 + (i 9

mod 16)*128 + / 2t⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ) mod NDRCH-AVAIL-SUBCARRIERS. 10

2. Compute the number of usable subcarrier blocks comprised of all subzones 11

preceding subzone s: (1/ ) ( )DRCH BLOCK SUBZONEi s

i DRCH

SubzoneOffset N N i<

∈

= ∑ . 12

3. Compute a subzone specific and sector specific offset InnerOffsetDRCH within the 13

subzone that changes every two OFDM symbols: InnerOffsetDRCH = fPHY-HASH 14

(17*16*128 + (i mod 16)*128 + / 2t⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ) mod (NSUBZONE (s)/NBLOCK). 15

4. Compute reference position RefPosDRCH of the usable subcarrier block b as a 16

pruned bit reversed value of its logical location corresponding to the subzone s and 17

block index b: 18

RefPosDRCH = PBRI(SubzoneOffsetDRCH + InnerOffsetDRCH + b, NDRCH-AVAIL-SUBCARRIERS), 19

where PBRI(i, M) is generated as specified in 2.6.2. 20

5. Compute fAVAIL-DRCH (DRCH, q, s, b, r) = (RefPosDRCH + ZoneOffsetDRCH + r(NDRCH-AVAIL-21

SUBCARRIERS/NBLOCK)) mod NDRCH-AVAIL-SUBCARRIERS. 22

2.15 Forward Link Control Segment Resource Allocation and Indexing 23

In every PHY Frame in a superframe, the forward link control channels, i.e., the Forward 24

Acknowledgment Channel, the Forward Start-of-Packet Channel, the Forward Shared 25

Control Channel, the Forward Fast Other Sector Interference Channel, the Forward 26

Interference over Thermal Channel, the Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel and the 27

Forward Power Control Channel shall be multiplexed together onto a set of NFLCS-BLOCKS 28

hop-port blocks, referred to as the “Forward Link Control Segment.” The notion of hop-29

port block is as defined in 2.14.4. The value of NFLCS-BLOCKS is given by NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS + 30

3*NFLCS-LAB-SEGMENTS, where NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS and NFLCS-LAB-SEGMENTS are given by the 31

NumCommonSegmentHop-portBlocks and NumLABSegments fields of the OMP 32

respectively. . The hop-port blocks or tiles shall be indexed 0 through NFLCS-BLOCKS - 1. The 33

hop-ports in these blocks shall be referred to as “Forward Link Control Segment hop-34

ports”. The tiles shall be referred to as “Forward Link Control Segment tiles”. The Forward 35

Link Control Segment shall operate on either all the BRCH resources or all the DRCH 36

resources. The choice of BRCH/DRCH is as specified by UseDRCHForFLCS field of 37

Overhead Message Protocol. 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-83

2.15.1 Allocation of Blocks to the Forward Link Control Segment 1

For the purpose of allocating hop-port blocks to the Forward Link Control Segment (FLCS), 2

a separate indexing scheme shall be used. If the field UseDRCHForFLCS is ‘1’ (i.e., the 3

Forward Link Control Segment is to be transmitted on the DRCH resources), then the set 4

of usable hop-port blocks in the DRCH zone shall be given an FLCSUsableBlockIndex 5

according to the following rule. 6

1. Initialize a hop-port block counter b to 0. Initialize an FLCSUsableBlockIndex 7

counter k to 0. 8

2. If hop-port block b in subtree 0 is comprised of only usable hop-ports (as defined 9

in the Physical Layer) and is part of the DRCH zone (as described in 2.14.2.2), then 10

a. The FLCSUsableBlockIndex of this hop-port block shall be k. 11

b. Increment k by 1. 12

3. Increment b by 1. 13

4. Repeat steps (2) and (3) until all hop-port blocks in the DRCH zone have been 14

exhausted. 15

5. Set TotalNumBlocks = k. 16

If the field UseDRCHForFLCS is ‘1’, (i.e., the Forward Link Control Segment is to be 17

transmitted on the DRCH resources), a total of NFLCS-BLOCKS hop-port blocks shall be 18

allocated to the Forward Link Control Segment. Each of these hop-port blocks shall be 19

referred to as Forward Link Control Segment blocks. 20

If the field UseDRCHForFLCS is ‘0’ (i.e., the Forward Link Control Segment is to be 21

transmitted on the BRCH resources), a total of NFLCS-BLOCKS tiles shall be allocated to the 22

Forward Link Control Segment. Each of these tiles shall be referred to as Forward Link 23

Control Segment tiles. The set of usable tiles in the BRCH zone shall be given an 24

FLCSUsableTileIndex according to the following rule. 25

1. Initialize a tile counter t to 0. Initialize an FLCSUsableTileIndex counter k to 0. 26

2. If tile t comprises of only usable sub-carriers (as defined in the Physical Layer) and 27

is part of the BRCH zone (as described in 2.14.2.2), then 28

a. The FLCSUsableTileIndex of this tile shall be k. 29

b. Increment k by 1. 30

3. Increment t by 1. 31

4. Repeat steps (2) and (3) until all tiles in the BRCH zone have been exhausted. 32

5. Set TotalNumTiles = k. 33

The Forward Link Control Segment usable tiles should be divided into 3 Forward Link 34

Control Segment hopping zones. The FLCSHoppingZoneIndex of tile with 35

FLCSUsableTileIndex = i is given by FLCSHoppingZoneIndex(i) = i*3/TotalNumTiles 36

for i = 0, 1, …, TotalNumTiles-1. 37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-84

The tile allocation for Forward Link Control Segment tiles shall be obtained according to 1

the following procedure. 2

1. Initialize the counter k of Forward Link Control Segment hop-port blocks to 0. 3

Initialize the counter m of exchanged hop-ports to 0. Initialize three counters 4

c0,c1,c2 of usable hop-port blocks within each of the three control hopping zones to 5

0. 6

2. Set d = m mod 3. 7

3. If cd < Md then 8

a. Set the exchanged hop-port block ExchHop-portBlockij[k] associated with 9

the kth hop-port block FLCSHop-portBlock[k] of the Forward Link Control 10

Segment to be the (D + Hdij(cd))th usable hop-port block FLCSUsableBlock[D 11

+ Hdij(cd)] where D = 0 if d = 0, D = M0 if d = 1 and D = (M0 + M1) if d = 2. 12

b. Increment cd by 1; 13

c. Increment m by 1; 14

d. Increment k by 1; 15

e. Proceed to 4; 16

otherwise 17

a. Increment m by 1; 18

b. Repeat 2 and 3. 19

4. If k < NFLCS-BLOCKS then repeat 2 and 3. 20

21

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-85

2

1

0

2

1

0

2

1

0

2

1

0

2

1

0

2

1

0

2

1

0

2

1

0

1 PHY Frame

0

1

2

Tiles for

Data

Transmission

Tiles for

Control

Transmission

Time

1

Figure 2.15.1-1. Illustration of Forward Link Control Segment Hopping with BRCH 2

Resources 3

2.15.2 Nominal Location of Forward Link Control Segment 4

There shall be a total of NFLCS-BLOCKS Forward Link Control Segment blocks indexed from 0 5

through NFLCS-BLOCKS-1. The ith Forward Link Control Segment block shall be nominally 6

located at tile (i mod 3) * ⎣TotalNumBlocks/3⎦ + ⎣i/3⎦ * ⎣TotalNumBlocks/NFLCS-BLOCKS⎦. 7

2.15.3 Nominally Available Subcarriers 8

All subcarriers that are not part of a nominal Forward Link Control Segment block (as 9

defined in 2.15.2) and are not guard subcarriers shall be defined as “Nominally Available 10

Subcarriers.” The nominally available subcarriers shall be sequentially indexed from 0 11

through NAVAILABLE -1, where NAVAILABLE = NFFT – NGUARD – NBLOCK * NFLCS-BLOCKS. 12

2.15.4 Impact of Forward Link Control Segment hopping on Data hopping 13

In the preceding sections, data hop-port to subcarrier mapping was described assuming a 14

nominal location of Forward Link Control Segment tiles. However, the Forward Link 15

Control Segment tiles may not always be present in its nominal location. It may hop to 16

some other location as described in 2.15.1. In this section, the effect of Forward Link 17

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-86

Control Segment hopping on data hop-port mapping is described. If a Forward Link 1

Control Segment tile hops from its nominal location to a different location, the data hop-2

ports that are displaced by the Forward Link Control Segment tile are re-mapped to the 3

newly freed-up subcarriers where the nominal location of this Forward Link Control 4

Segment tile is. 5

The set of subcarriers that belong to the actual Forward Link Control Segment tiles but 6

not to a nominal Forward Link Control Segment tile shall be known as “displaced 7

subcarriers.” The displaced subcarriers shall be sequentially 0 through NFLCSDISPLACED -1, 8

with lower indexed subcarriers also having a lower indexed “displaced subcarrier index.” 9

The set of subcarriers that belong to the nominal Forward Link Control Segment tiles but 10

not to an actual Forward Link Control Segment tile shall be known as “newly freed-up 11

subcarriers.” The newly freed-up subcarriers shall be indexed 0 through NFLCSNEWLYFREEDUP -12

1. A hop-port p that would have been mapped to a displaced subcarrier with displaced 13

subcarrier index f gets mapped to a newly freed subcarrier with the same index instead. 14

2.15.5 Forward Link Control Segment Resource Definition and Indexing 15

Since the Forward Link control channels Forward Acknowledgment Channel, Forward 16

Start-of-Packet Channel, Forward Fast Other Sector Interference Channel, Forward 17

Interference over Thermal Channel, and Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel are 18

transmitted using 3rd order diversity, the Forward Link Control Segment hop-ports shall 19

be divided into groups of 3, each of which shall be referred to as an “Forward Link Control 20

Segment resource.” Any given Forward Link Control Segment resource shall be used to 21

modulate one type of channel. For example, if Forward Acknowledgment Channel is 22

transmitted on one hop-port in a Forward Link Control Segment resource, then the 23

Forward Acknowledgment Channel shall be transmitted on the other two hop-ports as 24

well. The Forward Link Control Segment resources are indexed as RFLCS = {0.1.2,….} and 25

are modulated starting with Forward Acknowledgment Channel, followed by Forward 26

Start-of-Packet Channel, Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel, Forward Fast Other 27

Sector Interference Channel, Forward Interference over Thermal Channel, Forward Power 28

Control Channel, and finally the Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel. Details of the 29

Forward Link Control Segment resources used for each such channel is in the description 30

of the respective channel. 31

2.15.5.1.1 Forward Link Control Segment Partitioning 32

If the Forward Link Control Segment is transmitted over BRCH subzones, the Forward 33

Link Control Segment is partitioned into the Common Segment (CS) and zero or more LAB 34

Segments (LS). The term LAB refers to Link Assignment Block as defined in [2]. 35

The Common Segment shall be present in all Forward Link PHY Frames and shall contain 36

all Forward Link control channels except the Forward Shared Control Channel, i.e., the 37

Forward Acknowledgment Channel, the Forward Start-of-Packet Channel, the Forward 38

Fast Other Sector Interference Channel, the Forward Interference over Thermal Channel, 39

the Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel and the Forward Power Control Channel. The 40

Common Segment may also contain the Forward Shared Control Channel . The Common 41

Segment shall contain Forward Link Control Segment blocks with Forward Link Control 42

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-87

Segment Block Index 0 through NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS -1. Here NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS is equal to 1

NumFLCSCommonBlocks parameter of the OMP. 2

The LAB Segments, if present, shall contain only the Forward Shared Control Channel . 3

The LAB Segment with index j shall contain Forward Link Control Segment Blocks with 4

indices NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS + 3j through NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS + 3j +2. 5

Define NFLCS-BLOCKS = NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS + 3* NFLCS-LAB-SEGMENTS , where NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS, is 6

the number of hop-port blocks for the Common Segment and NFLCS-LAB-SEGMENTS is the 7

number of LAB segments as defined in the NumLABSegments parameter of the OMP. Each 8

LAB segment has 3 hop-port blocks. Let 5 be the maximum allowable value of NFLCS-9

COMMON-BLOCKS. 10

The Forward Link Control Segment partitioning is defined as follows: 11

1. If NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS <= 5 and NFLCS-LAB-SEGMENTS = 0, the Common Segment shall 12

contain the Non Forward Shared Control Channel channels and the Forward 13

Shared Control Channel. There shall be no LAB Segment. 14

2. If NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS <= 5 and NFLCS-LAB-SEGMENTS > 0, the Common Segment shall 15

contain the Non Forward Shared Control Channel channels and Broadcast LABs 16

[2]. The LAB Segment shall contain the unicast LABs [2]. 17

3. If NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS > 5, the Common Segment shall contain only the Non Forward 18

Shared Control Channel channels. The LAB Segment shall contain only the unicast 19

and broadcast LABs [2]. 20

2.15.5.1.2 Forward Link Control Segment Resource Indexing 21

The Forward Link Control Segment resources shall only map to hop-ports in the Common 22

Segment. 23

Since the Non Forward Shared Control Channel channels are transmitted using 3rd order 24

diversity, each Forward Link Control Segment resource corresponding to the Non Forward 25

Shared Control Channel channels are allotted 3 hop-ports. These 3 hop-ports shall be 26

present in disjoint hop-port blocks, referred to as TileSegments (see Figure 2.15.5.1.2-1). 27

The TileSegments are indexed as {0, 1, 2}. 28

29

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-88

1

Figure 2.15.5.1.2-1. TileSegments for Forward Link Control Segment 2

For RFLCS such that 0 ≤ RFLCS < 36*NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS, the Forward Link Control Segment 3

resource with index RFLCS shall be allocated resources according to the following 4

procedure: 5

1. Define hBLOCK-INDEX = ( RFLCS/4 ) mod NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS and rINTRA-INDEX = 6

4* RFLCS /(4NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS) + (RFLCS mod 4). 7

2. For k = {0, 1, 2} 8

a. Let pk = FkPORT-MAPPING(rINTRA-INDEX) and tk = FkSYMBOL-MAPPING(rINTRA-INDEX). Here 9

FkPORT-MAPPING and FkSYMBOL-MAPPING are the port and symbol mappings for 10

TileSegment k as shown in Figure 2.15.5.1.2-1. 11

b. Let hk = (hBLOCK-INDEX + kNFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS) mod NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS. 12

c. The hop-port with index pk in OFDM symbol with index tk in Forward Link 13

Control Segment tile with index hk shall be allocated to the Forward Link 14

Control Segment resource RFLCS. 15

2.15.5.2 Forward Link Control Segment Resource Indexing when UseDRCHForFLCS = 1 16

The DRCH Forward Link Control Segment resources shall be indexed starting from 0. 17

Define NFLCS-DRCH-SPACING = ,( ) / 3FLCS DRCH BLOCKS FRAME FN N− −⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ . The Forward Link Control 18

Segment resources shall be indexed and allocated hop-ports according to the following 19

procedure: 20

1. Initialize a Forward Link Control Segment resource counter RFLCS to 0 and three 21

counters C0, C1 and C2 to 0. 22

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

2-89

2. If NFLCS-DRCH-BLOCKS mod 3 = 0, define OFFSETDRCH-FLCS = ( ) / 3FLCS DRCH SPACINGN − −⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ , 1

else let OFFSETDRCH-FLCS = 0. 2

3. For k = {0, 1, 2}, perform the following steps. 3

a. Define ak = kNFLCS-DRCH-SPACING + (Ck + k*OFFSETDRCH-FLCS) mod NFLCS-DRCH-4

SPACING. 5

b. Set tSYMBOL-INDEX = /( )k FLCS DRCH BLOCKS BLOCKa N N− −⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ 6

c. Set hTILE-INDEX = NFLCS-BRCH-BLOCKS + mod( )k FLCS DRCH BLOCKS BLOCK

BLOCK

a N N

N− −⎢ ⎥

⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

7

d. Set pPORT-INDEX = (ak mod NBLOCK). 8

e. If Ck = NFLCS-DRCH-SPACING, halt this procedure. The total number of DRCH 9

Forward Link Control Segment resources NFLCS-DRCH-RESOURCES shall be equal 10

to RFLCS+1. 11

f. Increment Ck. 12

g. If the hop-port with index pPORT-INDEX in OFDM symbol with index tSYMBOL-13

INDEX in the block with index hBLOCK-INDEX is mapped to a subcarrier that is 14

modulated by one of the forward pilot channels (Forward Common Pilot 15

Channel, Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel, Forward 16

Dedicated Pilot Channel, Forward Beacon Pilot Channel) or if the OFDM 17

symbol with index tSYMBOL-INDEX is part of a BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbol: 18

i. Repeat Steps (a) to (g). 19

h. The hop-port with index pPORT-INDEX in OFDM symbol with index tSYMBOL-INDEX 20

shall be allocated to the Forward Link Control Segment resource with index 21

RFLCS as the k’th hop-port in that Forward Link Control Segment resource. 22

4. Increment RFLCS by 1 and repeat step 3. 23

24

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-1

3 REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS TERMINAL OPERATION 1

This section defines requirements that are specific to Access Terminal equipment and 2

operation. An Access Terminal may support operation in one or more band classes. 3

3.1 Transmitter 4

3.1.1 Frequency Parameters 5

3.1.1.1 Channel Spacing and Designation 6

See [13] for a description of the band classes that an Access Terminal may support. 7

3.1.1.2 Frequency Tolerance 8

The Access Terminal shall meet the requirements of the current version of [11]. 9

3.1.2 Power Output Characteristics 10

All power levels are referenced to the Access Terminal antenna connector unless 11

otherwise specified. 12

3.1.2.1 Maximum Output Power 13


The Access Terminal shall be capable of transmitting at the minimum specified power level 15

when transmitting only on the Access Channel, the Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control 16

Channel, the Reverse CDMA Data Channel, the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control 17

Channel, or the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel, and when commanded to maximum 18

output power. The output power may be lower when transmitting on more than one of the 19

following: Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel, Reverse CDMA Data Channel, 20

Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel, Reverse OFDMA Data Channel, or the 21

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel. The Access Terminal shall not exceed the maximum 22

specified power levels under any circumstances. 23

3.1.2.2 Output Power Limits 24

3.1.2.2.1 Minimum Controlled Output Power 25


3.1.3 Modulation Characteristics 27

3.1.3.1 Reverse Link Signals 28

Each of the PHY Frames is further divided into a CDMA segment and an OFDMA segment. 29

3.1.3.3 and 3.1.3.4 list the set of channels that are part of the CDMA segment and the 30

OFDMA segment respectively. 31

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-2

3.1.3.1.1 Channel Structures 1

The structure of the code channels transmitted by a Access Terminal is shown in Figure 2

3.1.3.1.1-1. 3

4

5

Figure 3.1.3.1.1-1. Reverse Channels Transmitted by the Access Terminal 6

3.1.3.1.1.1 Reverse Link OFDMA Channels 7

The Reverse Link OFDMA channels consist of the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel, the 8

Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel, the Reverse Acknowledgement Channel and 9

the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel. 10

The structure of the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel is shown in Figure 3.1.3.1.1.1-1. 11

The structure of the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel is shown in Figure 12

3.1.3.1.1.1-2. The structure of the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel is shown in Figure 13

3.1.3.1.1.1-3. 14

15

16

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.1-1. Channel Structure for Reverse Acknowledgment Channel 17

18

19

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.1-2. Channel Structure for Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control 20

Channel 21

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-3

1

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.1-3. Channel Structure for Reverse OFDMA Data Channel 2

3.1.3.1.1.2 Reverse Link CDMA Channels 3

The Reverse Link CDMA channels consist of the Reverse Pilot Channel, the Reverse 4

Auxiliary Pilot Channel, the Reverse Access Channel, the Reverse CDMA Dedicated 5

Control Channel an the Reverse CDMA Data Channel. 6

The structure of the Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel is shown in Figure 7

3.1.3.1.1.2-1. The structure of the Reverse CDMA Data Channel is shown in Figure 8

3.1.3.1.1.2-2. 9

The CDMA segment is generated as shown in Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-3. The CDMA and OFDMA 10

segments are multiplexed as shown in Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-4. 11

12

13

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-1. Channel Structure for Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel 14

15

16

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-2. Channel Structure for Reverse CDMA Data Channel 17

18

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-4

1

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-3. Structure of the Reverse Link CDMA Segment for the ith CDMA 2

Subsegment 3

4

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-5

1

Inverse

Fourier

Transform

Operation

Windowing

Operation

Overlap-

and-Add

Operation

Upconversion

and

PA

B

C Sum of (B), (C)

and (D) on each

subcarrier

Mapping of the

Z Sequences to

OFDM Symbols

of a PHY Frame

Equate the mod

Symbol to 0 on

the R-ACKCH

Subcarriers as

Defined by FLSS

A

Symbols

from the

CDMA

Segment

Wrap-Around

R-DPICH

R-ODCCH

Modulated

Data

In All

Quarter-Tiles

with R-ODCCH

R-DPICH

Modulation

Symbols

R-ACKCH

Modulation

Symbols

Hop-Port

and

OFDM-Symbol

Mapping

Using FLSS

Hop Patterns C

In All Tiles

with R-ODCH

Wrap-Around

R-DPICH,

R-ACKCH,

and R-ODCCH

Subcarriers as

Defined by RLSS

Hop-Port

and

OFDM-Symbol

Mapping

Using RLSS

Hop Patterns

E

R-DPICH

Modulation

Symbols

R-ODCH

Modulated

Data

B

D

Sum all

instances of R-

ACKCH

D

E

2

Figure 3.1.3.1.1.2-4. Structure of the Reverse Link OFDMA Segment and the 3

CDMA/OFDMA Multiplexing 4

5

3.1.3.2 CDMA Structure and Modulation Parameters 6

The CDMA segment carries the Reverse Access Channel, the Reverse Pilot Channel and 7

the Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel. The CDMA segment can also carry the 8

Reverse CDMA Data Channel CDMA and the Reverse CDMA Auxiliary Pilot Channel. 9

Transmissions from different Access Terminals in the CDMA segment are multiplexed in a 10

CDMA fashion, i.e., they are not orthogonal with respect to each other. 11

The waveforms corresponding to the different channels that are carried on the CDMA 12

segment are first generated in the time-domain. The time-domain waveforms of the 13

different channels are then added together and the resulting waveform is converted to the 14

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-6

frequency domain using a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) operation. The resulting 1

frequency-domain sequence is then mapped to the subcarriers of an OFDM symbol that 2

are assigned to the CDMA segment for this Access Terminal. 3

The CDMA segment for each sector may consist of one or more CDMA subsegments in a 4

Reverse Link PHY Frame. The number of CDMA subsegments, as well as the subcarriers 5

assigned to each of them, is specified in 2.11. The CDMA segment modulation, including 6

the set of subcarriers on which the frequency-domain waveform is modulated, depends on 7

the target sector of that channel. For each Reverse Link PHY Frame, the MAC layer may 8

instruct the Physical Layer to transmit one or more channels on the CDMA segment, and 9

these channels may be targeted to the same or to different sectors. For each channel, the 10

MAC layer also specifies the subsegment (in the case of all channels except the Reverse 11

CDMA Data Channel) or the set of subsegments (in the case of the Reverse CDMA Data 12

Channel) on which the channel is to be transmitted, in terms of a subsegment index or a 13

set of subsegment indices. The frequency domain waveforms corresponding to all these 14

channels shall be superimposed (added together) prior to the time-domain processing 15

stage described in 3.1.3.2.2. Note that CDMA segment transmissions to one sector may 16

overlap with OFDMA segment transmissions to other sectors, in which case also the two 17

shall be superimposed. 18

The set of subcarriers corresponding to each subsegment index for a given sector in a 19

given Reverse Link PHY Frame is determined by the hop permutation, and is defined in 20

2.11. 21

3.1.3.2.1 Time-Interleaving of the CDMA Channels 22

The procedures described in this section are carried out separately for each channel in 23

each CDMA subsegment. For the Reverse CDMA Data Channel, these procedures are 24

carried out separately on each subsequence that is transmitted on a separate CDMA 25

subsegment. 26

A permutation HCTRL of size 1024 shall be generated using the common permutation 27

algorithm in Section 2.6.1 using seed [0100 0011 0000 0101 0100]. 28

A sequence X of length 1024 shall be time-interleaved to generate a sequence Y of length 29

1024 according to Y(i) = X(HCTRL(i)), where the notation A(i) denotes the ith element of the 30

sequence A. 31

3.1.3.2.2 Multiplexing the CDMA Channels 32

The procedures described in this section shall be carried out separately for each CDMA 33

subsegment. 34

For each CDMA sub-segment in a Reverse Link PHY Frame, the time-domain sequences 35

corresponding to all the channels to be transmitted in that subsegment shall be added 36

together to form a time-domain sequence YCDMA. Note that for the Reverse CDMA Data 37

Channel, only the subsequence to be transmitted in the subsegment of interest is part of 38

the addition. 39

The Reverse CDMA Data Channel may be transmitted over multiple subsegments in any 40

given PHY Frame, the set of subsegments being determined by the RCC MAC protocol. The 41

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-7

time domain Reverse CDMA Data Channel sequence (XCDCH) shall be split into multiple 1

sequences, each of length 1024, each of which is transmitted over a single subsegment. 2

The elements indexed 0 through 1023 of XCDCH form the first subsequence XCDCH,0, the 3

elements indexed 1024 to 2047 form the second subsequence XCDCH,1 etc. The sequence X-4

CDCH,i shall be transmitted in the ith subsegment allocated to the Reverse CDMA Data 5

Channel in any given PHY Frame. 6

3.1.3.2.3 DFT Operation 7

The procedures described in this section shall be carried out independently for each 8

CDMA subsegment in the Reverse Link PHY Frame. 9

The interleaved time-domain sequence YCDMA for each CDMA subsegment generated in the 10

previous section shall be broken up into NFRAME = 8 different subsequences of length 128. 11

The first 128 elements of the sequence YCDMA form the first subsequence Y0, the next 128 12

elements form the second sequence Y1, etc. Each of these subsequences shall be 13

converted to a frequency domain sequence through a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) 14

operation, which is defined in 2.6.5. 15

Let Zk denote the DFT of the 128-length subsequence Yk, 0 ≤ k ≤ 7. For all Reverse Link 16

PHY Frames except the Reverse Link PHY Frame with index 0 in a superframe, the 17

sequence Zk shall be modulated onto the OFDM symbol with index k in the Reverse Link 18

PHY Frame. For the Reverse Link PHY Frame with index 0 in a superframe, the sequence 19

Zk shall be modulated onto the OFDM symbol with index k+8. 20

The elements of the sequence Zk shall be modulated onto the subcarriers allocated to the 21

CDMA segment in the designated OFDM symbol (k or k+8, as described above) in 22

increasing order, as long as none of the subcarriers is allocated to the Reverse 23

Acknowledgment Channel of the RLSS, i.e., the element Zk(0) shall be modulated onto the 24

subcarrier with the lowest index in the CDMA subsegment, the element Zk(1) shall be 25

modulated onto the subcarrier with the next-lowest index, and the element Zk(127) shall 26

be modulated onto the subcarrier with the highest index in the CDMA subsegment. 27

Channels in a CDMA subsegment shall not modulate the subcarriers allocated to the 28

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel of the RLSS, or the subcarriers corresponding to the 29

Reverse Link silence interval of the RLSS. The modulation symbols corresponding to these 30

subcarriers shall be blanked, i.e., transmitted with zero energy. 31

3.1.3.3 CDMA Segment 32

The CDMA segment carries the Reverse Access Channel, the Reverse Pilot Channel, the 33

Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel, and the Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel. 34

Additionally, it can also carry the Reverse CDMA Data Channel. 35

3.1.3.3.1 Reverse Pilot Channel 36

The Reverse Pilot Channel (R-PICH) is an unmodulated DFT-precoded CDMA signal used 37

to assist the Access Network for reverse link power control reference and Reverse Link 38

quality measurement. 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-8

3.1.3.3.1.1 Reverse Pilot Channel Modulation 1

The Reverse Pilot Channel time-domain sequence shall be the Walsh sequence W01024, 2

where the notion of a Walsh sequence is as defined in 2.6.6. 3

3.1.3.3.1.2 Reverse Pilot Channel Scrambling 4

The Reverse Pilot Channel time-domain sequence shall be multiplied elementwise with a 5

complex scrambling sequence of length 1024 and scaled by the quantity PICHP , where 6

PPICH is the power density determined by the RCC MAC at which the Reverse Pilot Channel 7

is to be transmitted. The scrambling sequence is as defined in 2.6.3 with the seed 8

determined by the following procedure: 9

1. Let X denote the 48-bit quantity RPICHScramblingSeed which is public data of 10

the FLCS MAC Protocol. The RPICHScramblingSeed is supposed to uniquely 11

identify the Access Terminal to all its active set members. 12

2. Let Y denote the 9-bit Superframe Index and Z a 6 bit representation of the 13

Reverse Link PHY Frame Index within the superframe. 14

3. Concatenate the quantities X, Y and Z, with X forming the LSBs and Z the 15

MSBs. Further zero-pad with MSBs to obtain a 64 bit quantity W. 16

4. Split the quantity W into two 32 bit quantities W1 and W2 with W1 constituting 17

the 32 MSBs of W and W2 constituting the 32 LSBs of W. 18

5. W1 and W2 shall be hashed according to the procedure described in 2.6.4, and 19

the seed for the Reverse Pilot Channel scrambling sequence shall be bitwise 20

XOR of the resulting outputs hashed values. 21

3.1.3.3.1.3 Reverse Pilot Channel Time-Interleaving 22

The scrambled Reverse Pilot Channel sequence shall be time-interleaved according to the 23

procedure described in 3.1.3.2.1. 24

3.1.3.3.1.4 Reverse Pilot Channel Multiplexing 25

The scrambled sequence of the Reverse Pilot Channel shall be multiplexed to form a 26

CDMA time domain sequence as described in 3.1.3.2.2. 27

3.1.3.3.1.5 Reverse Pilot Channel DFT Operation 28

The DFT operation on the CDMA subsegment containing the Reverse Pilot Channel 29

transmission shall be performed as described in 3.1.3.2.3. 30

3.1.3.3.2 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel 31

The Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel (R-AuxPICH) is transmitted in every subsegment 32

containing a Reverse CDMA Data Channel transmission. It is used to assist the Access 33

Network in decoding an Access Terminal transmission on the Reverse CDMA Data 34

Channel. In addition, this channel also carries information about the rate and HARQ 35

transmission index of the Reverse CDMA Data Channel transmission in the same 36

subsegment. 37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-9

Transmission on the Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel is aligned with the transmission on 1

the Reverse CDMA Data Channel. 2

3.1.3.3.2.1 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel Modulation 3

The Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel time-domain sequence shall be the Walsh sequence 4

Wi1024, where i = PFID*6 + HARQTransmissionIndex. Here, PFID denotes the packet format 5

index used for the transmission of the Reverse CDMA Data Channel in the same 6

subsegment, and is determined by the RTC MAC protocol. HARQTransmissionIndex 7

denotes the HARQ transmission index for the Reverse CDMA Data Channel in the same 8

subsegment, and is also determined by the RTC MAC protocol. 9

3.1.3.3.2.2 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel Scrambling 10

The Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel time-domain sequence shall be multiplied 11

elementwise with a complex scrambling sequence of length 1024 and scaled by the 12

quantity AuxPICH,kP , where PAuxPICH,k is the power per modulation symbol of the PHY Frame 13

k at which the Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel is to be transmitted. The scrambling 14

sequence is as defined in 2.6.3 with the seed given by the output of the hash function 15

defined in 2.6.4 with input equal to fPHY-HASH(2048*SectorSeed+m), where SectorSeed 16

corresponds to the target sector and is as defined in 2.3.1.3, and m is the MACID of the 17

terminal in the target sector. 18

3.1.3.3.2.3 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel Time-Interleaving 19

The scrambled Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel sequence shall be time-interleaved 20

according to the procedure described in 3.1.3.2.1. 21

3.1.3.3.2.4 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel Multiplexing 22

The scrambled sequence of the Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel shall be multiplexed to 23

form a CDMA time domain sequence as described in 3.1.3.2.2. 24

3.1.3.3.2.5 Reverse Auxiliary Pilot Channel DFT Operation 25

The DFT operation on the CDMA subsegment containing the Reverse Auxiliary Pilot 26

Channel transmission shall be performed as described in 3.1.3.2.3. 27

3.1.3.3.3 Reverse Access Channel 28

The Reverse Access Channel (R-ACH) is used by the Access Terminal for initial access, for 29

transition out of semi-connected state, or to hand off between sectors at the same or at 30

different frequencies. 31

The AC MAC instructs the Physical Layer to transmit on the Reverse Access Channel in a 32

particular CDMA subsegment. Along with this instruction, the AC MAC also provides a 33

WalshSequenceID, an AccessScramblingID and a probe transmission power. 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-10

3.1.3.3.3.1 Reverse Access Channel Modulation 1

The Reverse Access Channel time-domain sequence shall be the Walsh sequence 2

WWalshSequenceIndex1024, where the notion of a Walsh sequence is defined in 2.6.6. 3

3.1.3.3.3.2 Reverse Access Channel Scrambling 4

The Reverse Access Channel time-domain sequence shall be multiplied elementwise with 5

a complex scrambling sequence of length 1024 and scaled by the quantity ACHP , where 6

PACH is the access probe power determined by the RCC MAC at which the Reverse Access 7

Channel is to be transmitted. The scrambling sequence is as defined in 2.6.3 with the seed 8

given by the output of the hash function defined in 2.6.4 with input equal to 32*512*f + 9

32*p’ + AccessScramblingID + 8, where p’ denotes the PilotPhase corresponding to the 10

target sector and f denotes the Reverse Link PHY Frame index in which the Reverse 11

Access Channel transmission is taking place. 12

3.1.3.3.3.3 Reverse Access Channel Time-Interleaving 13

The scrambled Reverse Access Channel sequence is time-interleaved according to the 14

procedure described in 3.1.3.2.1. 15

3.1.3.3.3.4 Reverse Access Channel Truncation 16

The last 128 entries of the time-interleaved Reverse Access Channel sequence, i.e., the 17

elements with indices 896 through 1023, shall be set to zero. 18

3.1.3.3.3.5 Reverse Access Channel Multiplexing 19

The truncated sequence of the Reverse Access Channel shall be multiplexed to form a 20

CDMA time domain sequence as described in 3.1.3.2.2. 21

3.1.3.3.3.6 Reverse Access Channel DFT Operation 22

The DFT operation on the CDMA subsegment containing the Reverse Access Channel 23

transmission shall be performed as described in 3.1.3.2.3. 24

3.1.3.3.4 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel 25

The Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel (R-CDCCH) is a CDMA channel which can 26

carry one or more of the following logical channels: the channel quality indicator channel, 27

the request channel, the power amplifier headroom channel and the power spectral 28

density indication channel. 29

The RCC MAC instructs the Physical Layer to transmit one or more instances of the 30

Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel in a given CDMA subsegment. The MAC 31

provides a 10-bit input data that shall be interpreted as a Walsh sequence index. The MAC 32

also provides a transmit power PCDCCH. 33

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-11

3.1.3.3.4.1 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel Modulation 1

The Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel time-domain sequence on the Reverse 2

Link shall be the Walsh sequence WSeqIndex1024, where the notion of a Walsh sequence is as 3

defined in 2.6.6. 4

3.1.3.3.4.2 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel Scrambling 5

The Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel time-domain sequence shall be multiplied 6

elementwise with a complex scrambling sequence of length 1024 and scaled by the 7

quantity CDCCHP , where PCDCCH is the power density determined by the RCC MAC at 8

which the Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel is to be transmitted. The scrambling 9

sequence is as defined in 2.6.2 with the seed given by the output of the hash function 10

defined in 2.6.4 with input equal to by fPHY-HASH(2048*SectorSeed+m), where SectorSeed 11

corresponds to the target sector and is as defined in 2.3.1.3, m is the MACID of the 12

terminal in the target sector. 13

3.1.3.3.4.3 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel Time-Interleaving 14

The scrambled Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel sequence shall then be time-15

interleaved according to the procedure described in 3.1.3.2.1. 16

3.1.3.3.4.4 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel Multiplexing 17

The scrambled sequence of the Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel shall be 18

multiplexed to form a CDMA time domain sequence as described in 3.1.3.2.2. 19

3.1.3.3.4.5 Reverse CDMA Dedicated Control Channel DFT Operation 20

The DFT operation on CDMA subsegment containing the Reverse CDMA Dedicated 21

Control Channel transmission shall be performed as described in 3.1.3.2.3. 22

3.1.3.3.5 Reverse CDMA Data Channel 23

The Reverse CDMA Data Channel (R-CDCH) may be used for the transmission of higher-24

level data to the Access Networks by the Access Terminals. 25

3.1.3.3.5.1 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Encoder Packet Structure 26

The Reverse CDMA Data Channel shall transmit the number of information bits provided 27

by the RTC MAC protocol. CRC Bits and encoder tail bits shall be appended to the 28

information bits as specified in 3.1.3.3.5.3 and 3.1.3.3.5.4 to form encoder packets. The 29

encoder packets shall be encoded with a rate 1/5 turbo encoder and interleaved. The 30

coded symbols shall be modulated into QPSK symbols. 31

Encoder packets shall consist of the information bits followed by the CRC bits. 32

3.1.3.3.5.2 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Encoder Packet CRC Bits 33

Each encoder packet shall include CRC bits. The CRC bits shall be calculated on all the 34

bits within the encoder packet except the CRC bits itself. Encoder packets shall use a 24-35

bit CRC with the generator polynomial specified in 2.7.2.1. 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-12

The CRC bits shall be computed as specified in 2.7.2. 1

3.1.3.3.5.3 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Encoder Tail Allowance 2

Encoder packets include a 6-bit turbo encoder tail allowance, as described in 3.1.3.3.5.1. 3

The turbo encoder discards the turbo encoder tail allowance bits and appends turbo 4

encoder output tail bits such that the number of bits out of the rate-1/5 turbo encoder is 5

five times the number of bits in an encoder packet. 6

3.1.3.3.5.4 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Turbo Encoding 7

Encoder packets shall be generated by turbo encoding as described in 2.7.3.3. 8

3.1.3.3.5.5 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Interleaving 9

The turbo encoder output sequence shall be interleaved as specified in 2.7.4. 10

3.1.3.3.5.6 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Modulation and Orthogonal Spreading 11

The symbols from the interleaver output sequence shall be QPSK modulated as specified 12

in 2.7.7.1. 13

3.1.3.3.5.7 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Scrambling 14

The Reverse CDMA Data Channel time-domain sequence shall be multiplied elementwise 15

with a complex scrambling sequence of length 1024. The scrambling sequence is as 16

defined in 2.6.2 with the seed given by the output of the hash function defined in 2.6.4 17

with input equal to 32*512*64*m + 32*512*f + 32*p’ + 2, where p’ is the PilotPhase 18

corresponding to the target sector, m is the MACID of the terminal in the target sector and 19

f is the Reverse Link PHY Frame index within the superframe. 20

3.1.3.3.5.8 Reverse CDMA Data Channel Multiplexing 21

The multiplexing operation on CDMA segment containing the Reverse CDMA Data 22

Channel data shall be performed as described in 3.1.3.2.2. 23

3.1.3.3.5.9 Reverse CDMA Data Channel DFT Operation 24

The DFT operation on the CDMA segment carrying the Reverse CDMA Data Channel data 25

shall be performed as described in 3.1.3.2.3. 26

3.1.3.4 OFDMA Segment 27

The OFDMA segment is comprised of the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel, the Reverse 28

OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel, the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel and the 29

Reverse OFDMA Data Channel. 30

3.1.3.4.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel 31

The Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel (R-DPICH) is used to provide dedicated pilots for the 32

Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel and Reverse OFDMA Data Channel in order 33

to allow an Access Point to perform channel estimation. 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-13

As described in 2.11, the hop-ports on the Reverse Link are divided into units of hop-port 1

blocks. Each hop-port block consists of 16 contiguous hop-ports, which are mapped by 2

the hopping permutation to a contiguous set of subcarriers. Also, the set of subcarriers 3

corresponding to a hop-port block does not change over one PHY Frame. Therefore, the set 4

of resources (over time and frequency) can be divided into units of tiles, where a tile is a 5

contiguous 16x8 rectangle of hop-ports (16 in frequency and 8 in time) which are mapped 6

to a contiguous 16x8 rectangle of subcarriers (16 in frequency and 8 in time). 7

Each tile on the Reverse Link can be assigned to the CDMA segment, to the OFDMA 8

segment or may be left blank. The Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel shall be present only 9

in tiles assigned to the OFDMA segment. With the OFDMA segment, the tile may be 10

assigned to the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel or the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control 11

Channel. Furthermore, a Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile may hop onto the a 12

Reverse Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access Data Channel tile (as described in 13

2.12). The Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel pilot patterns are different for each of the 14

aforementioned cases. 15

Some of the subcarriers in each tile shall be designated as Reverse Dedicated Pilot 16

Channel subcarriers. The Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel configuration in each tile 17

depends on the following parameters: 18

1. Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel format: For the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel 19

tiles, the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel format can take one of two values, 20

indexed 0 and 1. For tiles occupied by the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel, the 21

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel format depends on the Reverse OFDMA Data 22

Channel assignment occupying this tile, and is determined by the RTC MAC 23

protocol. 24

2. Energy per modulation symbol: This quantity is denoted by P. The value of P for a 25

tile assigned to the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel shall be equal to PODCH, where 26

PODCH is equal to the power density of that tile as specified by the RTC MAC 27

Protocol. The value of P for all tiles assigned to the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated 28

Control Channel shall be equal to PODCCH. The value of PODCCH shall be as specified 29

by the RCC MAC Protocol. 30

3. CodeOffset: This is an integer between 0 and 2. For tiles belonging to the Reverse 31

OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel, the CodeOffset shall be equal to 0. For tiles 32

belonging to the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel, the value is determined by the 33

value of SubtreeIndex for that Reverse OFDMA Data Channel assignment, which is 34

determined by the RTC MAC protocol. For each value of SubtreeIndex, the value of 35

CodeOffset is given by RLDPICHCodeOffsetSubtreeIndexj, which is a field of the 36


3.1.3.4.1.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel for Reverse OFDMA Data Channel Tiles 38

The locations of the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers in a tile depend on the 39

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel format and are shown in Figure 3.1.3.4.1.1-1. Note that 40

the hop-ports within a tile are indexed 0 to 15 in increasing order of hop-port index, and 41

the OFDM symbols within a Reverse Link PHY Frame are indexed 0 to 7 with the earliest 42

OFDM symbol being indexed 0. 43

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-14

Subtile 1

Subtile 3

Subtile 4

Subtile 2

8 Subcarriers

16 Subcarriers

Subtile 1

Subtile 3

Subtile 4

Subtile 2

8 Subcarriers

1

Subtile 1

Subtile 3

Subtile 4

Subtile 2

8 Subcarriers

16 Subcarriers

Subtile 1

Subtile 3

Subtile 4

Subtile 2

8 Subcarriers

2

Figure 3.1.3.4.1.1-1. Location of Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Subcarriers within 3

a Tile for the Different Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Formats 4

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-15

3.1.3.4.1.1.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Pilot Formats 0 and 1 1

For Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 0, the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel shall 2

occupy the modulation symbol of the tile if the OFDM symbol index t within the Reverse 3

Link PHY Frame is in the set 4

1. {0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15} for Reverse Link PHY Frame 0 when 5

EnableHalfDuplexOperation is set to 0. 6

2. {0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7} for all other cases. 7

and if the hop-port index within the tile is in the set 8

I. {1, 8, 15} when no Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile gets mapped to 9

the same subcarriers as the tile. 10

II. {8, 15} when a Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile gets mapped to the 11

same subcarriers as hop-ports 0 though 7 within the tile. 12

III. {0, 7} when a Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile gets mapped to the 13


Here Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile allocation is as described in 2.12.4. 15

The complex value of all Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel modulation symbols in OFDM 16

symbol indexed t shall be given by 17

π⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

t ODCHj2

S P exp (CodeOffset)t3

if t < 4, and 18

t ODCHj2

S P exp (CodeOffset)(7 t)3

π⎛ ⎞= −⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

if t ≥ 4. 19

where j denotes the complex number (0, 1), and P denotes the energy per modulation 20

symbol on tile-antenna k used by the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel. 21

For Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 1, the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel shall 22

occupy the modulation symbol of the tile if the OFDM symbol index, t is in the set 23

1. {0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 14, 15} for Reverse Link PHY Frame 0 when 24

EnableHalfDuplexOperation is set to 0. 25

2. {0, 1, 6, 7} in all other cases. 26

and the hop-port index within the tile is in the set 27

I. {0, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15} when no Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile gets 28

mapped to the same subcarriers as the tile. 29

II. {9, 12, 15} when a Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile gets mapped to 30

the same subcarriers as hop-ports 0 though 7 within the tile. 31

III. {0, 3, 6} when a Reverse Acknowledgment Channel half-tile gets mapped to the 32


The process of half-tile allocation for the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel is as 34

described in 2.12.4. 35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-16

The complex value of all Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel modulation symbols in OFDM 1

symbol indexed t shall be given by 2

( )= πt ODCHS P exp j (CodeOffset)t if t < 4, and 3

( )= π −t ODCHS P exp j (CodeOffset)(7 t) if t ≥ 4. 4

3.1.3.4.1.1.2 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Scrambling 5

3.1.3.4.1.1.2.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Index Definition 6

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel scrambling is done on a tile-by-tile basis for Reverse 7

OFDMA Data Channel. Note here that a tile refers to 16x8 group, therefore 2 scrambling 8

operations need to be performed on the Reverse Link PHY Frame 0 when 9

EnableHalfDuplexOperation is set to 0. The scrambling symbols shall be generated only 10

for the subcarriers that correspond to the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel hop-ports (via 11

the hop-permutation), as defined in 3.1.3.3.4.1. These subcarriers are henceforth referred 12

to as the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers. For the purpose of scrambling, the 13

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers in each tile shall be indexed by a quantity 14

called the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel index. The Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel 15

index shall be computed according to the following procedure for the Reverse OFDMA 16

Data Channel tiles: 17

1. Initialize an OFDM symbol counter i, a subcarrier counter j and a Reverse 18

Dedicated Pilot Channel index counter k to 0. 19

2. If the subcarrier j in OFDM symbol i within the tile is a Reverse Dedicated Pilot 20

Channel subcarrier, then 21

i. Set its Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel index to k. 22

ii. Increment k by 1. 23

3. Increment i by 1. If i = NFRAME, set i to 0 and increment j. 24

4. Repeat steps (2) and (3) until j = NBLOCK. 25

Thus, the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers are indexed in time first, followed 26

by frequency. 27

3.1.3.4.1.1.2.2 Scrambling Sequence 28

The scrambling symbols for a tile depend on the tile index T which shall be equal to (fMIN – 29

NGUARD, LEFT) / NBLOCK, where fMIN is the lowest indexed subcarrier in that tile. For the tile 30

with index T within any PHY Frame in the superframe with index SFInd, a complex 31

scrambling sequence shall be generated using the common complex scrambling algorithm 32

described in 2.6.2 with seed fPHY-HASH[34*220*8 + SectorSeed*8 + T mod 8]. Here SectorSeed 33

is as defined in 2.3.1.3. The kth symbol c(k) in the complex scrambling sequence shall be 34

used to scramble the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarrier with Reverse Dedicated 35

Pilot Channel index k. The scrambling operation shall consist of multiplying the 36

unscrambled complex symbol on the subcarrier with the scrambling symbol c(k). 37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-17

3.1.3.4.1.2 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel for Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control 1

Channel Quarter-Tiles 2

The Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel is present in each quarter-tile allocated to the 3

Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel. The description and allocation of quarter-4

tiles are as described in 2.12.2. Unlike the Reverse OFDMA Data Channel pilot formats, 5

the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel pilot format does not change with Reverse 6

Acknowledgment Channel hopping. This is because Reverse Acknowledgment Channel 7

half-tiles do not hop onto Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel quarter-tiles. 8

3.1.3.4.1.2.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Pilot Pattern for Reverse OFDMA Dedicated 9

Control Channel 10

The locations of the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers in a quarter-tile are 11

shown in Figure 3.1.3.4.1.2.1-1. Note that the subcarriers within a quarter-tile are 12

indexed 0 to 7 in increasing order of subcarriers index, and the OFDM symbols within the 13

quarter-tile are indexed 0 to 3 with the earliest OFDM symbol being indexed 0. 14

The Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel shall occupy a modulation unit if the subcarrier 15

index within the quarter-tile is in the set {0, 7} and the OFDM symbol index t within the 16

quarter-tile is in the set {0, 1, 2, 3}. The complex value of the Reverse Dedicated Pilot 17

Channel modulation symbol shall be given by =t ODCCHS P . 18

19

16

Subcarriers

Subtile

1

Su

til

3

Subtile

4

Subtile

2

8

Subcarriers

20

Figure 3.1.3.4.1.2.1-1 Location of Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Subcarriers 21

within a Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Channel Quarter-Tile 22

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-18

3.1.3.4.1.2.2 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Scrambling 1

3.1.3.4.1.2.2.1 Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel Index Definition 2

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel scrambling is done on a quarter-tile basis for Reverse 3

OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel. The scrambling symbols that shall be used shall only 4

be generated for Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers. For the purpose of 5

scrambling, the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers in quarter-tile shall be 6

indexed by a quantity called the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel index. The Reverse 7

Dedicated Pilot Channel index shall be computed according to the following procedure for 8

Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel quarter-tiles: 9

1. Initialize an OFDM symbol counter i, a subcarrier counter j and a Reverse 10


2. If the subcarrier j in OFDM symbol i within the quarter-tile is a Reverse Dedicated 12

Pilot Channel subcarrier, then 13

i. Set its Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel index to k. 14


3. Increment i by 1. If i = NFRAME/2 set i to 0 and increment j. 16

4. Repeat steps (2) and (3) until j = NBLOCK/2. 17

In other words, the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers are indexed in time first, 18

followed by frequency. 19

3.1.3.4.1.2.2.2 Scrambling Sequence 20

The scrambling symbols for a quarter-tile depend on the RODCResourceIndex of that 21

quarter-tile. The RODCResourceIndex is as described in 3.1.3.4.1. For the tile with index T 22

within any PHY Frame in the superframe with index SFInd, a complex scrambling 23

sequence shall be generated using the common complex scrambling algorithm described 24

in 2.6.2 with seed fPHY-HASH[37*220*32 + SectorSeed*32 + RODCResourceIndex mod 32]. 25

Here SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3. The kth symbol c(k) in the complex scrambling 26

sequence shall be used to scramble the Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarrier with 27

Reverse Dedicated Pilot Channel index k. The scrambling operation shall consist of 28

multiplying the unscrambled complex symbol on the subcarrier with the scrambling 29

symbol c(k). 30

3.1.3.4.2 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel 31

The Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel payload multiplexes several logical 32

channels, namely the r-cqich, the r-reqch, the r-mqich, the r-sfch and the r-bfch. The RCC 33

MAC protocol may instruct the Physical Layer to transmit one or more Reverse OFDMA 34

Dedicated Control Channel instances in an Reverse Link PHY Frame. 35

3.1.3.4.2.1 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Resource Assignment 36

The Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel payload multiplexes several logical 37

channels, namely the r-cqich, the r-reqch, the r-mqich, the r-sfch and the r-bfch. The RCC 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-19

MAC protocol may instruct the Physical Layer to transmit one or more Reverse OFDMA 1

Dedicated Control Channel instances in a Reverse Link PHY Frame. 2

3.1.3.4.2.2 Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel Modulation 3

The Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel modulation consists of transmitting a 4

packet generated by the [2] on the two quarter tiles assigned to the Access Terminal. 5

The Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel packet generated by the RCC MAC 6

Protocol is appended with CRC, encoded using the rate-1/3 convolutional code, channel 7

interleaved, repeated, data-scrambled and modulated according to the procedure 8

described in 3.1.3.4.4. A CRC length of NCRC,ODCCH is used for this packet. A seed equal to 9

fPHY-HASH(2048*SectorSeed + m mod 2048) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. 10

Here the SectorSeed corresponds to the FLSS and is as defined in 2.3.1.3; m is the MACID 11

of the Access Terminal as assigned by the FLSS. 12

The Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel packet shall be modulated on the two 13

quarter-tiles as follows: 14

1. Initialize a quarter-tile counter q, OFDM symbol counter t and subcarrier counter f 15

to 0. 16

2. If the subcarrier f in OFDM symbol t within quarter tile q is not a DPICH subcarrier 17

and is not part of the Reverse Link Silence Interval, then a QPSK modulation 18

symbol s is generated by the modulator according to the procedure described in 19

2.7.7.1. 20

3. This modulation symbol shall be modulated with power density PODCCH on 21

subcarrier f in OFDM symbol t within tile q, i.e., the value of the corresponding 22

subcarrier shall be ODCCHP s . 23

4. Increment f by 1. If f = NBLOCK/2, set f = 0 and increment t by 1. If t = NFRAME/2, set t 24

= 0 and increment q by 1. 25

5. Repeat steps (2)-(4) until q = 2. 26

Note that in the above procedure, the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel 27

modulation symbols are placed in frequency first, then followed by time. 28

3.1.3.4.3 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel 29

The Reverse Acknowledgment Channel (R-ACKCH) is used to acknowledge Forward Link 30

PHY Frames transmitted on the Forward Data Channel. For the purpose of this section, 31

the sector of interest is the Forward Link Serving Sector (FLSS), which may or may not be 32

the same as the Reverse Link Serving Sector (RLSS). For convenience of notation, the 33

phrase “of the Forward Link Serving Sector” shall be omitted. Sector-dependent quantities 34

such as PilotPN, hop-permutations etc., used in this section shall be interpreted as 35

“PilotPN of the FLSS,” “hop-permutations of the FLSS” etc. 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-20

3.1.3.4.3.1 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource Assignment 1

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel transmissions are determined by an RACKNodeIndex 2

and a corresponding RACKVal specified by the RCC MAC protocol. An Access Terminal 3

may be assigned zero, one or more RACKNodeIndices in any Reverse Link PHY Frame. 4

An Access Terminal which is assigned an RACKNodeIndex DR-ACKCH shall be assigned 4 5

Reverse Acknowledgment Channel resources according to the following procedure: 6

1. Set g = /R ACKCH PARTIAL TILESD N− −⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ and u = DR-ACKCH mod NPARTIAL-TILES. 7

2. Set SEEDRACKCH-ROWS = fPHY-HASH(3*64 + (g mod 64)). 8

3. If NFFT ≥ 512, generate a permutation HijRACKCH-ROWS of size NTILES using the 9


SEEDRACKCH-ROWS. If NFFT < 512, set HijRACKCH-ROWS to be the identity 11

permutation. 12

4. Set SEEDRACKCH-COLS = fPHY-HASH(2*64 + (g mod 64)). 13

5. If NFFT ≥ 512, generate a permutation HijRACKCH-COLS of size NSUBTILES using the 14


SEEDRACKCH-COLS. If NFFT < 512, set HijRACKCH-COLS to be the identity 16

permutation. 17

6. Set SEEDRACKCH-CODES = fPHY-HASH(64). 18

7. Generate a permutation HijRACKCH-CODES of size L/2 using the common 19

permutation generation algorithm described in 2.6.1 with seed SEEDRACKCH-20

CODES. 21

8. Initialize a counter k to 0. Repeat the following steps until k = NSUBTILES. 22

a. Compute t = (u-k) mod NPARTIAL-TILES 23

b. Set tTILE = HijRACKCH-ROWS(t), kSUBTILE = HijRACKCH-COLS(k mod NSUBTILES) and ω = 24

2* HijRACKCH-CODES((g + tTILENSUBTILES + kSUBTILE) mod (L/2)). 25

c. Assign the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel resource (tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) 26

to the Access Terminal. 27

d. Increment k by 1. 28

3.1.3.4.3.2 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource Assignment Example 29

The Access Terminal gets assigned 4 subtiles to send its Reverse Acknowledgment 30

Channel on. The notion of subtiles is as defined in 2.1. The algorithm in the subsequent 31

section ensures that every subtile either gets assigned to only one Access Terminal or, if it 32

is assigned to more than one Access Terminal, the Access Terminals use different 33

exponential sequences. 34

35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-21

1

Figure 3.1.3.4.3.2-1. Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource Assignment 2

Figure 3.1.3.4.3.2-1 shows an example of Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Resource 3

assignments to 5 Access Terminals. There are 5 partial-tiles, each divided into 4 subtiles 4

as shown. Assume that HijRACKCH-ROWS: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} -> {1, 2, 0, 4, 3} and HijRACKCH-COLS: {0, 1, 5

2, 3} -> {2, 1, 3, 0}. Assume that the DR-ACKCH values of the 5 Access Terminals are such 6

that all the Access Terminals correspond to g = 0 and their u values are 2, 3, 1, 4, 0 7

respectively. Then the assignments of subtiles are as depicted in Figure 3.1.3.4.3.2-1. For 8

instance, the Access Terminal 0 has g = 0 and u = 2, and is assigned to the partial-tile 9

values of {0, 2, 1, 3} and the corresponding subtile values of {2, 1, 3, 0}. If there is a 6th 10

Access Terminal with DR-ACKCH = 5, it shall have the same value of u as one of the first 5 11

Access Terminals and shall therefore share the four subtiles with that Access Terminal. 12

However, for that Access Terminal, the value of g shall be different, and therefore the 13

Access Terminal shall use a different value of ω and hence a different exponential 14

sequence. 15

3.1.3.4.3.3 Reverse Acknowledgment Channel Modulation 16

An Access Terminal shall transmit a sequence XACK(tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) on each Reverse 17

Acknowledgment Channel resource (tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) assigned to it. The sequence XACK(tTILE, 18

kSUBTILE, ω) is an ON-OFF transmission specified by a bit RACKVal defined by the RCC MAC 19

Protocol for each RACKBaseNodeIndex assigned to the Access Terminal. 20

When RACKVal is equal to 1, the sequence XACK(tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) shall be 21

( , , ) L LACK TILE SUBTILE RACKCH ACKX t k P S Eωω = 22

where EωL is the exponential sequence of length L as defined in 2.12.5. and PRACKCH is the 23

power density allocated to the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel by the RCC MAC 24

Protocol. SACKL is the sequence of length L generated using the common complex 25

scrambling algorithm described in 2.6.2 with input seed equal to fPHY-HASH(5*220 + 26

SectorSeed). Here the SectorSeed corresponds to the FLSS and is as defined in 2.3.1.3. 27

The expression L LACKS Eω is used to denote the point-wise multiplication of the sequences 28

SACKL and EωL. 29

When RACKVal is equal to 0, the sequence XACK(tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) shall be a sequence of L 30

zeros. 31

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-22

The sequence XACK(tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) shall be used to modulate the L subcarriers in the 1

subtile (tTILE, kSUBTILE) according to the following procedure: 2

1. Initialize an OFDM symbol counter t to tSTART, where tSTART is the lowest 3

indexed OFDM Symbol in the subtile. Initialize a subcarrier counter f to 4

fSTART, where fSTART is the lowest indexed subcarrier in the subtile. Initialize a 5

modulation symbol counter i to 0. 6

2. Repeat the following steps until i = L. 7

a. Let j = HACKCH-INTERLEAVE(i). Here HACKCH-INTERLEAVE is a permutation of size L 8

such that HACKCH-INTERLEAVE(x) = 38 /8 ( mod8)x BR x+⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ . BR3 denotes the 9

bit-reversed value of x when x is expressed as a 3-bit quantity. 10

b. Modulate the subcarrier f in OFDM Symbol t with modulation symbol 11

XjACK(tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω). Here XjACK(tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) is the jth element in the 12

sequence XACK(tTILE, kSUBTILE, ω) unless this subcarrier is part of the 13

Reverse Link Silence Interval. 14

c. Increment f by 1. If f = fSTART + NBLOCK, R-ACKCH, set f to fSTART and increment 15

t by 1. 16

d. Increment i by 1. 17

3.1.3.4.4 Reverse OFDMA Data Channel 18

The Reverse OFDMA Data Channel (R-ODCH) consists of either a data packet or an 19

erasure sequence, both of which can span one or more Reverse Link PHY Frames. The set 20

of Reverse Link PHY Frames on which this packet or erasure sequence is transmitted is 21

determined by [2]. Each data packet and erasure sequence is also assigned a set of hop-22

ports in each PHY Frame of transmission by [2]. Each data packet is further associated 23

with a packet format index, which is also assigned by the RTC MAC Protocol. 24

3.1.3.4.4.1 Reverse OFDMA Data Channel Data Packet Encoding 25

Each Reverse OFDMA Data Channel packet is generated by the RTC MAC Protocol, and is 26

split, appended with CRC, encoded, channel interleaved, repeated, data-scrambled and 27

modulated according to the procedure described in 2.7.1. A CRC length of NCRC,DATA is used 28

for this packet. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(7*2048*SectorSeed + m mod 2048) shall be used 29

for the data scrambling operation. Here the SectorSeed corresponds to the RLSS and is as 30

defined in 2.3.1.3. m is the MACID of the Access Terminal as assigned by the RLSS. 31

3.1.3.4.4.2 Reverse OFDMA Data Channel Data Packet Modulation 32

The data packet shall be modulated on to the hop-ports assigned to this packet according 33

to the following procedure: 34

1. Initialize a port counter i, a HARQ retransmission counter r, a frame counter f, and 35

an OFDM symbol counter j all to 0. 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-23

2. Let F(r) be the total number of PHY Frames to be used by the rth HARQ 1

retransmission of the packet, as specified by [2]. The frames shall be indexed (r, 0), 2

(r,1) … (r, F(r)-1). 3

3. Arrange the set of usable hop-ports assigned to this packet in PHY Frame (r, f). Let 4

the resulting sequence be denoted by p0, p1, …, pn-1, where n is the total number of 5

usable hop-ports assigned to this packet in PHY Frame (r, f). 6

4. Let nsc be the subcarrier index corresponding to the hop-port pi in the jth OFDM 7

symbol in PHY Frame (r, f). Let q be the modulation order to be used in PHY Frame 8

(r, f), which is a function of the packet format and HARQ retransmission index r. If 9

nsc is not assigned to the Reverse Acknowledgment Channel of the RLSS or is not 10

assigned to the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated Control Channel of the RLSS, is not a 11

DPICH subcarrier and is not part of the RL Silence Interval, then a modulation 12

symbol s from subpacket m with modulation order q is generated by the modulator 13

according to the procedure described in [2]. Here m shall be equal 14

to ( )( mod ) mod modTILE BLOCK SUBPACKETS IN TILEi j i N N t− −+ + . Here t is the total number 15

of subpackets in the packet, NBLOCK is the number of subcarriers in a block, 16

⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILE N

ii and NSUBPACKETS-IN-TILE is computed as follows: 17

a. NSUBPACKETS-IN-TILE = t if iTILE < (NTILES mod t). Here⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILES N

nN . 18

b. 8

min ,( mod )− −

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤= ⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟−⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠

SUBPACKETS IN TILETILES TILES

tN t

N N t otherwise. 19

5. This modulation symbol shall be modulated with energy PODCH on hop-port pi, i.e., 20

the value of the corresponding subcarrier shall be ODCHP s , where PODCH is the 21

power specified for the tile with index iTILE in PHY Frame (r,f) and is determined by 22

the RTC MAC Protocol). 23

6. Increment i. If i = n, increment j and set i = 0. 24

7. Increment f and set j = 0 if any of the following two conditions is satisfied: 25

a. If this is a Reverse Link PHY Frame with index 0 within the superframe and 26

if j = NFRAME + NPREAMBLE. 27

b. For any other Reverse Link PHY Frame, if j = NFRAME. 28

8. If f = F(r), then increment r and set f = 0. 29

9. If the last HARQ retransmission has been completed (as determined by the RTC 30

MAC Protocol), then stop. Else repeat steps 2 through 8. 31

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-24

3.1.3.4.4.3 Reverse OFDMA Data Channel Erasure Sequence Transmission 1

Construct a one-bit packet, with the bit in the packet being set to zero. This packet is 2

encoded, channel interleaved, repeated, scrambled, and modulated according to the 3

procedure described in 3.1.3.4.4.16. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(3*512*512*16 + (m mod 512) 4

*512*16 + (p mod 512)*16 + (i mod 16)) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. 5

Here i is the superframe index in which the transmission of this packet started, p is the 6

PilotPN of the RLSS and m is the MACID of the Access Terminal as assigned by the RLSS. 7

QPSK modulation shall be used for all of the modulation symbols in the packet. 8

The transmission of the erasure sequence shall be identical to the modulation of any other 9

packet, [i.e., is in steps (2)-(8) of 3.1.3.4.4.2] except that number of hop-ports used (n) 10

shall be equal to max(NTOTAL-HOP-PORTS, NERASURESEQ, MAX). Here NERASURESEQ, MAX is equal to 16 11

and NTOTAL-HOP-PORTS is the total number of usable hop-ports assigned to Access Terminal as 12

specified by the RTC MAC protocol. 13

3.1.4 Limitations on Emissions 14

3.1.4.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions 15

The Access Terminal shall meet the requirements in the current version of [11]. 16

3.1.4.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions 17


3.1.5 Synchronization and Timing 19

The access terminal shall follow the synchronization requirements defined in 2.3.1. 20

3.1.6 Transmitter Performance Requirements 21

System performance is predicated on transmitters meeting the requirements set forth in 22

the current version of [11]. 23

3.2 Receiver 24

3.2.1 Channel Spacing and Designation 25

Channel spacing and designation for the Access Terminal reception shall be as specified in 26

3.1.1.1. Valid channels for operations shall be as specified in 3.1.1.1. 27

3.2.2 Demodulation Characteristics 28

3.2.2.1 Processing 29

The Access Terminal demodulation process shall perform complementary operations to the 30

Access Network modulation process on the Forward Channel (see 2.7). 31

6 The operations before scrambling and modulation are all trivial operations, i.e., they result in an all-zeros sequence. The erasure sequence is equivalent to scrambling an all-zeros sequence of the required length, followed by QPSK modulation.

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-25



3.2.4 Receiver Performance Requirements 3

System performance is predicated on receivers meeting the requirements set forth in the 4

current version of [11]. 5

3.3 Malfunction Detection 6

3.3.1 Malfunction Timer 7

The Access Terminal shall have a malfunction timer that is separate from and independent 8

of all other functions and that runs continuously whenever power is applied to the 9

transmitter of the Access Terminal. Sufficient reset commands shall be interspersed 10

throughout the Access Terminal logic program to ensure that the timer never expires as 11

long as the proper sequence of operations is taking place. If the timer expires, a 12

malfunction shall be assumed and the Access Terminal shall be inhibited from 13

transmitting. The maximum time allowed for expiration of the timer is two seconds. 14

3.3.2 False Transmission 15

A protection circuit shall be provided to minimize the possibility of false transmitter 16

operation caused by component failure within the Access Terminal. 17

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

3-26

No Text. 1

2

3

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-1

4 ACCESS NETWORK REQUIREMENTS 1

This section defines requirements specific to Access Network equipment and operation. 2

4.1 Transmitter 3

The transmitter shall reside in each sector of the Access Network. These requirements 4

apply to the transmitter in each sector. 5

Each sector is assigned an integer identifier in the range 0–511 (including 0 and 511) 6

called the PilotPN. 7



See [13] for a description of the band classes that an Access Network may support. 10


The Access Network shall meet the requirements in the current version of [10]. 12




4.1.3.1 Forward Channel Signals 16

The Forward Link channels are described in Table 4.1.3.1-1. 17

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-2

Table 4.1.3.1-1. Description of the Forward Link Channels 1

Pilot Channels

F-CPICH Forward Common Pilot Channel

F-CQIPICH Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel

F-DPICH Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel

F-PPICH Forward Preamble Pilot Channel

F-BPICH Forward Beacon Pilot Channel

F-CNCH Forward Cell Null Channel

Control Channels Transmitted in the Superframe Preamble

F-ACQCH Forward Acquisition Channel

F-PBCCH Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel: Carries Deployment-Specific Parameters

F-SBCCH Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel: Carries Sector-Specific Parameters

F-QPCH Forward Quick Paging Channel

F-OSICH Forward Other-Sector-Interference Channel: Carries an Other-Sector-Interference Indication

Control Channels Transmitted in the Control Segment of PHY Frames

F-SCCH Forward Shared Control Channel: Carries Access Grants, Assignment Messages, and Other Messages Related to Resource Management

F-ACKCH Forward Acknowledgment Channel: Carries Acknowledgment Bits for the Reverse Link HARQ Transmissions

F-PCCH Forward Power Control Channel: Carries Reverse Link Power Control Commands

F-PQICH Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel: Carries the Strength of the Reverse Link Pilots of Each Active Terminal

F-FOSICH Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel: Carries an Other-Sector-Interference Indication Transmitted at a Faster Rate But with Less Coverage Than the Forward Other Sector Interference Channel

F-SPCH Forward Start of Packet Channel

F-RABCH Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel

F-IOTCH Forward Interference over Thermal Channel

Traffic Channel

F-DCH Forward Data Channel: Carries the Forward Link Data

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-3


The structure of the Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel is shown in Figure 2

4.1.3.1.1-1. The structure of the Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel is shown 3

in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-2. The structure of the Forward Quick Paging Channel is shown in 4

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-3. The structure of the Forward Acknowledgment Channel is shown in 5

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-4. The structure of the Forward Start-of-Packet Channel is shown in 6

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-5. The structure of the Forward Shared Control Channel is shown in 7

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-6. The structure of the Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel is shown 8

in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-7. The structure of the Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel is shown 9

in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-8. The structure of the Forward Fast Other Sector Interference Channel 10

is shown in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-9. The structure of the Forward Interference over Thermal 11

Channel is shown in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-10. The structure of the Forward Data Channel is 12

shown in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-11. 13

The channel structure for the superframe preamble is as shown in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-12. 14

The channel structure for the Physical Layer frames is as shown in 15

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-13. The transmit chain for the Single Input Single Output case is shown 16

in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-14. Space Time Transmit Diversity for 2 antennas is shown in Figure 17

4.1.3.1.1-15. Space Time Transmit Diversity for 4 antennas is shown in Figure 18

4.1.3.1.1-16. The generic Multiple Input Multiple Output transmitter is in Figure 19

4.1.3.1.1-17. The layer permutation is described in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-18. The precoding 20

operation is shown in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-19. 21

22

23

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-1. Channel Structure for Forward Primary Broadcast Control 24

Channel 25

26

27

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-2. Channel Structure for F-SBCCH 28

29

30

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-3. Channel Structure for Forward Quick Paging Channel 31

32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-4

1

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-4. Channel Structure for Forward Acknowledgment Channel 2

3

4

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-5. Channel Structure for Forward Start-of-Packet Channel 5

6

7

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-6. Channel Structure for Forward Shared Control Channel 8

9

10

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-7. Channel Structure for Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel 11

12

13

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-8. Channel Structure for Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel 14

15

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-5

1

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-9. Channel Structure for Forward Fast Other Sector Interference 2

Channel 3

4

5

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-10. Channel Structure for Forward Interference over Thermal 6

Channel 7

8

9

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-11. Channel Structure for Forward Data Channel 10

11

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-6

1

2

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-12. Channel Structure in the Superframe Preamble 3

4

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-7

1

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-13. Channel Structure of the PHY Frames 2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-8

1

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-14. Channel Structure for the Single-Transmit-Antenna Case 2

i i 1

i 1 i

S SS S

∗+

∗+

⎡ ⎤= ⎢ ⎥

⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

−AAntenna

3

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-15. Space Time Transmit Diversity – Two Transmit Antennas 4

5

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 00 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 00 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 10 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 00 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 00 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 00 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

i i 1 i 4 i 6

i 1 i i 5 i 7

i 2 i 3 i 4i 6

i 3 i 2 i 5i 7

S S S SS S S SS S SSS S SS

∗∗+ + +

∗∗+ + +

∗ ∗+ + ++

∗ ∗+ + ++

⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥=⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

− −−

−B

i i 1

i 1 i

i 3i 2

i 2i 3

0 0S S0 0S S

0 0 SS0 0 SS

∗+

∗+

∗++

∗++

⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥

= ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

−

−A

6

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-16. Space Time Transmit Diversity – Four Transmit Antennas 7

8

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-9

TM

1PFMPF

M

1

M TM

1 1 1

TMM TM

1 1 1

1

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-17. Generic Multiple Input Multiple Output Transmitter 2

3

4

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-18. Layer Permutation for Multi-Code Word Multiple Input Multiple 5

Output 6

7

TM

1PFMPF

M

1

M TM

1 1 1

TMM TM

1 1 1

8

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-19. Precoding for Forward Data Channel 9

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-10

4.1.3.2 Channels in the Superframe Preamble 1

Channels in the superframe preamble shall be transmitted on a fraction of the bandwidth 2

when NFFT ≥ 512. For this purpose, a quantity NFFT,TDMPILOT is defined as NFFT,TDMPILOT = 3

min(NFFT, 512). Furthermore, 4

( )FFT

PREAMBLEFFT GUARD FFT,TDMPILOT

NP =

min N -N ,N, and 5

( )FFT

PREAMBLE,TDMPilot1FFT GUARD P

NP =

min N -N ,4N 6

are defined, where NP is the number of pilots transmitted in the OFDM symbol with index 7

5 in the superframe preamble and is defined in Table 4.1.3.2.1-1. Note that on all 8

channels the preamble is always transmitted at unit power i.e., the preamble transmit 9

power acts as a reference for the other channels. 10

4.1.3.2.1 Forward Acquisition Channel 11

TDM Pilot 1 forms the Forward Acquisition Channel, and is transmitted on the OFDM 12

symbol with index 5 in the superframe preamble. For FFT sizes of 128, 256 and 512, TDM 13

Pilot 1 is modulated over every fourth subcarriers in this OFDM symbol. For FFT sizes of 14

1024 and 2048, TDM Pilot 1 spans only the central 480 subcarriers of this OFDM symbol, 15

and occupies every fourth subcarrier over this span. 16

More precisely, define sc_start = max(NGUARD,LEFT, 16, NFFT/2–240), sc_end = min(sc_start + 17

4*Np, NFFT - NGUARD,RIGHT, NFFT/2 + 240), and sc_offset = 16 + max(0, NFFT/2 - 256). The 18

values of the complex modulation symbols, Xi, i = 0 to NFFT – 1, for the TDM Pilot 1 OFDM 19

symbol shall be given by 20

( )⎧ ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ ⎞≤⎪ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠⎨ ⎝ ⎠

⎪⎩

LOWPAR-GAIN PREAMBLE,TDMPilot1i G

k k+1 sc_start-sc_offset sc_end-sc_offset2G P exp -j2πu , for i = 4k+sc_offset, k<

X = .2N 4 4

0 otherwise

21

Here, the value of NG and NP depend on the FFT size and are specified in Table 4.1.3.2.1-1, 22

while the value of u depends on both the FFT size and the cyclic prefix duration and is 23

specified in 24

Table 4.1.3.2.1-2. The value of GLOWPAR-GAIN is beyond the scope of this specification. 25

26

Table 4.1.3.2.1-1. Specification for the NG and NP Parameters 27

NFFT NG NP

128 23 23

256 59 56

≥ 512 127 120

28

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-11

Table 4.1.3.2.1-2. Specification for the u Parameter 1

u Parameter NCP

Cyclic Prefix Duration

(μs) NFFT = 128 NFFT = 256 NFFT ≥ 512

1 6.51 8 13 17

2 13.02 12 22 39

3 19.53 14 39 110

4 26.04 22 47 112

2

4.1.3.2.2 Forward Other Sector Interference Channel 3

The Forward Other Sector Interference Channel consists of the last two OFDM symbols 4

(i.e., the OFDM symbols with indices 6 and 7) in the superframe preamble. These OFDM 5

symbols are also known as TDM Pilot 2 and TDM Pilot 3 respectively and are used in the 6

initial acquisition process. In addition, these symbols also carry the other sector 7

interference value that is received from the SFP MAC protocol. These OFDM symbols are 8

first defined as a Walsh code in the time domain. Subsequently, they are converted to the 9

frequency domain using a DFT and modulated onto the OFDM subcarriers. 10

The modulation of TDM Pilots 2 and 3 depends on the value of PilotPN in Asynchronous 11

Mode and on the value of PilotPhase in Synchronous Mode. For the remainder of this 12

section, let kPILOT denote the PilotPN of the sector in Asynchronous mode, and the 13

PilotPhase of the sector in the superframe of index in Synchronous mode. The modulation 14

of TDM Pilots 2 and 3 also depends on the OSIValue which is received from the SFP MAC 15

protocol. For the rest of this section, denote this value by kOSI. 16

For FFT sizes of 128, 256 and 512, TDM Pilots 2 and 3 occupy all usable subcarriers. For 17

FFT sizes of 1024 and 2048, TDM Pilots 2 and 3 only occupy the central 512 subcarriers. 18

In order to facilitate the description in this section, define NFFT,TDMPILOT = min(NFFT, 512). 19

4.1.3.2.2.1 TDM Pilot 2 20

First, a time-domain sequence x(n) of length NFFT,TDMPILOT shall be generated. This sequence 21

is given by the Walsh sequence of length NFFT,TDMPilot with index kPILOT mod NFFT,TDMPilot, 22

where the notion of a Walsh sequence is defined in Section 2.6.6 23

The sequence x(n) shall then be scrambled by a sequence s(n) of length NFFT,TDMPilot, and 24

shall further be multiplied by the complex value exp(j*2π*kOSI/3) to generate a sequence 25

y(n), i.e., y(n) = GLOWPARGAINPPREAMBLE x(n)*s(n)*exp(j*2π*kOSI/3). The value of GLOWPARGAIN is 26

beyond the scope of this specification. 27

The sequence s(n) shall be generated according to the procedure described in Section 28

2.6.1, with the required 20-bit input seed being given by (starting with the MSB and 29

ending with the LSB) 011010011010111011a1a0. Here, a1a0 is a 2-bit representation of 30

⎣kPILOT/NFFT,TDMPilot⎦, with a1 being the MSB and a0 being the LSB. Note that a1a0 shall 31

always be 0 when NFFT ≥ 512. 32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-12

The sequence y(n) shall then be converted to the frequency domain by applying a DFT 1

operation of size NFFT,TDMPilot to generate a sequence Y(n). TDM pilot 2 shall be generated by 2

modulating the value Y(i) to the subcarrier with index NFFT/2 + i – NFFT,TDMPilot/2, 0 ≤ i < 3

NFFT,TDMPilot, if this subcarrier is not a guard subcarrier. All the remaining subcarriers of 4

TDM Pilot 2 shall be unmodulated. 5

4.1.3.2.2.2 TDM Pilot 3 6

TDM Pilot 3 shall carry information from the AcqInfo block which is provided by the SFP 7

MAC protocol. The AcqInfo block has a length of 9 bits, and is interpreted as an integer 8

value kSD between 0 and 511. The 9-bit integer kSD is then mapped to a time-domain 9

sequence x(n) of length NFFT,TDMPILOT This sequence is given by the Walsh sequence of 10

length NFFT,TDMPilot with index kSD mod NFFT,TDMPilot. 11

The sequence x(n) shall then be scrambled by a sequence s(n) of length NFFT,TDMPilot, and 12

shall further be multiplied by the complex value exp(j*4π*kOSI/3) to generate a sequence 13

y(n), i.e., y(n) = GLOWPARGAINPPREAMBLE x(n)*s(n)*exp(j*4π*kOSI/3). 14

The sequence s(n) shall be generated according to the procedure described in Section 15

2.6.1, with the required 20-bit input seed being given by (starting with the MSB and 16

ending with the LSB) 011010011k8k7k6k5k4k3k2k1k0a1a0. Here, k8k7…k0 is a 9 bit 17

representation of kPILOT, with k8 being the MSB and k0 the LSB, while a1a0 is a 2-bit 18

representation of ⎣kSD/NFFT,TDMPilot⎦, with a1 being the MSB and a0 being the LSB. Note that 19

a1a0 shall always be 0 when NFFT ≥ 512. 20

The sequence y(n) shall then be converted to the frequency domain by applying a DFT 21

operation of size NFFT,TDMPilot to generate a sequence Y(n). TDM pilot 3 shall be generated by 22

modulating the value Y(i) to the subcarrier with index NFFT/2 + i – NFFT,TDMPilot/2, 0 ≤ i < 23

NFFT,TDMPilot, if this subcarrier is not a guard subcarrier. All the remaining subcarriers of 24

TDM Pilot 3 shall be unmodulated. 25

4.1.3.2.3 Forward Preamble Pilot Channel (F-PPICH) 26

In this section, a pilot subcarrier denotes any subcarrier modulated by the Forward 27

Preamble Pilot Channel. The Forward Preamble Pilot Channel shall be present only on 28

OFDM symbols with index 1 and 2 within the preamble. Furthermore, the Forward 29

Preamble Pilot Channel shall only modulate subcarriers in the 30

PreamblePilotSubcarrierSet, which is defined as follows: 31

1. (NFFT/2 – NFFT, TDMPilot/2) through (NFFT/2 + NFFT, TDMPilot/2 -1) when 32

EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse is set to 0 and at least one of the 33

following two conditions is true: 34

i. EnableExpandedQPCH is set to 0. 35

ii. The SuperframeIndex for this superframe is odd. 36

2. 0 through (NFFT -1) when EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse is set to 37

0, EnableExpandedQPCH is set to 1 and the superframe has an 38

even SuperframeIndex. 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-13

3. (NFFT/2 – NFFT, TDMPilot/2 + ReuseIndex*NFFT,TDMPilot/8) through (NFFT/2 1

– NFFT, TDMPilot/2 + ((ReuseIndex+1)*NFFT,TDMPilot/8 -1) when 2

EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse is set to 1 and at least one of the 3

following two conditions is true: 4

i. EnableExpandedQPCH is set to 0. 5

ii. The SuperframeIndex for this superframe is odd. 6

4. (ReuseIndex*NFFT /8) through ((ReuseIndex+1)*NFFT /8) -1 when 7

EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse is set to 1, EnableExpandedQPCH 8

is set to 1 and the superframe has an even SuperframeIndex. 9

Further define PPPICH = sqrt(NFFT/ sqrt(2 * sizeof(PreamblePilotSubcarrierSet)). Also define a 10

quantity ScrPPICH according to the following procedure: 11

1. For superframes with an odd SuperframeIndex, let ScrPPICH be equal 12

to PilotPN in Asynchronous mode and equal to PilotPhase in 13

Synchronous mode 14

2. For superframes with an even value of SuperframeIndex, let ScrPPICH 15

be equal to SFNID in Asynchronous mode and equal to SFNPhase 16

in Synchronous mode. Here, SFNID is a field in the Overhead 17

Messages Protocol, and SFNPhase is defined as (SFNID + 18

SuperframeIndex) mod 512. 19

The Forward Preamble Pilot Channel shall be modulated on OFDM symbol 1 according to 20


1. Generate a complex scrambling sequence sPPICH of length NFFT/2 as 22

described in the common complex scrambling algorithm using seed 23

fPHY-HASH(128×ScrPPICH + 64). 24

2. The ith value of sPPICH shall be multiplied by PPPICH and used to 25

modulate subcarrier f = (NFFT/2 – NFFT, TDMPilot/2 + 2i) mod NFFT in 26

OFDM symbol with index 1 provided 27

i. Subcarrier f is not a guard subcarrier and 28

ii. Subcarrier f is in the PreamblePilotSubcarrierSet. 29

The Forward Preamble Pilot Channel shall be modulated on OFDM symbol 2 according to 30


1. Generate a complex scrambling sequence sPPICH of length NFFT/2 as 32

described in the common complex scrambling algorithm using seed 33

fPHY-HASH(1 + 128×ScrPPICH + 64). 34

2. The ith value of sPPICH shall be used to modulate subcarrier f = 35

(NFFT/2 – NFFT, TDMPilot/2 + 2i + 1) mod NFFT in OFDM symbol with 36

index 2 provided 37

i. Subcarrier f is not a guard subcarrier and 38

ii. Subcarrier f is in the PreamblePilotSubcarrierSet. 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-14

4.1.3.2.4 Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel (F-PBCCH) 1

The Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel is carried on the first OFDM symbol in 2

the superframe preamble. Each Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel packet is 3

encoded over 1 superframe. Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel modulation 4

depends on the value of EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse, which is a field in the Overhead 5

Messages Protocol. 6

In this section, the quantity NFFT,TDMPilot is used, which is as defined in 4.1.3.2.2. 7

An Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel packet is generated by the SFP MAC 8

protocol, and is appended with CRC, encoded, channel-interleaved, repeated and 9

modulated according to the procedures described in 2.7.1. A CRC length of NCRC,PBCCH is 10

used while generating the CRC. QPSK modulation is used in the transmission of this 11

channel. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(4*512*512*16 + (0 mod 512) *512*16 + (p mod 512)*16 + 12

(0 mod 16)) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. Here p is the PilotPN if the 13

Access Network is in Asynchronous mode and is equal to the PilotPhase if it is in 14

Synchronous mode. 15

The modulation of the Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel packet onto 16

subcarriers depends on the value of EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse, which is a field of 17

the Overhead Messages Protocol. If this parameter is set, Forward Primary Broadcast 18

Control Channel transmission from different sectors occupy different subcarrier sets (i.e., 19

frequency reuse is enabled). Otherwise, the Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel 20

from different sectors occupies the same set of subcarriers and hence interfere with each 21

other. 22

4.1.3.2.4.1 EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse = 0 23

The ith modulation symbol at the output of the modulator shall be mapped to the 24

subcarrier with index NFFT/2 – NFFT,TDMPilot/2 + i of the OFDM symbol with index 0 in the 25

superframe preamble, if this subcarrier is not a guard subcarrier. Any subcarrier not 26

modulated via the above procedure shall also remain unmodulated by the Forward 27

Primary Broadcast Control Channel. The value of i shall go from 0 to NFFT, TDMPILOT -1. 28


This option is only allowed in Synchronous mode. 30

In this case, each Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel packet is modulated only 31

on a subset of subcarriers in the first OFDM symbol of the superframe preamble. Different 32

sectors use different sets of subcarriers in order to transmit the Forward Primary 33

Broadcast Control Channel packet. The set of subcarriers used for the transmission of 34

Forward Primary Broadcast Control Channel is determined by the value of the quantity 35

ReuseIndex, which is defined as PilotPhase mod 8. Note that the value of ReuseIndex 36

changes from superframe to superframe. 37


subcarrier with index NFFT/2 – NFFT,TDMPilot/2 + ReuseIndex* NFFT,TDMPilot/8 + i of the OFDM 39

symbol with index 0 in the superframe preamble, if this subcarrier is not a guard 40

subcarrier. Guard subcarriers shall not be modulated. Any subcarrier not modulated via 41

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-15

the above procedure shall remain unmodulated by the Forward Primary Broadcast Control 1

Channel. The value of i shall go from 0 to NFFT, TDMPILOT/8 -1. 2

4.1.3.2.5 Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel (F-SBCCH) 3

The Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel is carried on the OFDM symbols with 4

indices 1 through 4 in the superframe preamble in superframes with an odd value of 5

SuperframeIndex. Each Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel packet is encoded 6

over a single superframe. 7

The modulation of the Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel packet onto 8

subcarriers depends on the value of EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse, which is a field of 9

the Overhead Messages Protocol. If this parameter is set, Forward Secondary Broadcast 10

Control Channel transmission from different sectors occur different subcarrier sets (i.e., 11

frequency reuse is enabled). Otherwise, the Forward Secondary Broadcast Control 12

Channel from different sectors occupies the same set of subcarriers and hence interfere 13

with each other. 14


An Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel packet is generated by the SFP MAC 16


modulated according to the procedures described in 2.7.1. A CRC length of NCRC,SBCCH is 18


channel. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(5*512*512*16 + (0 mod 512) *512*16 + (p mod 512)*16 + 20

(0 mod 16)) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. Here p is the PilotPN if the 21

Access Network is in Asynchronous mode and is equal to the PilotPhase if it is in 22

Synchronous mode. 23



subcarrier with index NFFT/2 – NFFT,TDMPilot/2 + (i mod NFFT,TDMPilot) of the OFDM symbol with 26

index ⎣i/ NFFT,TDMPilot⎦ + 1 in the superframe preamble, if this subcarrier is a usable 27

subcarrier and is additionally not a pilot subcarrier. Any subcarrier not modulated via the 28

above procedure shall remain unmodulated by the Forward Secondary Broadcast Control 29

Channel. 30



In this case, each Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel packet is modulated 33

only on a subset of subcarriers in the first OFDM symbol with indices 1 through 4 of the 34

superframe preamble. Different sectors use different sets of subcarriers in order to 35

transmit the Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel packet. The set of subcarriers 36

used for the transmission of Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel is determined 37

by the value of the quantity ReuseIndex, which is defined as PilotPhase mod 8. 38


subcarrier with index NFFT/2 – NFFT,TDMPilot/2 + ReuseIndex* NFFT,TDMPilot/8 + (i mod 40

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-16

NFFT,TDMPilot/8) of the OFDM symbol with index ⎣8*i/NFFT,TDMPilot⎦ + 1 in the superframe 1

preamble, if this subcarrier is a usable subcarrier and is not a pilot subcarrier. Any 2

subcarrier not modulated via the above procedure shall remain unmodulated by the 3

Forward Secondary Broadcast Control Channel. 4

4.1.3.2.6 Forward Quick Paging Channel 5

The Forward Quick Paging Channel (F-QPCH) is carried on the OFDM symbols with 6

indices 1 through 4 in the superframe preamble in alternate superframes. Forward Quick 7

Paging Channel shall be carried on superframes with an even value of SuperframeIndex. 8

Each Forward Quick Paging Channel packet is encoded over a single superframe. 9

The modulation of the Forward Quick Paging Channel packet onto subcarriers depends on 10

the value of EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse, which is a field of the Overhead Messages 11

Protocol. If this parameter is set to 1, Forward Quick Paging Channel transmission from 12

different sectors occur different subcarrier sets (i.e., frequency reuse is enabled). 13

Otherwise, the Forward Quick Paging Channel from different sectors occupies the same 14

set of subcarriers and hence interfere with each other. 15

Forward Quick Paging Channel modulation also depends on the value of 16

EnableExpandedQPCH, which is a field of the Overhead Messages Protocol. This variable 17

determines how many Forward Quick Paging Channel packets are transmitted in a single 18

superframe. 19

EnableExpandedQPCH may not be set to 1 unless (NFFT-NGUARD+128)/512 > 1. If 20

EnableExpandedQPCH is set to 0, then a single Forward Quick Paging Channel packet 21

shall be transmitted in each superframe preamble containing the Forward Quick Paging 22

Channel. If EnableExpandedQPCH is set to 1, then the number of Forward Quick Paging 23

Channel packets transmitted in each superframe preamble shall be given by (NFFT-24

NGUARD+128)/512 . 25


4.1.3.2.6.1 EnablePreambleFrequencyReuse = 0 and EnableExpandedQPCH = 0 27

In this case, each Forward Quick Paging Channel packet is generated by the SFP MAC 28


modulated according to the procedures described in 2.7.1. A CRC length of NCRC,QPCH is 30


channel. fPHY-HASH(216*s + 27*p + 64 + 3) shall be used for the data scrambling operation if 32

the GloballySynchronous field of the OMP is set to ‘1’ and a seed of fPHY-HASH(216*s + 27*p + 33

4*(SuperframeIndex mod 16) + 3) shall be used otherwise. Here p denotes the SFNPhase of 34

the sector in the superframe of interest, and s denotes the quantity QPCHScramblingSeed, 35

which is computed by the OMP for each superframe. 36


subcarrier with index NFFT/2 – NFFT,TDMPilot/2 + (i mod NFFT,TDMPilot) of the OFDM symbol with 38

index ⎣i/ NFFT,TDMPilot⎦ + 1 in the superframe preamble, if this subcarrier is a usable 39

subcarrier and is additionally not a pilot subcarrier. Any subcarrier not modulated via the 40

above procedure shall remain unmodulated by the Forward Quick Paging Channel. 41

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-17



In this case, each Forward Quick Paging Channel packet is modulated only on a subset of 3

subcarriers in the first OFDM symbol with indices 1 through 4 of the superframe 4

preamble. Different sectors use different sets of subcarriers in order to transmit the 5

Forward Quick Paging Channel packet. The set of subcarriers used for the transmission of 6

Forward Quick Paging Channel is determined by the value of the quantity ReuseIndex, 7

which is defined as PilotPhase mod 8. 8

A Forward Quick Paging Channel packet is generated by the SFP MAC protocol, and is 9

appended with CRC, encoded, channel-interleaved, repeated and modulated according to 10

the procedures described in 2.7.1. A CRC length of NCRC,QPCH is used while generating the 11

CRC. QPSK modulation is used in the transmission of this channel. A seed equal to fPHY-12

HASH(216*s + 27*p + 64 + 3) shall be used for the data scrambling operation if the 13

GloballySynchronous field of the OMP is set to ‘1’ and a seed of fPHY-HASH(216*s + 27*p + 14

4*(SuperframeIndex mod 16) + 3) shall be used otherwise. Here p denotes the SFNPhase of 15

the sector in the superframe of interest, and s denotes the quantity QPCHScramblingSeed, 16

which is computed by the OMP for each superframe. 17


subcarrier with index NFFT/2 – NFFT,TDMPilot/2 + (ReuseIndex* NFFT,TDMPilot/8) + (i mod 19

NFFT,TDMPilot/8) of the OFDM symbol with index ⎣8*i/NFFT,TDMPilot⎦ + 1 in the superframe 20

preamble, if this subcarrier is a usable subcarrier and is not a pilot subcarrier. Any 21

subcarrier not modulated via the above procedure shall remain unmodulated by the 22

Forward Quick Paging Channel. 23


In this case, each Forward Quick Paging Channel packet is generated by the SFP MAC 25


modulated according to the procedures described in 2.7.1. The SFP MAC also provides an 27

indexing of the different Forward Quick Paging Channel packets generated in the same 28

superframe, with the indexing being from 0 through (NFFT-NGUARD-384)/512 - 1. A CRC 29

length of NCRC,QPCH is used while generating the CRC. QPSK modulation is used in the 30

transmission of this channel. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(216*s + 27*p + 64 + 3) shall be used 31

for the data scrambling operation if the GloballySynchronous field of the OMP is set to ‘1’ 32

and a seed of fPHY-HASH(216*s + 27*p + 4*(SuperframeIndex mod 16) + 3) shall be used 33

otherwise. Here p denotes the SFNPhase of the sector in the superframe of interest, and s 34

denotes the quantity QPCHScramblingSeed, which is computed by the OMP for each 35

superframe. 36

The ith modulation symbol at the output of the modulator of the pth packet shall be 37

mapped to the subcarrier with index 512*p + (i mod 512) of the OFDM symbol with index 38

⎣i/512⎦ + 1 in the superframe preamble, if this subcarrier is a usable subcarrier and is 39

additionally not a pilot subcarrier. Any subcarrier not modulated via the above procedure 40

shall remain unmodulated by the Forward Quick Paging Channel. 41

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-18



In this case, each Forward Quick Paging Channel packet is modulated only on a subset of 3

subcarriers in the first OFDM symbol with indices 1 through 4 of the superframe 4

preamble. Different sectors use different sets of subcarriers in order to transmit the 5

Forward Quick Paging Channel packet. The set of subcarriers used for the transmission of 6

Forward Quick Paging Channel is determined by the value of the quantity ReuseIndex, 7

which is defined as PilotPhase mod 8. 8

Each Forward Quick Paging Channel packet is generated by the SFP MAC protocol, and is 9

appended with CRC, encoded, channel-interleaved, repeated and modulated according to 10

the procedures described in 2.7.1. The SFP MAC also provides an indexing of the different 11

Forward Quick Paging Channel packets generated in the same superframe, with the 12

indexing being from 0 through (NFFT-NGUARD-384)/512 - 1. A CRC length of NCRC,QPCH is 13


channel. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(216*s + 27*p + 64 + 3) shall be used for the data 15

scrambling operation if the GloballySynchronous field of the OMP is set to ‘1’ and a seed of 16

fPHY-HASH(216*s + 27*p + 4*(SuperframeIndex mod 16) + 3) shall be used otherwise. Here p 17

denotes the SFNPhase of the sector in the superframe of interest, and s denotes the 18

quantity QPCHScramblingSeed, which is computed by the Overhead OMP for each 19

superframe. 20

The ith modulation symbol at the output of the modulator of the pth packet shall be 21

mapped to the subcarrier with index p*512 + ReuseIndex*512/8 + (i mod (512/8)) of the 22

OFDM symbol with index ⎣8*i/512⎦ + 1 in the superframe preamble, if this subcarrier is a 23

usable subcarrier and is not a pilot subcarrier. Any subcarrier not modulated via the 24

above procedure shall remain unmodulated by the Forward Quick Paging Channel. 25

4.1.3.3 Pilot Channels 26

This section describes the pilot channels that are present in the Forward Link PHY 27

Frames. It does not include the Forward Preamble Pilot Channel which is present in the 28

superframe preamble. 29

The pilot channels in the Forward Link PHY Frames consist of the Forward Common Pilot 30

Channel, the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel and the Forward Channel Quality Indicator 31

Pilot Channel. The structure of the pilot channels depends on the value of the parameter 32

ResourceChannelMuxMode, which is a parameter of the Overhead Messages Protocol. 33

When ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1, the Forward Common Pilot Channel is present in 34

every Forward Link PHY Frame and spans the entire usable bandwidth. The Forward 35

Common Pilot Channel is designed to be used as a channel estimation pilot in this case. 36

The Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel and the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot 37

Channel are absent in this case. 38

When ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2, the Forward Common Pilot Channel is transmitted 39

in every Forward Link PHY Frame over the DRCH subzones. The Forward Dedicated Pilot 40

Channel is transmitted in every Forward Link PHY Frame over the BRCH subzones. The 41

Forward Common Pilot Channel and the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel are designed to 42

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-19

be used for channel estimation in DRCH and BRCH zones respectively. Note that the 1

Forward Common Pilot Channel shall be completely absent if there are no DRCH 2

subzones. Similarly, the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel shall be completely absent if 3

there are no BRCH subzones. Finally, the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot 4

Channel is a low overhead pilot channel that is transmitted in one out of every 8 Forward 5

Link PHY Frames, and is designed to be used by the Access Terminal to measure channel 6

quality and to support precoding. 7

4.1.3.3.1 Forward Common Pilot Channel 8

The Forward Common Pilot Channel (F-CPICH) provides a wideband reference of the 9

channel across the whole band. 10

4.1.3.3.1.1 Forward Common Pilot Channel Subcarriers 11

The Forward Common Pilot Channel shall be transmitted from disjoint sets of subcarriers 12

from each of NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas, where 13

NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas is a parameter of the Overhead Messages Protocol 14

and takes values between 1 and 4. These antennas are indexed from 0 to 15

NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas – 1. For each Forward Link PHY Frame, define a 16

quantity CommonPilotFreqInterlace taking values from 0 to 15 according to the following 17

procedure: 18

1. If CPICHHoppingMode, which is a parameter of the Overhead Messages Protocol, 19

takes the value “Random” then CommonPilotFreqInterlace shall be set to be the 20

four LSBs of the output of the hash function defined in 2.6.4, with input given by p 21

+ 512*iSF + 16*512*iPHYFrame + 16*512*8* isymbol/4 . Here, p denotes the PilotPN of 22

the sector, iSF denotes the superframe index mod 16, iPHYFrame denotes the index of 23

the Forward Link PHY Frame within the superframe, and isymbol denotes the index 24

of the OFDM symbol within the PHY Frame. 25

2. If CPICHHoppingMode takes the value “Deterministic”, then 26

CommonPilotFreqInterlace shall be set to PilotPN mod 16. 27

In each Forward Link PHY Frame, a usable subcarrier with index i in the OFDM symbol 28

with index j within the Forward Link PHY Frame carries the Forward Common Pilot 29

Channel from antenna 0 if the following conditions are satisfied: 30

1. Either ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1, or ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2 and the 31

subcarrier with index i belongs to a DRCH subzone. 32

2. The subcarrier with index i in the OFDM symbol with index j is not occupied by the 33

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel. See Section 4.1.3.3.3 for the 34

details of Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel modulation. 35

3. If CPICHHoppingMode takes the value ‘Random’, one of the following four 36

conditions is satisfied: 37

a. j = 0 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace. 38

b. j = 1 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace + 8. 39

c. j = 4 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace. 40

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-20

d. j = 5 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace + 8. 1

4. If CPICHHoppingMode takes the value ‘Determistic’, one of the following four 2




c. j = 4 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace + 4. 6





1. NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas ≥ 2. 11




Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel. See 4.1.3.3.3 for the details of 15

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel modulation. 16



a. j = 0 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace + 8. 19

b. j = 1 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace. 20


d. j = 5 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace. 22

5. If CPICHHoppingMode takes the value ‘Deterministic’, one of the following four 23









1. NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas ≥ 3. 32




Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel. 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-21





c. j = 6 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace. 5











1. NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas = 4. 16




Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel. See 4.1.3.3.3 for the details of 20

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel modulation. 21






d. j = 7 and i mod 16 = CommonPilotFreqInterlace. 27







34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-22

Antenna 1

16 Subcarriers

Antenna 2

Antenna 3

Antenna 4

Random

Offset

Time

1


the Case where CPICHHoppingMode takes the value ‘Random’ and 3

NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas = 4 4

5

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-23

Antenna 1

16

Subcarriers

Antenna 2

Antenna 3

Antenna 4

Frequency

Time

Determinstic

Offset

1


the Case where CPICHHoppingMode takes the value ‘Deterministic’ and 3

NumCommonPilotTransmitAntennas = 4 4

4.1.3.3.1.2 Forward Common Pilot Channel Value 5

Define a Forward Common Pilot Channel index for each subcarrier occupied by the 6

Forward Common Pilot Channel according to the following procedure: 7

1. At the beginning of each superframe, initialize an OFDM symbol counter i to N-8

PREAMBLE, a subcarrier counter j to 0 and a Forward Common Pilot Channel index 9

counter k to 0. 10

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-24

2. If the subcarrier j in OFDM symbol i in the superframe is occupied by the Forward 1

Common Pilot Channel from any effective antenna, then: 2

3. Set its Forward Common Pilot Channel index to k. 3

4. Increment j by 1. If j = NFFT, set j to 0 and increment i by 1. 4

5. Increment k by 1. 5

6. Repeat step 2 through 5 until i = NPREAMBLE + NFLPHYFramesNFRAME. 6

A subcarrier that is occupied by the Forward Common Pilot Channel from any transmit 7

antenna shall be modulated with the complex value ( )0,P times the kth entry of a 8

scrambling sequence S from that transmit antenna. This subcarrier shall be left 9

unmodulated from all the other transmit antennas. If ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1, the 10

value of P is given by the field CommonPilotTransmitPower field of the Overhead Messages 11

Protocol. If ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2, the value of P shall be chosen autonomously 12

by the Access Network and the determination of this value is beyond the scope of this 13

specification. The value of k is given by the Forward Common Pilot Channel index of the 14

subcarrier which is defined above. The scrambling sequence shall be as specified in 15

Section 2.6.2, with the seed being given by the output of the hash function defined in 16

2.6.4, with the input to the hash function given by SectorSeed, where SectorSeed is as 17

defined in 2.3.1.3. 18

4.1.3.3.2 Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel 19

The Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel (F-DPICH) shall be present only when 20

ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2. In this mode, the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel is 21

present in BRCH subzones. As described in 2.14.2, the BRCH subzone is divided into 22

units of hop-port blocks. Each hop-port block consists of NBLOCK = 16 hop-ports, which are 23

mapped by the hopping permutation to a contiguous set of subcarriers. Also, the set of 24

subcarriers corresponding to a hop-port block does not change over one PHY Frame. (Note 25

however that since the Forward Link supports SDMA, two hop-port blocks can be mapped 26

to the same set of subcarriers.) Therefore, the set of resources (over time and frequency) in 27

a BRCH subzone can be divided into units of tiles, where a tile is a contiguous 16x8 28

rectangle of hop-ports (16 in frequency and 8 in time) which are mapped to a contiguous 29

16x8 rectangle of subcarriers (16 in frequency and 8 in time). 30

Each tile in a BRCH subzone can be assigned to the control segment, to the Forward Data 31

Channel, or can be left blank. The Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel shall be present in 32

each tile in a BRCH subzone, i.e., some of the subcarriers in each tile shall be designated 33

as Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers. Each tile in a BRCH subzone may be 34

transmitted from up to four tile-antennas, where a tile-antenna is as defined in 2.1. The 35

Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel waveform shall be defined separately from each of these 36

tile-antennas. The tile-antennas used to transmit the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel in 37

a tile shall be the same as the tile-antennas used to transmit the control segment or the 38

Forward Data Channel from that tile. If two tiles map to the same frequency resources, 39

then the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel waveforms assigned to these tiles shall be 40

superimposed. The Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel configuration in each tile depends on 41

the following parameters: 42

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-25

1. The number of tile-antennas nt: nt is equal to 1 if the tile is occupied by the control 1

segment. If the tile is occupied by the Forward Data Channel, the value of nt is the 2

same as the number of tile-antennas used to transmit the Forward Data Channel 3

from that tile. 4

2. Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel format: The Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel 5

format can take one of three values, indexed 0, 1 and 2. Forward Dedicated Pilot 6

Channel format 0 shall be used for tiles occupied by the control segment. For tiles 7

occupied by the Forward Data Channel, the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel 8

format depends on the Forward Data Channel assignment occupying this tile, and 9

is determined by the FTC MAC protocol. 10

3. Energy per modulation symbol: This quantity, denoted by P, is defined separately 11

for each tile-antenna and each tile, but is fixed for all the modulation symbols from 12

the same tile-antenna within a tile. For tiles in the control segment, the exact 13

procedure determination of P is outside the scope of this specification. For tiles 14

which are occupied by the Forward Data Channel, the energy per modulation 15

symbol from a given tile-antenna is the same as the energy per modulation symbol 16

used to transmit the Forward Data Channel from that tile-antenna in that tile. 17

4. CodeOffset: This is an integer between 0 and 3. It takes value 0 for tiles belonging 18

to the Forward Link Control Segment. For tiles belonging to the Forward Data 19

Channel, the value is determined by the value of SubtreeIndex for that Forward 20

Data Channel assignment, which is determined by the FTC MAC protocol. For each 21

value of SubtreeIndex, the value of CodeOffset is given by 22

FLDPICHCodeOffsetSubtreeIndex, which is a field of the Overhead Messages Protocol. 23

The locations of the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers in a tile depend on the 24

Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel format and are shown in Figure 4.1.3.3.2-1. Note that 25

the hop-ports within a tile are indexed 0 to 15 in increasing order of hop-port index, and 26

the OFDM symbols within a Forward Link PHY Frame are indexed 0 to 7 with the earliest 27

OFDM symbol being indexed 0. 28

29

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-26

1

Figure 4.1.3.3.2-1. Location of Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Subcarriers within a 2

Tile for the Different Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Formats 3

4.1.3.3.2.1 Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 0 4

For Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 0, the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel shall 5

occupy the modulation symbol of the tile if the hop-port index within the tile is in the set 6

{1, 8, 15} and the OFDM symbol index t within the Forward Link PHY Frame is in the set T 7

= {0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7}, provided none of those symbols is a BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbol. 8

The complex value of the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel modulation symbol on the tile-9

antenna with index k shall depend only on the OFDM symbol index t and shall be given 10

by 11

t,kj2

S P exp (k CodeOffset)t3

π⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

, if t < 4, and 12

t,kj2

S P exp (k CodeOffset)(7 t)3

π⎛ ⎞= + −⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

, if t ≥ 4; 13


symbol on tile-antenna k used by the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel. 15



occupy the modulation symbol of the tile if the hop-port index within the tile is in the set 18

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-27

{0, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15} and the OFDM symbol index, t, is in the set T = {0, 1, 6, 7}, when none 1

of those symbols is a BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbol. 2

The complex value of the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel modulation symbol on the tile 3

antenna with index k shall be given by 4

( )= π +t,kS P exp j (k CodeOffset)t , if t < 4, and 5

( )= π + −t,kS P exp j (k CodeOffset)(7 t) , if t ≥ 4; 6


symbol on tile-antenna k used by the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel. 8



occupy the modulation symbol of the tile if the hop-port index is in the set {1, 8, 15} and 11

the OFDM symbol index, t, is in the set {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}. The complex value of the 12

Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel modulation symbol on the tile antenna with index k 13

(using the same symbols as 4.1.3.2.3) shall be given by 14

π⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

t,kj

S P exp (k CodeOffset)t2

, if t < 4, and 15

t,kj

S P exp (k CodeOffset)(7 t)2π⎛ ⎞= + −⎜ ⎟

⎝ ⎠, if t ≥ 4. 16

No Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel shall be transmitted on OFDM symbol t if it is a 17

BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbol. 18

4.1.3.3.2.4 Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Scrambling 19

4.1.3.3.2.4.1 Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Index Definition 20

Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel scrambling is done on a tile-by-tile basis. The 21

scrambling symbols that shall be used shall be those generated for subcarriers that 22

correspond to Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel hop-ports (via the hop-permutation), as 23

defined in 2.14.4. These subcarriers are henceforth referred to as Forward Dedicated Pilot 24

Channel subcarriers. For the purpose of scrambling, the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel 25

subcarriers in each tile or quarter-tile shall be indexed by a quantity called the Forward 26

Dedicated Pilot Channel index. The Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel index shall be 27

computed according to the following procedure: 28

1. Initialize an OFDM symbol counter i, a subcarrier counter j and a Forward 29


2. If the subcarrier j in OFDM symbol i within the tile is a Forward Dedicated Pilot 31


i. Set its Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel index to k. 33


3. Increment i by 1. If i = NFRAME, set i to 0 and increment j by 1. 35

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-28


In the above algorithm, the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers are indexed in 2

time first, followed by frequency. 3

4.1.3.3.2.4.2 Scrambling Sequence 4

The scrambling sequence for a tile depend on the tile index T which shall be equal to (fMIN 5

– NGUARD, LEFT) / NBLOCK, where fMIN is the lowest indexed subcarrier in that tile. For the tile 6

with index T, a complex scrambling sequence shall be generated using the common 7

complex scrambling algorithm described in 2.6.2 with seed fPHY-HASH[38*220*8 + 8

SectorSeed*8 + T mod 8]. Here SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3. The kth symbol c(k) in 9

the complex scrambling sequence shall be used to scramble the Forward Dedicated Pilot 10

Channel subcarrier with Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel index k. The scrambling 11

operation shall consist of multiplying the unscrambled complex symbol on the subcarrier 12

with the scrambling symbol c(k). 13

4.1.3.3.3 Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel 14

The Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel (F-CQIPICH) shall be present only in 15

the BRCH zone when ResourceChannelMuxMode = 2. In this mode, the Forward Channel 16

Quality Indicator Pilot Channel shall be present in Forward Link PHY Frames satisfying j 17

mod 8 = 4, j denotes the index of the Forward Link PHY Frame in the superframe. In these 18

Forward Link PHY Frames, the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel shall be 19

present on the OFDM symbols with indices 3 and 4 in the Forward Link PHY Frame, 20

where the OFDM symbols in the Forward Link PHY Frame are indexed from 0 to 7. The 21

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel is designed so as to enable the Access 22

Terminal to estimate channel quality for reporting the r-cqich, and to estimate the optimal 23

precoding matrix for reporting the r-bfch. The notion of a precoding matrix is defined in 24

2.9.2. 25

The Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel is transmitted on a disjoint set of 26

subcarriers from each transmit antenna, with the number of transmit antennas being 27

given by the NumEffectiveAntennas field of the Overhead Messages Protocol. Each 28

subcarrier occupied by the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel from a given 29

transmit antenna shall be modulated with the value ( )0,P from that transmit antenna, 30

where P is given by the CQIPilotTransmitPower field of the Overhead Messages Protocol. 31

The remaining transmit antennas shall be left unmodulated on this subcarrier. 32

For the OFDM symbol with index 3 within a Forward Link PHY Frame containing the 33

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel, a usable subcarrier with index isc shall 34

be modulated with the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel from the antenna 35

with index k if this subcarrier is not part of the Reserved Subzone or not part of the DRCH 36

zone, and if isc mod 16 = ak. For the OFDM symbol with index 4 within a Forward Link PHY 37

Frame containing the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel, a usable 38

subcarrier with index isc shall be modulated with the Forward Channel Quality Indicator 39

Pilot Channel from the antenna with index k if this subcarrier is not assigned to the 40

Reserved Subzone or not assigned to the DRCH zone, and if isc mod 16 = bk. Here, ak and 41

bk are as shown in Table 4.1.3.3.3-1, and have been chosen so as to ensure that the 42

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-29

Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel does not collide with the Forward 1

Dedicated Pilot Channel. The Reserved Subzone is defined in 2.14.4.2. 2

Table 4.1.3.3.3-1. Values of the Parameters ak and bk 3

Antenna Index (k) ak bk

0 2 10

1 3 11

2 4 12

3 5 13

4 10 2

5 11 3

6 12 4

7 13 5

4.1.3.3.3.1 Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel Scrambling 4

For the purpose of scrambling, the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel 5

subcarriers on each transmit antenna shall be indexed by a quantity called the Forward 6

Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel index. The Forward Channel Quality Indicator 7

Pilot Channel index of a subcarrier on transmit antenna k shall be computed according to 8


1. Initialize an OFDM symbol counter i to 3, a subcarrier counter j and a Forward 10

Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel index counter r to 0. 11

2. If the subcarrier j in OFDM symbol i is a Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot 12


i. Set its Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel index on antenna 14

k to r. 15

ii. Increment r by 1. 16


4. Repeat steps (2) and (3) until i = 5. 18

In other words, the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel subcarriers are 19

indexed in frequency first, followed by time. 20

A complex scrambling sequence shall be generated using the common complex scrambling 21

algorithm described in 2.6.2 with seed fPHY-HASH[220*8*45 + SectorSeed*8 + k mod 8]. Here 22

SectorSeed is as described in 2.3.1.3. The rth symbol c(r) in the complex scrambling 23

sequence shall be used to scramble the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel 24

subcarrier with Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel index r on transmit 25

antenna k. The scrambling operation shall consist of multiplying the unscrambled 26

complex symbol on the subcarrier with the scrambling symbol c(r). 27

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-30

4.1.3.3.4 Forward Cell Null Channel 1

The Forward Cell Null Channel (F-CNCH) defines subcarriers that are blanked by all the 2

sectors in a cell. These subcarriers are used to measure the out-of-cell interference level. 3

4.1.3.3.5 Forward Beacon Pilot Channel 4

The Forward Beacon Pilot Channel (F-BPICH) is used to indicate the presence of the 5

Access Network to Access Terminals on other carriers. An Access Network supports 6

Forward Beacon Pilot Channel on NCARRIERS carriers. The notion of a carrier is identical to a 7

channel band as defined in the OMP. The value of NCARRIERS is as specified by the 8

NumShortChannelIDs parameter of the OMP. The carriers shall be indexed 0 through 9

NCARRIERS - 1. 10

4.1.3.3.5.1 Forward Beacon Pilot Channel Encoding 11

Beacon Code A shall be used to encode the Forward Beacon Pilot Channel when (NFFT – 12

NGUARD) ≥ 412 and Beacon Code B shall be used when (NFFT – NGUARD) < 412. 13

4.1.3.3.5.1.1 Beacon Code A 14

Beacon Code A is a Reed-Solomon code that encodes a 12-bit quantity M into a sequence 15

of non-binary numbers in the set {0, 1, 2, …, Q - 1}, where Q = 211. The tth number in the 16

sequence shall be given by 1 221 421 1( ) ( ) modt t

tX M p p Qα α+ += + . Here p1 = 207, α1 = 17

/( 1)M Q −⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ and α2 = M mod (Q - 1). Note that p1 is a primitive element of GF(Q). 18

Therefore (p1Q-1 mod Q) = 1. 19

4.1.3.3.5.1.2 Beacon Code B 20

Beacon Code B is a Reed-Solomon code that encodes a 12-bit quantity M into a sequence 21

of non-binary numbers in the set {0, 1, 2, …, Q -1}, where Q = 47. The tth number in the 22

sequence shall be given by 31 2 62 41 1 1( ) ( ) modtt t

tX M p p p Qαα α ++ += + + . Here p1 = 45, α1 = 23

2/( 1)M Q⎢ ⎥−⎣ ⎦ , α2 = /( 1)M Q −⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ mod (Q-1) and α3 = M mod (Q-1). Note that p1 is a 24

primitive element of GF(Q). Therefore (p1Q-1 mod Q) = 1. 25

4.1.3.3.5.2 Forward Beacon Pilot Channel Modulation 26

4.1.3.3.5.2.1 Beacon OFDM Symbols 27

A total of NCARRIERS OFDM symbols shall be allocated to the Forward Beacon Pilot Channel 28

in every 2 superframes. These symbols shall be referred to as “beacon OFDM symbols.” 29

The beacon OFDM symbols shall be indexed 0 through NCARRIERS -1, and beacon OFDM 30

symbol with index i shall be used for Forward Beacon Pilot Channel transmission on 31

carrier i. No channels other than the Forward Beacon Pilot Channel shall be transmitted 32

in carrier i on the beacon OFDM symbol with index i. Therefore, the beacon OFDM symbol 33

with index i shall be a BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbol for carrier i. 34

Furthermore, if SinglePAForMultipleCarriers field of the Overhead Message Parameter is 35

set to 1, no channels other than the Forward Beacon Pilot Channel shall be transmitted 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-31

on all beacon OFDM symbols. In this case, all NCARRIERS beacon OFDM symbols shall be 1

referred to as BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbols. 2

The NCARRIERS beacon OFDM symbols shall be chosen according to the following procedure: 3

1. Set SEEDBEACON-FRAMES = fPHY-HASH(78 * 512 + PilotPN). Let HBEACON-FRAMES be the 4

permutation of size 2NFRAMES-IN-SUPERFRAME generated using the common permutation 5

generation algorithm (2.6.1) with seed SEEDBEACON-FRAMES. 6

2. Initialize a counter i and a counter j to 0. 7

3. Set SEEDBEACON-SYMBOLS = fPHY-HASH(79 * 512 * 8 + (i mod 8) * 512 + PilotPN). Let TMP 8

= SEEDBEACON-SYMBOLS mod 2. 9

4. Initialize a counter j to 0. If the PHY Frame HBEACON-FRAMES(j) mod NFRAMES_IN_SF 10

contains the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel, 11

a. Increment j by 1. 12

5. If HBEACON-FRAMES(i) < NFRAMES_IN_SF, the OFDM symbol (3 + TMP)7 in PHY Frame 13

HBEACON-FRAMES(i) mod NFRAMES_IN_SF in all even indexed superframes shall be the 14

beacon OFDM symbol for carrier i. If HBEACON-FRAMES(i) ≥ NFRAMES_IN_SF, the OFDM 15

symbol (3 + TMP) in PHY Frame HBEACON-FRAMES(i) mod NFRAMES_IN_SF in all odd indexed 16

superframes shall be the beacon OFDM symbol for carrier i. 17

6. Increment i by 1. If i=NCARRIERS, halt. Otherwise go to step 3. 18

4.1.3.3.5.2.2 Beacon Subcarrier Groups 19

The set of usable subcarriers in a beacon OFDM symbol is divided into 20

NBEACON_SUBCARRIER_GROUPS groups, where _ _FFT GUARD

BEACON SUBCARRIER GROUPS

N NN

Q

⎢ ⎥−= ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

, and Q 21

= 211 for beacon code A and Q = 47 for beacon code B. The beacon subcarrier groups shall 22

be indexed 0 through NBEACON_SUBCARRIER_GROUPS -1. The beacon subcarrier group with index 23

k shall comprise of subcarriers fSTART(k) through fSTART(k) + Q - 1 where 24

_ _( )2 2

BEACON SUBCARRIER GROUPSFFTSTART

N QNf k kQ

⎢ ⎥= − +⎢ ⎥

⎣ ⎦. 25

The subcarriers within group k shall be indexed 0 through Q - 1. 26

4.1.3.3.5.2.3 Forward Beacon Pilot Channel Modulation 27

In the superframe with index t, the Forward Beacon Pilot Channel shall be modulated on 28

carrier i according to the following procedure. 29

1. A value of P shall be transmitted on the subcarrier with index Xt(M) within 30

the beacon subcarrier group with index k on the beacon OFDM symbol for 31

carrier i. 32

7 Note that F-DPICH pilot formats 0 and 1 are not present on OFDM symbols 3 and 4.

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-32

i. The values of P shall be greater than NFFT. The exact value of P is 1

beyond the scope of this specification. 2

ii. The value of k is beyond the scope of this specification. 3

iii. M = [0r1r0b8b7b6b5b4b3b2b1b0] where [b8b7b6b5b4b3b2b1b0] is the 9-bit 4

PilotPN and [r1r0] is the PreferredCarrierIndex field of the OMP. 5

iv. t = superframe index/2 and Xt(M) is generated as described in 6

4.1.3.3.5. 7

2. No power shall be transmitted on all other subcarriers. 8

4.1.3.4 Forward Link Control Channels in the PHY Frames 9

In every PHY Frame in a superframe, the Forward Link control channels, i.e., in the 10

Forward Acknowledgment Channel, the Forward Start-of-Packet Channel, the Forward 11

Reverse Activity Bit Channel, the Forward Shared Control Channel, the Forward Fast 12

Other Sector Interference Channel, the Forward Interference over Thermal Channel, the 13

Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel and the Forward Power Control Channel shall be 14

multiplexed together onto a set of NFLCS-BLOCKS hop-port blocks, referred to as the “Forward 15

Link Control Segment.” The value of NFLCS-BLOCKS shall be as specified in 2.15. The hop-port 16

blocks shall be indexed 0 though NFLCS-BLOCKS -1, and the hop-ports in these blocks shall 17

be referred to as “Forward Link Control Segment hop-ports”. The Forward Link Control 18

Segment blocks shall either all be BRCH resources or all be DRCH resources. The choice 19

of BRCH/DRCH is as specified by UseDRCHForFLCS parameter of the OMP. 20

4.1.3.4.1 Forward Link Control Segment Available Subcarriers 21

Not all subcarriers may be available for modulation by the Forward Link Control Segment. 22

For example, subcarriers in which the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel is transmitted can 23

not be used by the Forward Link Control Segment. In this section, the notion of Forward 24

Link Control Segment unavailable subcarriers is defined. A subcarrier is unavailable for 25

the Forward Link Control Segment if: 26

1. The subcarrier is a pilot subcarrier i.e., it is allocated to one of the Forward Link 27

Pilot Channels (the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel, the Forward Channel Quality 28

Indicator Pilot Channel, and the Forward Common Pilot Channel). 29

2. The subcarrier is part of a BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbol. 30

Furthermore, if ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1, all subcarriers allocated to the DRCH are 31

not available when modulating BRCH resources. 32

All subcarriers that are not unavailable as defined above shall be referred to as “Forward 33

Link Control Segment available subcarriers”. 34

4.1.3.4.2 Forward Acknowledgment Channel 35

The Forward Acknowledgment Channel (F-ACKCH) is primarily used to acknowledge 36

Reverse Link HARQ transmissions and is present in every Forward Link PHY Frame to 37

acknowledge the associated Reverse Link PHY Frame. The Forward Acknowledgment 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-33

Channel shall be transmitted on resources 0 through NFACKCH-INDICES - 1. Here NFACKH-INDICES 1

is the total number of FACKNodeIndices are specified by [2]. 2

4.1.3.4.2.1 Forward Acknowledgment Channel Transmission 3

A sequence of length 12 shall be transmitted on the Forward Acknowledgment Channel 4

depending on the FACKVAL response, where FACKVAL is set to (0, 1, 2 or 3);.else no 5

signal shall be transmitted on the Forward Acknowledgment Channel. 6

The length 12 sequence shall be denoted {Z00, Z01, Z02, Z03, Z10, Z11, Z12, Z13, Z20, Z21, Z22, 7

Z23} and shall be constructed as follows: 8

1. Let α = 0 if FACKVAL is 0, and α = exp((2πj/3) * FACKVAL) otherwise. 9

2. Define SEEDFACKCH = fPHY-HASH(220*2048*3 + 2048*SectorSeed + MAC_ID), where 10

SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3 and MAC_ID is the MACID of the Access 11

Terminal of interest. 12

3. Let [Y0 Y1 Y2] be the sequence of length 3 generated using the common complex 13

scrambling algorithm in 2.6.3 using seed SEEDFACKCH. 14

4. Let r = FACKNodeIndex mod 4 and RFACK-TRANS = / 4FACKNodeIndex⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ . 15

5. If the Forward Link Control Segment resource with index RFACK-TRANS is a BRCH 16

resource, then let [D0 D1 D2 D3] be the column with index r of the DFT matrix of 17

size 4 as defined in 2.6.5. If the Forward Link Control Segment resource with index 18

RFACK-TRANS is a DRCH resource, then let [D0 D1 D2 D3] be the column with index r in 19

the 4x4 identity matrix. 20

6. Zij = α ×P Di Yj for 0 ≤ i < 4 and 0 ≤ j < 3. Here P = FACKPower is the power at 21

which the ACK is to be transmitted. 22

7. Zij shall be used to modulate hop-port j in Forward Link Control Segment resource 23

i+ RFACK-TRANS, provided that hop-port is mapped to a Forward Link Control Segment 24

available subcarrier. 25

26

27

Figure 4.1.3.4.2.1-1. ACK Processing for FACKNodeIndices 0 through 3 28

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-34

4.1.3.4.3 Forward Start-of-Packet Channel 1

The Forward Start-of-Packet Channel (F-SPCH) is used to indicate to an Access Terminal 2

whether a persistent assignment is still valid or if it has expired. The Forward Start of 3

Packet Channel is also used to indicate the start of a new packet. The Forward Start-of-4

Packet Channel shall be transmitted on resources RFSPCH-BEGIN through RFSPCH-BEGIN + NFSPCH-5

INDICES -1, where RFSPCH-BEGIN = NFACKCH-INDICES and NFSPCH-INDICES is the total number of 6

FSPNodeIndices are specified by [2]. 7

4.1.3.4.3.1 Forward Start-of-Packet Channel Transmission 8

A sequence of length 12 shall be transmitted on the Forward Start-of-Packet Channel. 9

This sequence depends on the FSPVAL response where FSPVAL is set to one of (0, 1, 2, or 10

3) as specified by the MAC Layer, else no signal shall be transmitted on the Forward Start-11

of-Packet Channel. 12

The length 12 sequence shall be denoted {Z00, Z01, Z02, Z03, Z10, Z11, Z12, Z13, Z20, Z21, Z22, 13

Z23} and shall be constructed as follows: 14

1. Let α = 0 if FSPVAL is 0, and α = exp((2πj/3) * FSPVAL) otherwise. 15

2. Define SEEDFSPCH = fPHY-HASH(220*2048*2 + 2048*SectorSeed + MAC_ID), where 16

SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3 and MAC_ID is the MACID of the Access 17

Terminal of interest. 18

3. Let [Y0 Y1 Y2] be the sequence of length 3 generated using the common complex 19

scrambling algorithm in 2.6.2 using seed SEEDFSPCH. 20

4. Let r = FSPNodeIndex mod 4 and RFSP-TRANS = / 4FSPCH BEGINR FSPNodeIndex− + ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ . 21

5. If the Forward Link Control Segment resource with index RFSP-TRANS is a BRCH 22

resource, then let [D0 D1 D2 D3] be the column with index r of the DFT matrix of 23

size 4 as defined in 2.6.5. If the Forward Link Control Segment resource with index 24

RFSP-TRANS is a DRCH resource, then let [D0 D1 D2 D3] be the column with index r in 25

the 4x4 identity matrix. 26

6. Zij = α √P Di Yj for 0 ≤ i < 4 and 0 ≤ j < 3. Here P = FSPPower is the power at which 27

the SP is to be transmitted. 28

7. Zij shall be used to modulate hop-port j in Forward Link Control Segment resource 29

RFSP-TRANS + i, provided that hop-port is mapped to a Forward Link Control Segment 30

available subcarrier. 31

4.1.3.4.4 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel 32

The Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel (F-RABCH) carries an one bit indication about 33

the load on the Reverse CDMA segment. This aids the Access Terminal to choose when to 34

transmit on the Reverse CDMA segment. 35

4.1.3.4.4.1 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Repetition 36

The Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel data (RABVAL) shall be repeated 4 times. 37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-35

4.1.3.4.4.2 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel Encoding 1

The Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel sequence of 4-bits shall be encoded by a rate-2

1/3 concatenated code whose codewords are as specified in 2.7.3.2. 3

4.1.3.4.4.3 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel Modulation 4

The encoded data shall be QPSK scrambled (see 2.6.2) with input seed fPHY-HASH(220*49 + 5

SectorSeed), where SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3 to yield a sequence of symbols {c0, 6

c1, c2, c3, c4, c5}. 7

The Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel shall be transmitted on Forward Link Control 8

Segment resources RFRABCH-BEGIN through RFRABCH-BEGIN+NRAB-MESSAGES -1 where RFRABCH-BEGIN = 9

RSPCH-BEGIN + NSPCH-INDICES and NRAB-MESSAGES is as computed by the SFP MAC protocol. 10

4.1.3.4.4.4 Forward Reverse Activity Bit Channel Resource Allocation 11

A value of ×P ci shall be transmitted on hop-port / 2i⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ in the Forward Link Control 12

Segment resource with index NFRABCH-BEGIN + (i mod 2), provided that hop-port is mapped to 13

a Forward Link Control Segment available subcarrier. Here P = FRABPower. 14

4.1.3.4.5 Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel 15

The Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel (F-PQICH) carries quantized values of the 16

Reverse Link pilot strength for each Access Terminal. This aids the Access Terminal to 17

select the optimal serving sector, and is used to control the power level of the Reverse 18

Link control and data channels. 19

4.1.3.4.5.1 Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel Encoding 20

The Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel data (PQIVal) shall be encoded by a rate-1/3 21

concatenated code whose codewords are as specified in 2.7.3.2. 22

4.1.3.4.5.2 Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel Modulation 23

The encoded data shall be QPSK modulated as specified in 2.7.7.1 to yield a sequence of 24

symbols {c0, c1, c2, c3, c4, c5}. The Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel shall be 25

transmitted on resources RFPQICH-BEGIN through RFPQICH-BEGIN + 2NFPQICH-MESSAGES -1, where 26

RFPQICH-BEGIN = RRABCH-BEGIN + NRABCH-INDICES and NFPQICH-MESSAGES is the total number of 27

FPQIResourceIndices are specified by [2]. 28

4.1.3.4.5.3 Forward Pilot Quality Indicator Channel Resource Allocation 29


Segment resource with index NFPQICH-BEGIN + 2 * FPQIMessageIndex + (i mod 2), provided 31

that hop-port is mapped to a Forward Link Control Segment available subcarrier with P = 32

FPQIPower. 33

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-36

4.1.3.4.6 Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel 1

The Forward Fast Other Sector Interference Channel (F-FOSICH) is used to indicate 2

interference levels in a given subband to Access Terminals in other sectors. The Forward 3

Fast Other Sector Interference Channel shall be transmitted on resources RFFOSICH-BEGIN 4

through RFFOSICH-BEGIN + 2NFFOSICH-MESSAGES -1, where NFFOSICH-BEGIN = RFPQICH-BEGIN + 2NFPQICH-5

MESSAGES and NFFOSICH-MESSAGES is the total number of FFOSINodeIndices are specified by [2]. 6

4.1.3.4.6.1 Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel Encoding 7

If the FFOSIMessage is not equal to {0000}, the Forward Fast Other Sector Interference 8

Channel data shall be encoded by a rate-1/3 concatenated code whose codewords are as 9

specified in 2.7.3.2. 10

4.1.3.4.6.2 Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel Modulation 11


symbols {b0, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5}. A sequence {s0, …, s5} shall be generated using the complex 13

scrambling algorithm described in 2.6.2 with input seed fPHY-HASH(220*47 + SectorSeed), 14

where SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3. Define the 6 symbol sequence {c0, c1, c2, c3, c4, 15

c5} where ci = sibi. 16

If the FFOSIMessage is equal to {0000}, define {c0, c1, c2, c3, c4, c5} to be {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}. 17

4.1.3.4.6.3 Forward Fast Other-Sector-Interference Channel Resource Allocation 18


Segment resource with index NFFOSICH-BEGIN + 2 * FFOSIMessageIndex + (i mod 2), provided 20

that hop-port is mapped to a Forward Link Control Segment available subcarrier. 21

4.1.3.4.7 Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel 22

The Forward Interference over Thermal Channel (F-IOTCH) is used to indicate interference 23

levels in a given subband to Access Terminals in other sectors. The Forward Interference 24

over Thermal Channel shall be transmitted on resources RFIOTCH-BEGIN through RFIOTCH-BEGIN 25

+ 2NFIOTCH-MESSAGES - 1, where RFIOTCH-BEGIN = RFFOSICH-BEGIN + 2NFFOSICH-MESSAGES and NFIOTCH-26

MESSAGES is the total number of FIOTNodeIndices are specified by [2]. 27

4.1.3.4.7.1 Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel Encoding 28

The Forward Interference over Thermal Channel data (IOTVal) shall be encoded by a rate-29

1/3 concatenated code whose codewords are as specified in 2.7.3.2. 30

4.1.3.4.7.2 Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel Modulation 31


symbols {b0, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5}. A sequence {s0, …, s5} shall be generated using the complex 33

scrambling algorithm described in 2.6.2 with input seed fPHY-HASH(220*46 + SectorSeed), 34

where SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3. Define the 6 symbol sequence {c0, c1, c2, c3, c4, 35

c5} where ci = sibi. 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-37

4.1.3.4.7.3 Forward Interference-Over-Thermal Channel Resource Allocation 1


Segment resource with index NFIOTCH-BEGIN + 2 * FIOTMessageIndex + (i mod 2), provided 3

that hop-port is mapped to a Forward Link Control Segment available subcarrier. 4

4.1.3.4.8 Forward Power Control Channel 5

The Forward Power Control Channel (F-PCCH) carries commands for closed-loop control of 6

the Reverse Link control channel transmit power. 7

4.1.3.4.8.1 Forward Power Control Channel Transmission 8

A value of √Pα shall be transmitted on the hop-port (FPCIndex mod 3) of Forward Link 9

Control Segment resource index RPCCH-BEGIN + (FPCNodeIndex mod 3), provided that hop-10

port is mapped to a Forward Link Control Segment available subcarrier. Here P = 11

FPCPower and α = +1 if FPC_UP_OR_DOWN = UP and -1 if FPC_UP_OR_DOWN = DOWN. 12

4.1.3.4.9 Forward Shared Control Channel 13

The Forward Shared Control Channel (F-SCCH) carries control information for the 14

Forward Data Channel transmission, as well as for group resource assignments. 15

4.1.3.4.9.1 Forward Shared Control Channel Encoding 16

Each Forward Shared Control Channel message shall be appended with a 16-bit CRC for 17

all blocks except the GRA block, and with a 5-bit CRC for the GRA block. The FLCS MAC 18

Protocol indicates whether the block is a GRA block. The resulting sequence of bits 19

denoted as {x0, x1, x2, …} shall be scrambled by a sequence {s0, s1, s2, …} generated using 20

the common real scrambling algorithm with seed fPHY-HASH(2048*SectorSeed + 21

(ACCESS_SEQID_OR_MACID mod 2048)). The scrambling operation shall comprise of 22

flipping the bit xi if si = -1. 23

The resulting sequence of bits shall be encoded using the rate-1/3 convolutional code, 24

channel interleaved, sequence-repeated, and converted to a sequence of NFSCCH, SUBCARRIERS 25

modulation symbols using the procedure described in 2.7.1. The modulation format shall 26

be QPSK if Use16QAMForSCCH is set to 0 and 16-QAM if Use16QAMForSCCH is set to 1. 27

Here Use16QAMForSCCH is a parameter of the Overhead Messages Protocol. No data 28

scrambling shall be used for Forward Shared Control Channel packets. 29

4.1.3.4.9.2 Forward Shared Control Channel Modulation when DRCHForFCS=0 30

4.1.3.4.9.2.1 Modulation of Forward Shared Control Channel in the Common Segment 31

Define RPCH_END = NFSPCH-INDICES + NFACKCH-INDICES + 2NFPQICH-MESSAGES + 2NFFOSICH-MESSAGES + 32

2NFIOTCH-MESSAGES + NRAB-MESSAGES + (FPCNodeIndex mod 3) where the parameters in the right 33

hand side of this equation are defined in [2]. 34

For the remainder of this section, the notion of SCCH usable hop-ports shall be defined. A 35

hop-port shall be defined as unusable by the SCCH if one of the following conditions is 36

satisfied: 37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-38

1. It is allocated to a Forward Link Control Segment resource with RFLCS < (NFLCS-1

COMMON-BLOCKS * RPCH-END/ NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS ). 2

2. It is not mapped to a Forward Link Control Segment available subcarrier. 3

All other hop-ports shall be usable by the SCCH. Note that if a hop-port location is 4

unusable in one tile, it is unusable in all other tiles as well. 5

Define NSCCH-CS to be the number of Forward Shared Control Channel messages in the 6

Common Segment. The Forward Shared Control Channel messages (n = 0, 1, 2, …, NSCCH-7

CS -1) are then populated in the set of usable hop-ports in blocks k = 0, 1, 2, …, NFLCS-8

COMMON-BLOCKS-1 using the following rules: 9

1. Initialize the hop-port counter i, block counter k, OFDM symbol counter j to 0. 10

2. Initialize modulation symbol index p(n) = 0, for all n = 0, 1, 2, …, NSCCH-CS -1. 11

3. If hop-port counter i is a Forward Shared Control Channel usable hop-port, 12

a. populate the p(n)th modulation symbol from Forward Shared Control 13

Channel message n on ith hop-port in the kth tile. Here n = (k + j + i) mod 14

NSCCH-CS. 15

b. The modulation symbol shall be modulated with power density P i.e., the 16

value of the corresponding subcarrier shall be P s . The modulation shall 17

be done on the tile-antenna with index 0. Note that the same power density 18

P shall be used over all hop-ports assigned to this Forward Shared Control 19

Channel message. Different values of power density P may be used for 20

different Forward Shared Control Channel messages. Determining the value 21

of P is out of the scope of this specification. 22

c. Increment p(n) by 1. 23

4. Increment i by 1. If i = NBLOCK, set k = k+1 and set i = 0. 24

5. If k ≥ NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS, set k= 0 and increment j by 1. 25

6. If j ≥ NFRAME, exit. Otherwise go to step 3. 26

4.1.3.4.9.2.2 Modulation of Forward Shared Control Channel in the LAB Segments 27

For this section, usable hop-ports are defined as the set of hop-ports in each LAB 28

Segment, excluding the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel hop-ports. 29

Define NFLCS-LAB-SEGMENTS to be the number of LAB segments. Each LAB segment consists of 30

3 hop-port blocks. Define NSCCH-LAB to be the number of Forward Shared Control Channel 31

messages populated across all LAB Segments 32

Define NSCCH-CS to be the number of Forward Shared Control Channel messages in the 33

Common Segment. The Forward Shared Control Channel messages (n = 0, 1, 2, …, NSCCH-34

CS -1) are then populated in the set of usable hop-ports in blocks k = 0, 1, 2, …, NFLCS-35

COMMON-BLOCKS-1 using the following rules: 36

1. Initialize the hop-port counter i, block counter k, OFDM symbol counter j to 0. 37

2. Initialize modulation symbol index p(n) = 0, for all n = 0, 1, 2, …, NSCCH-CS -1. 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-39

3. If hop-port counter i is a Forward Shared Control Channel usable hop-port, 1

a. port in the kth tile. Here n = (k + j + i) mod NSCCH-CS. 2

b. The modulation symbol shall be modulated with power density P i.e., the 3

value of the corresponding subcarrier shall be P s . The modulation shall 4

be done on the tile-antenna with index 0. Note that the same power density 5

P shall be used over all hop-ports assigned to this Forward Shared Control 6

Channel message. Different values of power density P may be used for 7

different Forward Shared Control Channel messages. Determining the value 8

of P is out of the scope of this specification. 9

c. Increment p(n) by 1. 10

4. Increment i by 1. If i = NBLOCK, increment k by 1 and set i = 0. 11

5. If k ≥ NFLCS-COMMON-BLOCKS, set k= 0 and increment j by 1. 12

6. If j ≥ NFRAME, exit; Otherwise go to step 3. 13

4.1.3.4.9.3 Forward Shared Control Channel Modulation when UseDRCHForFLCS = 1 14

Forward Shared Control Channel messages shall be transmitted on Forward Link Control 15

Segment resources RSCCH-BEGIN through RSCCH-BEGIN + (NFSCCH, SUBCARRIERS /3) * NFSCCH-MESSAGES -16

1. Here NFSCCH, SUCARRIERS is the number of subcarriers per Forward Shared Control Channel 17

message, NFSCCH-MESSAGES is the total number of Forward Shared Control Channel messages 18

and RFSCCH-BEGIN = FPCH-END + 1. Here FPCH-END is equal to the 19

NumFLCSResourcesUsedBeforeSCCH, a parameter of the Overhead Messages Protocol. 20

The nth modulation symbol of the LAB with index t shall be transmitted on hop-port (n 21

mod 3) of the Forward Link Control Segment resource with index (RFSCCH-BEGIN + tNFSCCH, 22

SUBCARRIERS/3 + n/3 ), provided that hop-port is mapped to a Forward Link Control 23

Segment available subcarrier. 24

4.1.3.5 Forward Data Channel 25

The Forward Data Channel (F-DCH) consists of one or more data packets which can span 26

one or more Forward Link PHY Frames. The set of Forward Link PHY Frames on which the 27

packets are transmitted is determined by the FTC MAC Protocol. Each data packet is also 28

assigned a set of hop-ports in each PHY Frame by the FTC MAC Protocol. For F-DCH 29

packets containing GRA bitmap, each packet is associated with a packet size and 30

modulation order assigned by the FTC MAC Protocol. For packets based on GRA bitmap, 31

each packet is associated with packet format index, spectral efficiency offset (for packet 32

format indexes 2-4 only) and a modulation offset (for packet format indexes 2-3 only) 33

assigned by the FTC MAC Protocol. For all other F-DCH packets, each packet is associated 34

with packet format index assigned by the FTC MAC Protocol. In the following, power shall 35

not be transmitted on an antenna with the DRCH structure or a tile antenna with the 36

BRCH structure unless otherwise specified. 37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-40

4.1.3.5.1 Forward Data Channel Rotational OFDM 1

If the Forward Data Channel uses rotational OFDM (see 2.10), it shall use it in the DRCH 2

mode only. When the Forward Data Channel uses QPSK modulation the dimension (D) of 3

Rotational OFDM shall be set to 4. When the Forward Data Channel uses 8-PSK, 16-QAM, 4

or 64-QAM, D shall be set to 2. 5

The optimal rotational angles corresponding to the various packet formats are summarized 6

in Table 4.1.3.5.1-1. Note that for the third to sixth transmissions, this angle shall be zero. 7

8

Table 4.1.3.5.1-1. Optimal Rotational Angle for Rotational OFDM 9

Optimal Angle Packet Format Index

First Transmission Second Transmission

0 0 0

1 0 0

2 0.4 × π/4 0

3 0 0

4 0 0

5 0 0

6 0 0

7 0 0

8 0.3 × π/4 0

9 0.7 × π/4 0

10 0 0

11 0 0

12 0.2 × π/4 0.2 × π/4

13 0.3 × π/4 0.3 × π/4

14 0.4 × π/4 0.4 × π/4

15 0 0

If the number of modulation symbols in a packet is denoted by NModSym, then the last 10

(NModSym mod D) symbols shall not be rotated. The remaining symbols shall be rotated in 11

groups of D as specified in 2.10, and assigned to hop-ports as specified in the remainder 12

of 4.1.3.5. 13

4.1.3.5.2 Forward Data Channel Packet Data Control Assignment Block Assignments 14

When the ATA as specified by the FTC MAC Protocol comprises of hop-port blocks 15

allocated to the Forward Link Control Segment and Packet Data Control Assignment Block 16

is enabled at the Access Network (PDCABResourceSharingEnabled parameter of the OMP 17

is equal to one), the Access Network shall perform two operations: 18

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-41

1. Transmit the data packet as described in 4.1.3.5.4 through 4.1.3.5.8 on those hop-1

ports of the ATA that are not allocated to the Forward Link Control Segment. 2

2. Transmit the same data packet using the inverted sequence repetition operation on 3

the hop-ports of the ATA that are allocated to the Forward Link Control Segment. 4

4.1.3.5.3 Forward Data Channel Available Subcarriers 5

Not all subcarriers may be available for modulation by the Forward Data Channel. For 6

example, subcarriers in which the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel is transmitted can not 7

be used by the Forward Data Channel. In this section, the notion of Forward Data 8

Channel unavailable subcarriers is defined. A subcarrier is unavailable for the Forward 9

Data Channel if: 10


Pilot Channels (Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel, Forward Channel Quality 12

Indicator Pilot Channel, Forward Common Pilot Channel) 13


3. The subcarrier is allocated of the Forward Link Control Segment and is not 15

explicitly defined as being available as part of the Packet Data Control Assignment 16

Block. 17

Furthermore, if ResourceChannelMuxMode = 1, all subcarriers allocated to the DRCH are 18

not available when modulating BRCH resources. 19


Data Channel available subcarriers.” 21

4.1.3.5.4 Forward Data Channel Single Input Single Output Mode 22

On the Forward Data Channel, the Single Input Single Output mode deals with single 23

effective antenna at the Access Network. The Access Terminal may use receive diversity if 24

it chooses to use multiple antennas. 25

4.1.3.5.4.1 Forward Data Channel Single Input Single Output Mode Data Packet Encoding 26

The Forward Data Channel packet is generated by the FTC MAC Protocol, and is split, 27

appended with CRC, encoded, channel interleaved, repeated, data-scrambled and 28

modulated according to the procedure described in 2.7.1. A CRC length of NCRC,Data is used 29

for this packet. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(SectorSeed + m*220) shall be used for the data 30

scrambling operation, where SectorSeed is defined in 2.3.1.3, and m denotes the MACID 31

of the Access Terminal of interest except in the case of multicast group resource 32

transmissions. For the case of multicast group resource transmissions, m denotes the 33

GroupID. 34

4.1.3.5.4.2 Forward Data Channel Single Input Single Output Mode Data Packet 35

Transmission 36



3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-42



2. Let F(r) be the total number of PHY Frames to be used in the rth HARQ 3

retransmission of the packet, as specified by the FTC MAC Protocol [2]. The frames 4

shall be indexed (r, 0), (r,1) … (r, F(r)-1). 5







nsc is a Forward Data Channel available subcarrier, then a modulation symbol s 12

from subpacket m with modulation order q is generated by the modulator 13

according to the procedure described in 2.7.1 . Here m shall be equal to 14

( )( mod ) mod modTILE BLOCK SUBPACKETS IN TILEi j i N N t− −+ + . Here t is the total number 15

of subpackets in the packet (equal to NDCH, SUBPACKETS), NBLOCK is the number of 16

subcarriers in a block, ⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILE N

ii and NSUBPACKETS-IN-TILE is computed as 17

follows: 18

a. SUBPACKETS IN TILEN t− − = if iTILE < (NTILES mod t). Here⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILES N

nN 19

b. 8

min ,( mod )− −

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤= ⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟−⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠


tN t

N N totherwise. 20

5. The modulation symbol s shall be modulated with power density P on hop-port pi, 21

i.e., the value of the corresponding subcarrier shall be P s . The modulation shall 22

be done on the antenna with index 0 if iTILE is a DRCH resource, and on the tile-23

antenna with index 0 if iTILE is a BRCH resource. The same power density P shall be 24

used over all DRCH hop-ports assigned to this packet. 25

Different values of power density P may be used for different BRCH resources. 26

Determining the value of P is out of the scope of this specification. 27


7. If j = NFRAME, set j = 0 and increment f. 29


9. If the last HARQ retransmission has been completed (as determined by the FTC 31


4.1.3.5.5 Forward Data Channel Precoding for Multiple Input Multiple Output Mode 33

If precoding is used on the Forward Data Channel, the tile antennas used for Multiple 34

Input Multiple Output or Space Time Transmit Diversity transmissions are obtained from 35

the effective antennas through the use of precoding matrices as described in 2.9.2. When 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-43

precoding is used by the Access Network, these tile antennas shall be used for the Space 1

Time Transmit Diversity, Multi-Code Word and Single Code Word modes as described in 2

4.1.3.5.6, 4.1.3.5.7, and 4.1.3.5.8. 3

With the Knockdown precoder in ResourceChannelMuxMode 1, Knockdown precoder in 4

DRCH in ResourceChannelMuxMode 2 and any precoder in BRCH in 5

ResourceChannelMuxMode 2, the Access Network can choose to use any precoding matrix 6

and vectors. With the Readymade precoder in ResourceChannelMuxMode 1 or Readymade 7

precoder in DRCH in ResourceChannelMuxMode 2, the Access Network shall use the 8

precoding matrix that was reported by the Access Terminal in its latest message sent on 9

the reverse beam feedback channel that is transmitted in the Reverse OFDMA Dedicated 10

Control Channel by the Access Terminal. 11

4.1.3.5.6 Forward Data Channel Space Time Transmit Diversity Mode 12

In the Space Time Transmit Diversity (STTD) mode, the number of transmit antennas used 13

can be two or four. In the four antenna case, there are two modes of Space Time Transmit 14

Diversity that are supported by the Access Terminal. When the number of transmit 15

antennas used is four, the Space Time Transmit Diversity mode may be used in 16

conjunction with Antenna Selection. 17

4.1.3.5.6.1 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for Space Time Transmit 18

Diversity Mode 19

In the Space Time Transmit Diversity mode, each Forward Data Channel packet is 20

generated by the FTC MAC Protocol, and is split, appended with CRC, encoded, channel 21

interleaved, repeated, data-scrambled and modulated according to the procedure 22

described in 2.7.1. A CRC length of NCRC,Data is used for this packet. A seed equal to fPHY-23

HASH(SectorSeed*2048 + m) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. Here 24

SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3 and m denotes the MACID of the Access Terminal of 25

interest except in the case of multicast group resource transmissions. For the case of 26

multicast group resource transmissions, m denotes the GroupID. 27

4.1.3.5.6.2 Forward Data Channel Space Time Transmit Diversity Modes 28

Space Time Transmit Diversity can be supported for two or four antennas for a sequence 29

of NSTTD modulation symbols. Let M denote the number of antennas. 30

For the two antenna case, each set of two modulation symbols (S0, S1) shall be mapped to 31

a 2x2 matrix Y = A, shown in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-15. Yk,i denotes the ith modulation symbol to 32

be transmitted on the kth antenna. Modulation vectors Y0 and Y1 refer to the columns of 33

the matrix Y. In this case, define NSTTD = 2. 34

For the four antenna case, two modes are defined. The following matrices are defined: 35

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

* * *i i+1 i i+1 i+4 i+6

* * *i+1 i i+1 i i+5 i+7

* * *i+2 i+3 i+2 i+3 i+6 i+4

* * *i+3 i+2 i+3 i+2 i+7 i+5

S -S 0 0 S -S S -S

S S 0 0 S S S -SA= , B= .

0 0 S -S S -S S S

0 0 S S S S S S

36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-44

In Space Time Transmit Diversity Mode A, three circulation matrices are defined as 1

follows: 2

1 2 3

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0C = , C = , C = .

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

3

In Space Time Transmit Diversity Mode A, for each set of four modulation symbols (S0, S1, 4

S2, S3), the matrix Y = CA shall denote the output of the four antennas as illustrated in 5

Figure 4.1.3.1.1-16, where C є {C1, C2, C3}. Matrices in C shall be used in a circular 6

fashion for sets of four modulation symbols, starting with the first matrix in each PHY 7

Frame. In this case, define NSTTD = 4. Yk,i denotes the ith modulation symbol to be 8

transmitted on the kth antenna. Modulation vectors Y0, Y1, Y2, and Y3 refer to the columns 9

of the matrix Y. 10

In Space Time Transmit Diversity Mode B, six circulation matrices are defined as follows: 11

1 2 3

4 5 6

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0C = , C = , C = ,

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1C = , C = , C = .

0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0

0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

12

for each set of eight modulation symbols (S0, S1, …, S7), the matrix Y = CB shall denote the 13

output of the four antennas as illustrated in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-16, where C є {C1, C2, C3, C4, 14

C5, C6}. Matrices in C shall be used in a circular fashion for sets of eight modulation 15

symbols, starting with the first matrix for each PHY Frame. In this case, define NSTTD = 8. 16

Yk,i denotes the ith modulation symbol to be transmitted on the kth antenna. Modulation 17

vectors Y0, Y1, Y2, and Y3 refer to the columns of the matrix Y. 18

4.1.3.5.6.3 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Transmission for Space Time Transmit 19

Diversity Mode 20

The data packets shall be modulated onto the hop-ports assigned to this packet according 21




2. Create an empty transmission queue Q. 25



shall be indexed (r, 0), (r,1) … (r, F(r)-1). 28

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-45

4. Arrange the set of usable hop-ports assigned to this packet in PHY Frame (r, f) in 1

increasing order. Let the resulting sequence be denoted by the n hop-ports (p0, p1, 2

…, pn-1), where n is the total number of usable hop-ports assigned to this packet in 3

PHY Frame (r, f). 4

5. If the transmission queue Q is empty, then a sequence of NSTTD modulation 5

symbols { }STTD0 1 N -1s ,s ,...,s from subpacket m respectively with modulation order q 6

is generated by the modulator according to the procedure described in 2.7. Here 7

the subpacket m shall be equal to 8


of subpackets in the packet (equal to NDCH, SUBPACKETS), NBLOCK is the number of 10

subcarriers in a block, ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦

TILEBLOCK

ii = N and NSUBPACKETS-IN-TILE is computed as 11

follows: 12

a. SUBPACKETS-IN-TILEN =t if iTILE < (NTILES mod t). Here TILESBLOCK

nN = .N 13

b. SUBPACKETS-IN-TILETILES TILES

8tN =min t,

N -(N modt)

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟

⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠ otherwise. 14

The sequence of modulation symbols { }STTD0 1 N -1s ,s ,...,s is used to generate a 15

sequence of modulation vectors {Y0, Y1, …, YM-1} as specified in 4.1.3.5.6.2. The 16

modulation vectors Y0, Y1, …, YM-1 are inserted into the transmission queue Q, in 17

that order. 18




nsc is a F-DCH available subcarrier in the jth or (j+1)th OFDM symbol, then let V0 22

and V1 denote the modulation vectors at the head of the transmission queue Q, 23

and let the modulation symbols Vk,0 and Vk,1 denote their kth component. Remove 24

the modulation vectors V0 and V1 from the transmission queue Q. 25

7. If the subcarrier nsc is a F-DCH available subcarrier in both the jth and (j+1)th 26

OFDM symbols, then all the modulation symbols on subcarrier nsc and symbols j 27

and (j+1) shall be assigned the same energy spectral density P/M. If the subcarrier 28

nsc is not a F-DCH available subcarrier in the jth OFDM symbol, then every odd 29

occurrence of a non-zero symbol of V1, starting with the first non-zero symbol of 30

the modulation vector V1 is assigned energy spectral density of 2P/M, and all 31

other modulation symbols of vectors V0 and V1 are assigned energy spectral 32

density of zero. If the subcarrier nsc is not a F-DCH available subcarrier in the 33

(j+1)th OFDM symbol, then every odd occurrence of a non-zero symbol of V0, 34

starting with the first non-zero symbol of the modulation vector V0 is assigned 35

energy spectral density of 2P/M, and all other modulation symbols of vectors V0 36

and V1 are assigned energy spectral density of zero. 37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-46

8. For k = 0, 1, …, M-1, the modulation symbol Vk,0 shall be transmitted with its 1

assigned energy spectral density on hop-port pi, antenna index k and OFDM 2

symbol j of the PHY Frame (r,f). For k = 0, 1, …, M-1, the modulation symbol Vk,1 3

shall be transmitted with its assigned energy spectral density on hop-port pi, 4

antenna index k and OFDM symbol (j+1) of the PHY Frame (r,f). 5

9. Increment i. If i = n, set i = 0 and increment j by 2. 6





4.1.3.5.7 Forward Data Channel Multiple Input Multiple Output Multi-Code Word Mode 11

Multiple data packets may be transmitted in Multiple Input Multiple Output Multi-Code 12

Word mode. The number of packets is equal to NLAYERS, the number of layers for this 13

transmission as specified by the FTC MAC Protocol. The layers shall be indexed 0 through 14

NLAYERS -1. A separate packet shall be transmitted on each layer. 15

4.1.3.5.7.1 Forward Data Channel Permutation Matrices for Multi-Code Word Multiple 16

Input Multiple Output Mode 17

Let PpNUM_LAYER denote the set of all permutation matrices of order NUM_LAYER (p = 0, 1, … 18

NUM_LAYER!-1). The set of all such matrices for NUM_LAYER = 1, 2, 3, and 4 are 19

enumerated in 2.9.3. All the permutation matrices must be used. 20

4.1.3.5.7.2 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for Multiple Input Multiple 21

Output Mode 22

Each Forward Data Channel packet is generated by the FTC MAC Protocol, and is split, 23


modulated according to the procedure described in 2.7. A CRC length of NCRC,Data is used 25

for this packet. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(SectorSeed*2048 + m) shall be used for the data 26

scrambling operation. Here SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3, and m denotes the MACID 27

of the Access Terminal of interest except in the case of multicast group resource 28

transmissions. For the case of multicast group resource transmissions, m denotes the 29

GroupID. The FTC MAC Protocol [2] determines whether the F-DCH packet belongs to a 30

multicast group resource transmission. 31

4.1.3.5.7.3 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Transmission for Multi-Code Word Multiple 32

Input Multiple Output Mode 33

The NLAYERS data packets shall be modulated on to the hop-ports assigned to this packet 34


1. Initialize a port counter i, a HARQ retransmission counter r, a frame counter f, a 36

permutation counter p, and an OFDM symbol counter j all to 0. 37

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-47


retransmission of the packet, as specified by the [2]. The frames shall be indexed (r, 2

0), (r,1) … (r, F(r)-1). 3







nsc is not a pilot subcarrier and is a Forward Data Channel available subcarrier, 10

then a sequence of NLAYERS modulation symbols {s0, s1 …, sNLAYERS-1} from subpackets 11

{m0, m1, … mNLAYERS-1} respectively with modulation order q is generated by the 12

modulator according to the procedure described in 2.7. Here the subpacket mk of 13

the data packet on layer k shall be equal to 14


of subpackets in the packet (equal to NDCH, SUBPACKETS for that layer), NBLOCK is the 16

number of subcarriers in a block, ⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILE N

ii and NSUBPACKETS-IN-TILE is 17

computed as follows: 18


⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILES N

nN 19

b. 8

min ,( mod )− −

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤= ⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟−⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠


tN t

N N totherwise. 20

5. This modulation symbol sk (k = 0, 1, …, NLAYERS-1) shall be modulated with power 21

density P on hop-port pi, i.e., the value of the corresponding subcarrier shall 22

be kP s . The same power density P shall be used over all DRCH hop-ports 23

assigned to this packet. Different values of power density P may be used for 24

different BRCH resources. 25

6. Define yk = kP s . Let Y be the vector {yk}, k = 0, 1, …, NLAYERS-1. Define zk = 26

(PpNUM_LAYERY)k. 27

7. zk shall be transmitted on the antenna with index k. 28


9. Increment p. If p = (NLAYERS)!, set p = 0. 30





3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-48

4.1.3.5.8 Forward Data Channel Multiple Input Multiple Output Single Code Word Mode 1

The Multiple Input Multiple Output Single Code Word mode is used to transmit a single 2

data packet. 3

4.1.3.5.8.1 Forward Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for Multiple Input Multiple 4

Output Single Code Word Mode 5

The Forward Data Channel packet is generated by the FTC MAC Protocol, and is split, 6



for this packet. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(SectorSeed*2048 + m) shall be used for the data 9

scrambling operation. Here SectorSeed is as defined in 2.3.1.3 and m denotes the MACID 10

of the Access Terminal of interest. Forward Data Channel Data Packet Transmission for 11

Multiple Input Multiple Output Single Code Word Mode 12







shall be indexed (r, 0), (r, 1) … (r, F(r)-1). 19







nsc is a Forward Data Channel available subcarrier, then a sequence of NLAYERS 26

modulation symbols {s0, s1 …, sNLAYERS-1} from subpacket m with modulation order q 27

is generated by the modulator according to the procedure described in 2.7. Here m 28

shall be equal to ( )( mod ) mod modTILE BLOCK SUBPACKETS IN TILEi j i N N t− −+ + . Here t is 29

the total number of subpackets in the packet (equal to NDCH, SUBPACKETS), NBLOCK is 30

the number of subcarriers in a block, ⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILE N




⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILES N

nN 33

b. 8

min ,( mod )− −

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤= ⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟−⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠


tN t

N N t otherwise. 34



3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-49

be kP s . The modulation shall be done on the antenna with index k if iTILE is a 1

DRCH resource, and on the tile-antenna with index k if iTILE is a BRCH resource. 2

The same power density P shall be used over all DRCH hop-ports assigned to this 3

packet. 4









4.1.4.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions 13


4.1.4.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions 15


4.1.4.3 Intermodulation Products 17

The Access Network shall meet the requirements in Section 4.4.3 of the current version of 18

[10]. 19

4.1.5 Synchronization, Timing, and Phase 20

4.1.5.1 Timing Reference Source 21

Each sector shall use a time-base reference from which all time-critical transmission 22

components, including superframe boundaries, PHY Frame boundaries, and superframe 23

indices, shall be derived. For synchronous systems, this shall be related to the System 24

Time as outlined in 2.3. In asynchronous mode, there is no requirement for the alignment 25

of the time-base references of two sectors. 26

4.1.5.2 Sector Transmission Time 27

Each sector shall radiate the superframe boundary aligned to its time-base reference. 28

Time measurements are made at the sector antenna connector. If a sector has multiple 29

radiating antenna connectors for the same channel, time measurements are made at the 30

antenna connector having the earliest radiated signal. 31

The rate of change for timing corrections shall not exceed 102 nanoseconds (ns) per 200 32

milliseconds (ms). 33

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

4-50

4.1.6 Transmitter Performance Requirements 1

System performance is predicated on transmitters meeting the requirements set forth in 2

the current version of [10]. 3

4.2 Receiver 4


Channel spacing and designations for the Access Network reception shall be as specified 6

in 3.1.1.1. 7


The Access Network demodulation process shall perform complementary operations to the 9

Access Terminal modulation process on the Reverse Link. 10



4.2.4 Receiver Performance Requirements 13

System performance is predicated on receivers meeting the requirements set forth in the 14

current version of [10]. 15

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-1

5 BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICES (BCMCS) 1

This section defines requirements specific to Access Network equipment and operation for 2

the support of broadcast and multicast services. It also describes the optional supercast 3

operation of unicast traffic on the broadcast portion. 4

5.1 Broadcast and Multicast Services Transmitter 5











Two radio configurations are defined for the BCMCS services which are described in 16

5.1.3.1.2.1 and 5.1.3.1.2.2 respectively. 17

5.1.3.1 BCMCS Signals 18

The BCMCS channels are described in Table 5.1.3.1-1. 19

20

Table 5.1.3.1-1. Description of the BCMCS Channels 21

F-BMPICH Forward Broadcast and Multicast Pilot Channel

F-BCMCSCH Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel

22


The Forward BCMCS Channel consists of the channels specified in Table 5.1.3.1-1. 24

The structure of the Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel is shown in 25

Figure 5.1.3.1.1-1. The channel structure for the single transmit antenna case is shown in 26

Figure 5.1.3.1.1-2 and Figure 5.1.3.1.1-3. 27

28

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-2

1

Figure 5.1.3.1.1-1. Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Structure 2

3

4

Figure 5.1.3.1.1-2. Channel Structure in the PHY Frames 5

6

7


5.1.3.1.2 Modulation Parameters for the Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services 9

Channel 10

The Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel uses the OFDM symbol 11

parameters specified in Table 5.1.3.1.2-1 for Radio Configuration 1 and the OFDM symbol 12

parameters specified in Table 5.1.3.1.2-2 for Radio Configuration 2. If the Forward 13

Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel uses three transmissions per packet, the last 14

subpacket shall use the OFDM symbol parameters specified in Table 2.8.1.2-1. 15

5.1.3.1.2.1 Radio Configuration 1 16

The Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel shall be transmitted using OFDM. 17

The OFDM symbols shall be transmitted in a superframe structure where each superframe 18

consists of a superframe preamble followed by a number of PHY Frames. The superframe 19

preamble and PHY Frames contain contiguous groups of OFDM symbols. An OFDM 20

symbol consists of NFFT individually modulated subcarriers that carry complex-valued data. 21

Complex-valued data are represented in the form d = (dre, dim), where dre and dim represent 22

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-3

the real and imaginary components, respectively. The subcarriers in each OFDM symbol 1

are numbered from 0 through NFFT – 1. 2

The OFDM symbol parameters shall be as specified in Table 5.1.3.1.2-1. 3

4

Table 5.1.3.1.2-1. OFDM Symbol Numerology for Radio Configuration 1 5

FFT Size (NFFT)

Parameter 128 256 512 1024 2048 Unit

s




B ≤ 1.25 1.25 < B ≤ 2.5 2.5 < B ≤ 5 5 < B ≤ 10 10 < B ≤ 20 MHz

Cyclic Prefix Duration of OFDM

Symbols in PHY Frames TCP

22.78 22.78 22.78 22.78 22.78 μs


3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 μs

Number of OFDM Symbols in the PHY

Frames 7 7 7 7 7

6

5.1.3.1.2.2 Radio Configuration 2 7

The Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel shall be transmitted using OFDM. 8

The OFDM symbols shall be transmitted in a superframe structure where each superframe 9

consists of a superframe preamble followed by a number of PHY Frames. The superframe 10

preamble and PHY Frames contain contiguous groups of OFDM symbols. An OFDM 11

symbol consists of NFFT individually modulated subcarriers that carry complex-valued 12

data. Complex-valued data are represented in the form d = (dre, dim), where dre and dim 13

represent the real and imaginary components, respectively. The subcarriers in each OFDM 14

symbol are numbered from 0 through NFFT – 1. 15

The OFDM symbol parameters shall be as specified in Table 5.1.3.1.2-2. 16

17

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-4

Table 5.1.3.1.2-2. OFDM Symbol Numerology for Radio Configuration 2 1

FFT Size (NFFT)

Parameter 320 640 1280 2560 5120 Units




B ≤ 1.25 1.25 < B ≤ 2.5 2.5 < B ≤ 5 5 < B ≤ 10 10 < B ≤ 20 MHz

Cyclic Prefix Duration of OFDM

Symbols in PHY Frames TCP

39.67 39.67 39.67 39.67 39.67 μs


3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 μs

Number of OFDM Symbols in the

PHY Frames 3 3 3 3 3

2

5.1.3.1.3 Outer Block Encoding 3

The outer code is a Reed-Solomon block code that uses 8-bit symbols and operates in the 4

Galois Field called GF(28). The primitive element α for this field is defined by 5

α8 + α4 + α3 + α2 + 1 = 0. 6

The jth code symbol (j = 0, 1,…, N-1), vj, shall be defined by: 7

⎪⎪

⎩

⎪⎪

⎨

⎧

−≤≤∗

−≤≤=

∑−

=1

10

1

0, NjKpu

Kju

vK

ijii

j

j

, 8

where 9

N and K are parameters of the (N, K, R) Reed-Solomon code as defined in [2], 10

uj is the jth of a block of K information symbols, 11

pi,j is the entry on the ith row and the jth column in the parity matrix of the code, and 12

∗ and Σ indicate multiplication and summation in GF(28), respectively. 13

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-5

5.1.3.1.3.1 (1, 1, 0) Reed-Solomon Code 1

The (1, 1, 0) code generates 1 code symbol for each information symbol input to the 2

encoder. The code symbol shall be the same as the information symbol. 3


The (16, 12, 4) code generates 16 code symbols for each block of 12 information symbols 5

input to the encoder. The first 12 symbols are the information symbols and the remaining 6

4 symbols are parity symbols. 7

The generator polynomial for the (16, 12, 4) code is 8

g(X) = 1 + α201X + α246X2 + α201X3 + X4. 9

The parity matrix for the (16, 12, 4) Reed-Solomon block code shall be as specified in Table 10

5.1.3.1.3.2-1. 11

12

Table 5.1.3.1.3.2-1. Parity Matrix for the (16, 12, 4) Outer Code 13

Row Index i pi,12 pi,13 pi,14 pi,15

0 40 138 141 8

1 8 196 97 158

2 158 4 250 209

3 209 123 27 76

4 76 226 198 160

5 160 142 95 125

6 125 19 59 70

7 70 87 39 137

8 137 169 244 254

9 254 192 27 160

10 160 57 53 201

11 201 246 201 0

Note: This table lists the power h of the entry on the ith row and the

jth column in the parity matrix, pi,j = αh, where α is the primitive element of GF(256) and i = 0, …,11, and j = 12, 13, 14, and 15. For example, the entry of 40 in the upper left-hand corner indicates p0,12 = α40






3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-6

g(X) = 1 + α197X + α197X2 + X3. 1


5.1.3.1.3.3-1. 3

4


Row Index i pi,13 pi,14 pi,15

0 169 69 236

1 236 34 140

2 140 28 32

3 32 88 182

4 182 51 58

5 58 163 238

6 238 175 231

7 231 80 223

8 223 195 250

9 250 237 160

10 160 53 246

11 246 98 197

12 197 197 0

Note: This table lists the power h of the entry on the ith row and the jth column in the parity matrix, pi,j = αh, where α is the primitive element of GF(256) and i = 0, …, 12, and j = 13, 14, and 15. For example, the entry of 169 in the upper left-hand corner indicates p0,13 = α169.






g(X) = 1 + α152X + X2. 11


5.1.3.1.3.4-1. 13

14

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-7


Row Index i pi,14 pi,15

0 1 65

1 65 68

2 68 224

3 224 215

4 215 119

5 119 91

6 91 44

7 44 84

8 84 36

9 36 111

10 111 201

11 201 197

12 197 152

13 152 0

Note: This table lists the power h of the entry on the ith

row and the jth column in the parity matrix, pi,j = αh, where α is the primitive element of GF(256) and i = 0, …, 13, and j = 14 and 15. For example, the entry of 1 in the upper left-hand corner indicates p0,14 = α1.






g(X) = 1 + α44X + α231X2 + α70X3 + α235X4 + α70X5 + α231X6 + α44X7 + X8. 7


5.1.3.1.3.5-1. 9

10

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-8


Row Index i

pi,24 pi,25 pi,26 pi,27 pi,28 pi,29 pi,30 pi,31

0 120 75 145 26 65 36 140 205

1 205 104 114 214 181 51 52 211

2 211 207 161 201 132 185 85 141

3 141 128 179 163 34 51 134 89

4 89 78 120 201 16 228 20 158

5 158 165 209 26 193 94 81 183

6 183 33 95 169 72 70 1 43

7 43 83 243 80 240 229 2 243

8 243 22 117 52 230 221 240 68

9 68 168 2 127 148 157 178 252

10 252 145 45 164 120 227 11 87

11 87 174 122 52 2 44 181 20

12 20 5 147 125 141 177 249 186

13 186 6 46 218 27 129 195 67

14 67 55 185 0 3 153 30 151

15 151 207 250 155 56 145 70 2

16 2 39 150 223 214 201 65 45

17 45 169 6 147 51 128 145 64

18 64 100 24 146 118 108 215 32

19 32 191 27 236 189 247 12 174

20 174 93 52 173 213 252 85 160

21 160 240 214 203 155 26 95 238

22 238 22 157 161 236 19 175 44

23 44 231 70 235 70 231 44 0

Note: This table lists the power h of the entry on the ith row and the

jth column in the parity matrix, pi,j = αh, where α is the primitive element of GF(256) and i = 0, …, 23, and j = 24, …, 31. For example, the entry of 120 in the upper left-hand corner indicates p0,24 = α120.






3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-9

g(X) = 1 + α36X + α250X2 + α254X3 + α250X4 + α36X5 +X6. 1


5.1.3.1.3.6-1. 3

4

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-10


Row Index i

pi,26 pi,27 pi,28 pi,29 pi,30 pi,31

0 243 66 154 39 233 16

1 16 58 74 113 204 81

2 81 63 43 10 0 29

3 29 210 130 61 234 162

4 162 185 49 175 57 168

5 168 182 143 213 35 110

6 110 126 78 245 11 26

7 26 60 14 172 35 249

8 249 126 98 3 112 168

9 168 235 50 228 84 131

10 131 192 197 218 92 141

11 141 13 12 223 195 7

12 7 182 247 197 104 14

13 14 128 241 2 158 3

14 3 15 67 131 98 192

15 192 39 244 247 7 167

16 167 182 222 123 77 30

17 30 113 66 57 164 56

18 56 120 141 45 242 32

19 32 183 185 157 12 147

20 147 210 44 252 175 223

21 223 154 155 195 99 215

22 215 161 30 237 228 70

23 70 177 61 136 39 223

24 223 34 79 169 195 36

25 36 250 254 250 36 0

Note: This table lists the power h of the entry on the ith row and the jth column in the parity matrix, pi,j = αh, where α is the primitive element of GF(256) and i = 0, …, 25, and j = 26, …, 31. For example, the entry of 243 in the upper left-hand corner indicates p0,26 = α243.

2

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-11






g(X) = 1 + α201X + α246X2 + α201X3 + X4. 6


5.1.3.1.3.7-1. 8

9

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-12


Row Index i

pi,28 pi,29 pi,30 pi,31

0 207 34 22 229

1 229 210 95 141

2 141 50 89 32

3 32 160 127 224

4 224 37 223 248

5 248 5 131 120

6 120 229 44 228

7 228 73 240 113

8 113 215 118 88

9 88 208 113 74

10 74 37 215 178

11 178 76 97 78

12 78 225 181 5

13 5 218 168 182

14 182 188 204 212

15 212 157 221 40

16 40 138 141 8

17 8 196 97 158

18 158 4 250 209

19 209 123 27 76

20 76 226 198 160

21 160 142 95 125

22 125 19 59 70

23 70 87 39 137

24 137 169 244 254

25 254 192 27 160

26 160 57 53 201

27 201 246 201 0

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-13

Note: This table lists the power h of the entry on the

ith row and the jth column in the parity matrix, pi,j = αh, where α is the primitive element of GF(256) and i = 0, …, 27, and j = 28, …, 31. For example, the entry of 207 in the upper left-hand corner indicates p0,28 = α207.

1

5.1.3.1.4 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Pilot Channel 2

The Forward Broadcast and Multicast Pilot Channel (F-BMPICH) is composed of uniformly 3

distributed pilot tones within each OFDM symbol, with staggering between continuous 4

OFDM symbols. In this section, the pilot location is defined as if all the tones of all the 5

OFDM symbols within a superframe are used for broadcasting purpose. However, pilot 6

insertion is only done within the BCMCS subbands as defined in [9]. 7

For pilot insertion purpose, all OFDM symbols in a superframe are labeled sequentially. 8

Let j be OFDM symbol index within a superframe and i be tone index within each OFDM 9

symbol. Tone index i = 0 to NFFT – 1. OFDM symbol index j = 0 to 167 for Radio 10

Configuration 1 and j = 0 to 71 for Radio Configuration 2. 11

The ith tone in OFDM symbol j is a pilot locations if and only if i mod 8 = (S[j]+PilotStagger) 12

mod 8, where S[j] = 0 if j is even and S[j] = 4 if j is odd. The definition of PilotStagger can 13

be found in [9]. 14

A power boost is applied to pilot tones to improve the performance of channel estimation. 15

The default traffic tone to pilot tone power ratio is specified in [9], and can be modified by 16

Overhead Messages. 17

5.1.3.2 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel 18

The Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel (F-BCMCSCH) is an encoded, 19

interleaved, and modulated OFDM signal that is used by Access Terminals operating 20

within the coverage area of the Access Network. On the Forward Broadcast and Multicast 21

Services Channel, the transmissions occur with single effective antenna at the Access 22

Network. The Access Terminal may use receive diversity if it chooses to use multiple 23

antennas. 24

The Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel packet is generated by the 25

BCMCS MAC Protocol, and is split, appended with CRC, encoded, channel interleaved, 26

repeated, data-scrambled and modulated according to the procedure described in 2.7.1. 27

5.1.3.2.1 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Structure 28

The frame structure of the Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel shall be as 29

shown in Figure 5.1.3.2.1-1. All frames shall consist of information bits, followed by a 16-30

bit frame quality indicator (CRC). 31

32

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-14

Information Bits C

Notation

C – CRC Bits 1

Figure 5.1.3.2.1-1. Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Packet 2

Structure 3

5.1.3.2.1.1 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel CRC Bits 4

The CRC Bits (CRC) shall be calculated on all bits within the frame, except the CRC Bits 5

itself and the Encoder Tail Bits. The Broadcast Control Channel shall use a 16-bit CRC 6

Bits. 7

The generator polynomial for the CRC Bits shall be as follows: 8

g(x) = x16 + x15 + x14 + x11 + x6 + x5 + x2 + x + 1. 9

The CRC Bits shall be computed according to the following procedure as shown in Figure 10

5.1.3.2.1.1-1: 11

• Initially, all shift register elements shall be set to logical one and the switches shall 12

be set in the up position. 13

• The register shall be clocked a number of times equal to the number of information 14

bits in the Broadcast Control Channel frame (i.e., 744) with those bits as input. 15




bits in the CRC Bits (i.e., 16). 19

• These additional bits shall be the CRC bits. 20


22

0

Input

0

Output

Denotes one-bit storage element

Denotes modulo-2 addition

Up for the first 744 bits

Down for the last 16 bits

x0 x6 x14x11 x15x1 x2 x5

23

Figure 5.1.3.2.1.1-1. Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel CRC Bits 24

Calculation 25

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-15

5.1.3.2.2 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Turbo Encoding 1

The Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel data shall be turbo encoded as 2

specified in 2.7.3.2. 3

When generating Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel data, the encoder 4

shall be initialized to the all-zero state at the end of each Forward Broadcast and Multicast 5

Services Channel frame. 6

5.1.3.2.3 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Data Packet Scrambling 7

A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(12*512*512*16 + (m mod 512) *512*16 + (l mod 512)*16 + (i mod 8

16)) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. Here i is the superframe index in 9

which the transmission of this packet started and l is the LOGIC_CHID. m denotes the 10

SFN_ID. 11

5.1.3.2.3.1 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Data Packet Transmission 12

The data packet corresponding to the logical channel LOGIC_CHID shall be modulated on 13

to the hop-ports assigned to this packet according to the following procedure: 14





0), (r,1) … (r, F(r)-1). 19







nsc is a Forward Data Channel available subcarrier, then a modulation symbol s 26

from subpacket m with modulation order q is generated by the modulator 27

according to the procedure described in [2]. Here m shall be equal to 28

( )( mod ) mod modTILE SUBPACKETS IN TILE BLOCK BLOCK SUBPACKETS IN TILEi N jN i N N t− − − −+ + Here 29

t is the total number of subpackets in the packet (equal to NDCH, SUBPACKETS), NBLOCK 30

is the number of subcarriers in a block, ⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILE N




⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILES N

nN 33

b. 8

min ,( mod )− −

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤= ⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟−⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠


tN t

N N totherwise. 34

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-16



be done on the antenna with index 0. The same power density P shall be used over 3

all the hop-ports assigned to this packet. 4






10. Use OUTER_CODE to encode an outer frame. 10

5.1.3.2.4 Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel Outer Coding 11

The Forward Broadcast and Multicast Services Channel frames shall be outer coded as 12

specified in 5.1.3.1.3. 13

5.2 Supercast Transmitter 14

This section defines requirements specific to Access Network equipment and operation for 15

the support of supercast operation of unicast traffic on the broadcast portion. 16



Note that the support of supercast is optional both at the Access Terminal and the Access 19

Network. 20









Two radio configurations are defined for the Supercast services which are described in 29

5.1.3.1.2.1 and 5.1.3.1.2.2 respectively. 30

5.2.3.1 Supercast Signals 31

The Supercast channels are described in Table 5.2.3.1-1. 32

33

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-17

Table 5.2.3.1-1. Description of the Supercast Channels 1

F-SDPICH Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel

F-SDCH Forward Superposed Data Channel


The Forward Supercast Channel consists of the channels specified in Table 5.2.3.1-1. 3

The structure of the Forward Supercast Channel is shown in Figure 5.2.3.1.1-1. The 4

channel structure for the single transmit antenna case is shown in Figure 5.2.3.1.1-2 and 5

Figure 5.2.3.1.1-3. The multiple antenna operation figures are similar to those described 6

in Figure 4.1.3.1.1-15 through Figure 4.1.3.1.1-18. 7

8

9

Figure 5.2.3.1.1-1. Forward Superposed Data Channel Structure 10

11

12

Figure 5.2.3.1.1-2. Channel Structure of the PHY Frames 13

14

15


3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-18

5.2.3.2 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel 1

The Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel (F-SDPICH) is a pilot channel that helps 2

in the channel estimation for the superposed traffic on the broadcast and multicast 3

segment. 4

5.2.3.2.1 Structure for the Single-Transmit-Antenna Case Forward Superposed Dedicated 5

Pilot Channel 6

The Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel is present in BRCH subzones. As 7

described in 2.14.2.2, the BRCH subzone is divided into units of hop-port blocks. Each 8

hop-port block consists of 16 contiguous hop-ports, which are mapped by the hopping 9

permutation to a contiguous set of subcarriers. Also, the set of subcarriers corresponding 10

to a hop-port block does not change over one PHY Frame. (Note however that since the 11

Forward Link supports SDMA, a two hop-port blocks can be mapped to the same set of 12

subcarriers.) Therefore, the set of resources (over time and frequency) in a BRCH subzone 13

can be divided into units of tiles, where a tile is a contiguous 16x7 rectangle of hop-ports 14

(16 in frequency and 7 in time) which are mapped to a contiguous 16x7 rectangle of 15

subcarriers (16 in frequency and 7 in time). 16

Each tile in a BRCH subzone can be assigned to the control segment, to the Forward 17

Superposed Data Channel, or can be left blank. The Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot 18

Channel shall be present in each tile in a BRCH subzone, i.e., some of the subcarriers in 19

each tile shall be designated as Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers. 20

Each tile in a BRCH subzone may be transmitted from up to four tile-antennas, where a 21

tile-antenna is as defined in 2.1. The Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel 22

waveform shall be defined separately from each of these tile-antennas. The tile-antennas 23

used to transmit the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel in a tile shall be the 24

same as the tile-antennas used to transmit the control segment or the Forward 25

Superposed Data Channel from that tile. If two tiles map to the same frequency resources, 26

then the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel waveforms assigned to these tiles 27

shall be superimposed. The Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel configuration in 28

each tile depends on the following parameters: 29

1. The number of tile-antennas nt: nt is equal to 1 if the tile is occupied by the control 30

segment. If the tile is occupied by the Forward Superposed Data Channel, the 31

value of nt is the same as the number of tile-antennas used to transmit the 32

Forward Superposed Data Channel from that tile. 33

2. Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel format: The Forward Superposed 34

Dedicated Pilot Channel format can take one of two values, 0 and 1. Forward 35

Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel format 0 shall be used for tiles occupied by 36

the control segment. For tiles occupied by the Forward Superposed Data Channel, 37

the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel format depends on the Forward 38

Superposed Data Channel assignment occupying this tile, and is determined by 39

the FTC MAC protocol. 40

3. Energy per modulation symbol: This quantity, denoted by P, is defined separately 41

for each tile-antenna and each tile, but is fixed for all the modulation symbols from 42

the same tile-antenna within a tile. For tiles in the control segment, the exact 43

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-19

procedure determination of P is outside the scope of this specification. For tiles 1

which are occupied by the Forward Superposed Data Channel, the energy per 2

modulation symbol from a given tile-antenna is the same as the energy per 3

modulation symbol used to transmit the Forward Superposed Data Channel from 4

that tile-antenna in that tile. 5

4. CodeOffset: This is an integer between 0 and 3. It takes value 0 for tiles belonging 6

to the control segment. For tiles belonging to the Forward Superposed Data 7

Channel, the value is determined by the value of SubtreeIndex for that Forward 8

Superposed Data Channel assignment, which is determined by the FTC MAC 9

protocol. For each value of SubtreeIndex, the value of CodeOffset is given by 10

FLDPICHCodeOffsetSubtreeIndex, which is a field of the Overhead Messages Protocol. 11

The locations of the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers in a tile 12

depend on the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel format and are shown in 13

Figure 5.2.3.2.1-1. Note that the hop-ports within a tile are indexed 0 to 15 in increasing 14

order of hop-port index, and the OFDM symbols within a Forward Link PHY Frame are 15

indexed 0 to 6 with the earliest OFDM symbol being indexed 0. 16

17

18

Figure 5.2.3.2.1-1: Location of Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel 19

Subcarriers within a Tile for the Different Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot 20

Channel Formats 21

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-20

5.2.3.2.1.1 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 0 1

For Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 0, the Forward Superposed 2

Dedicated Pilot Channel shall occupy the modulation symbol of the tile if the hop-port 3

index within the tile is in the set {1, 8, 15} and the OFDM symbol index t within the 4

Forward Link PHY Frame is in the set T = {0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6}, provided none of those symbols 5

is a BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbol. 6

The complex value of the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel modulation 7

symbol on the tile-antenna with index k shall depend only on the OFDM symbol index t 8

and shall be given by 9

π⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

t,k PHASEj2

S P exp (k CodeOffset)F (t)3

. 10


symbol on tile-antenna k used by the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel. Here 12

the function FPHASE(t) maps the set T to {0, 1, 2, 2, 1, 0}. Thus, FPHASE(0) = 0, FPHASE(1) = 1, 13

FPHASE(2) = 2, FPHASE(4) = 2, FPHASE(5) = 1, FPHASE(6) = 0. 14

5.2.3.2.1.2 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 1 15

For Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel Format 1, the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot 16

Channel shall occupy the modulation symbol of the tile if the hop-port index within the 17

tile is in the set {0, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15} and the OFDM symbol index, t, is in the set T = {0, 1, 5, 18

6}, when none of those symbols is a BeaconOnlyOFDMSymbol. 19

The complex value of the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel modulation 20

symbol on the tile antenna with index k shall be given by 21

( )= π +t,k PHASES P exp j (k CodeOffset)F (t ) , 22


symbol on tile-antenna k used by the Forward Dedicated Pilot Channel. Here the function 24

FPHASE(t) maps the set T to {0, 1, 1, 0}. Thus, FPHASE(0) = 0, FPHASE(1) = 1, FPHASE(5) = 1, 25

FPHASE(6) = 0. 26

5.2.3.2.1.3 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Scrambling 27

5.2.3.2.1.3.1 Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel Index Definition 28

Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel scrambling is done on a tile-by-tile basis for 29

Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel. The scrambling symbols that shall be used 30

shall be those generated for subcarriers that correspond to Forward Superposed 31

Dedicated Pilot Channel hop-ports (via the hop-permutation), as defined in 2.14.4. These 32

subcarriers are henceforth referred to as Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel 33

subcarriers. For the purpose of scrambling, the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot 34

Channel subcarriers in each tile or quarter-tile shall be indexed by a quantity called the 35

Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel index. The Forward Superposed Dedicated 36

Pilot Channel index shall be computed according to the following procedure for Forward 37

Superposed Data Channel tiles: 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-21

1. Initialize an OFDM symbol counter i, a subcarrier counter j and a Forward 1

Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel index counter k to 0. 2

2. If the subcarrier j in OFDM symbol i within the tile is a Forward Superposed 3

Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarrier, then 4

i. Set its Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel index to k. 5


3. Increment i by 1. If i = NFRAME, set i to 0 and increment j. 7


In other words, the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarriers are indexed 9

in time first, followed by frequency. 10

5.2.3.2.1.3.2 Scrambling Sequence 11

The scrambling symbols for a tile depend on the tile index T which shall be equal to (fMIN – 12

NGUARD, LEFT) / NBLOCK, where fMIN is the lowest indexed subcarrier in that tile. Let {t2t1t0} be 13

the 3 LSBs of T. Let b8, b7, …, b0 be the 9 bits of PilotPhase, with b8 being the MSB and b0 14

being the LSB. For the tile with index T within any PHY Frame in the superframe with 15

index SFInd, a complex scrambling sequence shall be generated using the common 16

complex scrambling algorithm described in 2.6.2 with seed [01111001 17

t2t1t0b8b7b6b5b4b3b2b1b0]. The kth symbol c(k) in the complex scrambling sequence shall be 18

used to scramble the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel subcarrier with 19

Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel index k. The scrambling operation shall 20

consist of multiplying the unscrambled complex symbol on the subcarrier with the 21

scrambling symbol c(k). 22

5.2.3.3 Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel 23

The Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel (F-SCQIPICH) is a pilot 24

channel that helps in the channel quality feedback for the superposed traffic on the 25

broadcast and multicast section. 26

5.2.3.3.1 Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel Structure 27

The Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel shall be present in 28

Forward Link PHY Frames satisfying j mod 8 = 4, j denotes the index of the Forward Link 29

PHY Frame in the superframe. In these Forward Link PHY Frames, the Forward 30

Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel shall be present on the OFDM 31

symbols with indices 3 and 4 in the Forward Link PHY Frame, where the OFDM symbols 32

in the Forward Link PHY Frame are indexed from 0 to 6. The Forward Superposed 33

Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel is designed so as to enable the Access Terminal 34

to estimate channel quality for reporting the r-cqich, and to estimate the optimal 35

precoding matrix for reporting the r-bfch. The notion of a precoding matrix is defined in 36

2.9.2. 37

The Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel is transmitted on a 38

disjoint set of subcarriers from each transmit antenna, with the number of transmit 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-22

antennas being given by the NumEffectiveAntennas field of the Overhead Messages 1

Protocol. Each subcarrier occupied by the Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator 2

Pilot Channel from a given transmit antenna shall be modulated with the value ( )0,P 3

from that transmit antenna, where P is given by the CQIPilotTransmitPower field of the 4

Overhead Messages Protocol. The remaining transmit antennas shall be left unmodulated 5

on this subcarrier. 6

For the OFDM symbol with index 3 within a Forward Link PHY Frame containing the 7

Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel, a usable subcarrier with 8

index isc shall be modulated with the Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot 9

Channel from the antenna with index k if isc mod 16 = ak. For the OFDM symbol with 10

index 4 within a Forward Link PHY Frame containing the Forward Superposed Channel 11

Quality Indicator Pilot Channel, a usable subcarrier with index isc shall be modulated with 12

the Forward Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel from the antenna with index k if isc 13

mod 16 = bk. Here, ak and bk are as shown in Table 4.1.3.3.3-1, and have been chosen so 14

as to ensure that the Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel does 15

not collide with the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel. 16

17

Table 5.2.3.3.1-1. Values of the Parameters ak and bk 18

Antenna Index (k) Ak bk

0 2 10

1 3 11

2 4 12

3 5 13

4 10 2

5 11 3

6 12 4

7 13 5

5.2.3.3.2 Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel Scrambling 19

For the purpose of scrambling, the Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot 20

Channel subcarriers in frame on each transmit antenna shall be indexed by a quantity 21

called the Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel index. The 22

Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel index of a subcarrier on 23

transmit antenna k shall be computed according to the following procedure: 24

1. Initialize an OFDM symbol counter i to 3, a subcarrier counter j and a Forward 25

Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel index counter r to 0. 26

2. If the subcarrier j in OFDM symbol i is a Forward Superposed Channel Quality 27

Indicator Pilot Channel subcarrier, then 28

i. Set its Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel index 29

on antenna k to r. 30

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-23

ii. Increment r by 1. 1


4. Repeat steps (2) and (3) until i = 5. 3

In other words, the Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel 4

subcarriers are indexed in frequency first, followed by time. 5

A complex scrambling sequence shall be generated using the common complex scrambling 6

algorithm described in 2.6.2 with seed [0101k2k1k0f3f2f1f0b8b7b6b5b4b3b2b1b0]. Here [k2k1k0] 7

are the three LSBs of the antenna index k, (f3f2f1f0) are the four LSBs of the superframe 8

index and [b8b7b6b5b4b3b2b1b0] is equal to the PilotPN. The rth symbol c(r) in the complex 9

scrambling sequence shall be used to scramble the Forward Superposed Channel Quality 10

Indicator Pilot Channel subcarrier with Forward Superposed Channel Quality Indicator 11

Pilot Channel index r on transmit antenna k. The scrambling operation shall consist of 12

multiplying the unscrambled complex symbol on the subcarrier with the scrambling 13

symbol c(r). 14

5.2.3.4 Forward Superposed Data Channel 15

The Forward Superposed Data Channel (F-SDCH) consists of one or more data packets 16

which can span one Forward Link Frame. The Forward Link FHY Frame on which the 17

packets are transmitted is determined by the FTC MAC Protocol. Each data packet is also 18

assigned a set of hop-ports in each PHY Frame of transmission by the FTC MAC Protocol. 19

Each data packet is further associated with a packet format index, which is also assigned 20

by the FTC MAC Protocol. 21

5.2.3.4.1 Forward Superposed Data Channel Available Subcarriers 22

Not all subcarriers may be available for modulation by the Forward Superposed Data 23

Channel. For example, subcarriers in which the Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot 24

Channel is transmitted can not be used by the Forward Superposed Data Channel. In this 25

section, the notion of Forward Superposed Data Channel unavailable subcarriers is 26

defined. A subcarrier is unavailable for the Forward Superposed Data Channel if: 27


Pilot Channels (Forward Superposed Dedicated Pilot Channel, Forward Superposed 29

Channel Quality Indicator Pilot Channel). 30



Superposed Data Channel available subcarriers.” 33

5.2.3.4.2 Forward Superposed Data Channel Single Input Single Output Mode 34

The Forward Superposed Data Channel consists of a data packet which can span one 35

Forward Link PHY Frame. The Forward Link PHY Frame on which this packet is 36

transmitted is determined by [2]. Each data packet and erasure sequence is also assigned 37

a set of hop-ports in the PHY Frame of transmission by[2]. Each data packet is further 38

associated with a packet format index, which is also assigned by [2]. 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-24

5.2.3.4.2.1 Forward Superposed Data Channel Packet Encoding for Single Input Single 1

Output 2

The Forward Superposed Data Channel packet is generated by the FTC MAC Protocol, and 3

is split, appended with CRC, encoded, channel interleaved, repeated, data-scrambled and 4

modulated according to the procedure described in 2.7.1. A CRC length of NCRC,Data is used 5

for this packet. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(12*512*512*16 + (m mod 512) *512*16 + (p mod 6

512)*16 + (i mod 16)) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. Here i is the 7

superframe index in which the transmission of this packet started and p is the PilotPN. m 8

denotes the MACID of the Access Terminal of interest except in the case of multicast 9

group resource transmissions. For the case of multicast group resource transmissions, m 10

denotes the GroupID. 11

5.2.3.4.2.2 Forward Superposed Data Channel Data Packet Transmission for Single Input 12

Single Output 13


to the following procedure. Although the procedure is specified for a generic F(r), F(r)=1 for 15

Forward Superposed Data Channel. 16





0), (r,1) … (r, F(r)-1). 21







nsc is a Forward Superposed Data Channel available subcarrier, then a modulation 28

symbol s from subpacket m with modulation order q is generated by the modulator 29

according to the procedure described in 2.7.1. Here m shall be equal to 30

( )( mod ) mod modTILE BLOCK SUBPACKETS IN TILEi j i N N t− −+ + Here t is the total number of 31

subpackets in the packet (equal to NDCH, SUBPACKETS), NBLOCK is the number of 32

subcarriers in a block, ⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILE N

ii and NSUBPACKETS-IN-TILE is computed as 33

follows: 34


⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILES N

nN 35

b. 8

min ,( mod )− −

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤= ⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟−⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠


tN t

N N totherwise. 36

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-25



be done on the tile-antenna with index 0 since iTILE is a BRCH resource. 3








5.2.3.4.3 Forward Superposed Data Channel Precoding for Multiple Input Multiple Output 11

If precoding is used on the Forward Superposed Data Channel, the tile antennas used for 12

Multiple Input Multiple Output or Space Time Transmit Diversity transmissions are 13

obtained from the effective antennas through the use of precoding matrices as described 14

in 2.9.2. When precoding is used by the Access Network, these tile antennas shall be used 15

for the Space Time Transmit Diversity, Multi-Code Word and Single Code Word modes as 16

described in 4.1.3.5.6, 4.1.3.5.7, and 4.1.3.5.8. 17

In the BRCH mode, the only mode available for Forward Superposed Data Channel, the 18

Access Network can choose to use any precoding matrix. 19

5.2.3.4.4 Forward Superposed Data Channel Multiple Input Multiple Output Multi-Code 20

Word Mode 21

Multiple data packets may be transmitted in Multiple Input Multiple Output Multi-Code 22

Word mode. The number of packets is equal to NLAYERS, the number of layers for this 23

transmission as specified by the FTC MAC Protocol. The layers shall be indexed 0 through 24

NLAYERS -1. A separate packet shall be transmitted on each layer. 25

5.2.3.4.4.1 Forward Superposed Data Channel Permutation Matrices 26

Let PpNUM_LAYER denote the set of all permutation matrices of order NUM_LAYER (p = 0, 1, … 27

NUM_LAYER!-1). The set of all such matrices for NUM_LAYER = 1, 2, 3, and 4 are 28

enumerated in 2.9.3. 29

5.2.3.4.4.2 Forward Superposed Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for Multi-Code Word 30

Multiple Input Multiple Output 31

Each Forward Superposed Data Channel packet is generated by the FTC MAC Protocol, 32

and is split, appended with CRC, encoded, channel interleaved, repeated, data-scrambled 33

and modulated according to the procedure described in 2.7. A CRC length of NCRC,Data is 34

used for this packet. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(13*512*512*16 + (m mod 512) *512*16 + (p 35

mod 512)*16 + (i mod 16)) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. Here i is the 36

superframe index in which the transmission of this packet started, p is the PilotPN and m 37

is the MACID of the Access Terminal of interest. 38

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-26

5.2.3.4.4.3 Forward Superposed Data Channel Data Packet Transmission for Multi-Code 1

Word Multiple Input Multiple Output 2

The NLAYERS data packets shall be modulated on to the hop-ports assigned to this packet 3

according to the following procedure. Although the procedure is specified for a generic 4

F(r), F(r)=1 for Forward Superposed Data Channel. 5

1. Initialize a port counter i, a HARQ retransmission counter r, a frame counter f, a 6

permutation counter p, and an OFDM symbol counter j all to 0. 7



0), (r,1) … (r, F(r)-1). 10







nsc is not a pilot subcarrier and is a Forward Superposed Data Channel available 17

subcarrier, then a sequence of NLAYERS modulation symbols {s0, s1 …, sNLAYERS-1} from 18

subpackets {m0, m1, … mNLAYERS-1} respectively with modulation order q is generated 19

by the modulator according to the procedure described in 2.7. Here the subpacket 20

mk of the data packet on layer k shall be equal to 21

( )( mod ) mod modTILE BLOCK SUBPACKETS IN TILEi j i N N t− −+ + Here t is the total number of 22

subpackets in the packet (equal to NDCH, SUBPACKETS for that layer), NBLOCK is the 23

number of subcarriers in a block, ⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILE N




⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILES N

nN 26

b. 8

min ,( mod )− −

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤= ⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟−⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠


tN t

N N totherwise. 27



be kP s . Different values of power density P may be used for different BRCH 30

resources. 31

6. Define yk = kP s . Let Y be the vector {yk}, k = 0, 1, …, NLAYERS-1. Define zk = 32

(PpNUM_LAYERY)k. 33

7. zk shall be transmitted on the antenna with index k. 34


3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-27

9. Increment p. If p = (NLAYERS)!, set p = 0. 1





5.2.3.4.5 Forward Superposed Data Channel Multiple Input Multiple Output Single Code 6

Word Mode 7

A single data packet shall be transmitted in Multiple Input Multiple Output Single Code 8

Word mode. 9

5.2.3.4.5.1 Forward Superposed Data Channel Data Packet Encoding for Multiple Input 10

Multiple Output Multi-Code Word 11

The Forward Superposed Data Channel packet is generated by the FTC MAC Protocol, and 12

is split, appended with CRC, encoded, channel interleaved, repeated, data-scrambled and 13


for this packet. A seed equal to fPHY-HASH(14*512*512*16 + (m mod 512) *512*16 + (p mod 15

512)*16 + (i mod 16)) shall be used for the data scrambling operation. Here i is the 16

superframe index in which the transmission of this packet started, p is the PilotPN and m 17

is the MACID of the Access Terminal of interest. 18

5.2.3.4.5.2 Forward Superposed Data Channel Data Packet Transmission for Multiple 19

Input Multiple Output Multi-Code Word 20


to the following procedure. Although the procedure is specified for a generic F(r), F(r)=1 for 22

Forward Superposed Data Channel. 23





0), (r,1) … (r, F(r)-1). 28







nsc is a Forward Superposed Data Channel available subcarrier, then a sequence of 35

NLAYERS modulation symbols {s0, s1 …, sNLAYERS-1} from subpacket m with modulation 36

order q is generated by the modulator according to the procedure described in 2.7. 37

Here m shall be equal to ( )( mod ) mod modTILE BLOCK SUBPACKETS IN TILEi j i N N t− −+ + . 38

Here t is the total number of subpackets in the packet (equal to NDCH, SUBPACKETS), 39

3GPP2 C.S0084-001-0 v1.0

5-28

NBLOCK is the number of subcarriers in a block, ⎥⎦⎥

⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILE N

ii and NSUBPACKETS-IN-1

TILE is computed as follows: 2


⎢⎣⎢=

BLOCKTILES N

nN 3

b. 8

min ,( mod )− −

⎛ ⎞⎡ ⎤= ⎜ ⎟⎢ ⎥⎜ ⎟−⎢ ⎥⎝ ⎠


tN t

N N t otherwise. 4



be kP s . The modulation shall be done on the antenna with index k if iTILE is a 7

DRCH resource, and on the tile-antenna with index k since iTILE is a BRCH 8

resource. 9








5.3 Receiver 17


Channel spacing and designations for the Access Network reception shall be as specified 19

in 3.1.1.1. 20


The Access Network demodulation process shall perform complementary operations to the 22

Access Terminal modulation process. 23

Physical Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) …...Physical Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband...

Documents

Transcript of Physical Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) …...Physical Layer for Ultra Mobile Broadband...